[go: up one dir, main page]

TW202214166A - Moving robot system - Google Patents

Moving robot system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW202214166A
TW202214166A TW110133095A TW110133095A TW202214166A TW 202214166 A TW202214166 A TW 202214166A TW 110133095 A TW110133095 A TW 110133095A TW 110133095 A TW110133095 A TW 110133095A TW 202214166 A TW202214166 A TW 202214166A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
robot
cooperative
obstacle
unit area
driving
Prior art date
Application number
TW110133095A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TWI804973B (en
Inventor
郭東勳
Original Assignee
南韓商Lg電子股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 南韓商Lg電子股份有限公司 filed Critical 南韓商Lg電子股份有限公司
Publication of TW202214166A publication Critical patent/TW202214166A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI804973B publication Critical patent/TWI804973B/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G05CONTROLLING; REGULATING
    • G05DSYSTEMS FOR CONTROLLING OR REGULATING NON-ELECTRIC VARIABLES
    • G05D1/00Control of position, course, altitude or attitude of land, water, air or space vehicles, e.g. using automatic pilots
    • G05D1/02Control of position or course in two dimensions
    • G05D1/021Control of position or course in two dimensions specially adapted to land vehicles
    • G05D1/0287Control of position or course in two dimensions specially adapted to land vehicles involving a plurality of land vehicles, e.g. fleet or convoy travelling
    • G05D1/0291Fleet control
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B25HAND TOOLS; PORTABLE POWER-DRIVEN TOOLS; MANIPULATORS
    • B25JMANIPULATORS; CHAMBERS PROVIDED WITH MANIPULATION DEVICES
    • B25J9/00Programme-controlled manipulators
    • B25J9/16Programme controls
    • B25J9/1602Programme controls characterised by the control system, structure, architecture
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A47FURNITURE; DOMESTIC ARTICLES OR APPLIANCES; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47LDOMESTIC WASHING OR CLEANING; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47L9/00Details or accessories of suction cleaners, e.g. mechanical means for controlling the suction or for effecting pulsating action; Storing devices specially adapted to suction cleaners or parts thereof; Carrying-vehicles specially adapted for suction cleaners
    • A47L9/28Installation of the electric equipment, e.g. adaptation or attachment to the suction cleaner; Controlling suction cleaners by electric means
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A47FURNITURE; DOMESTIC ARTICLES OR APPLIANCES; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47LDOMESTIC WASHING OR CLEANING; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47L9/00Details or accessories of suction cleaners, e.g. mechanical means for controlling the suction or for effecting pulsating action; Storing devices specially adapted to suction cleaners or parts thereof; Carrying-vehicles specially adapted for suction cleaners
    • A47L9/28Installation of the electric equipment, e.g. adaptation or attachment to the suction cleaner; Controlling suction cleaners by electric means
    • A47L9/2836Installation of the electric equipment, e.g. adaptation or attachment to the suction cleaner; Controlling suction cleaners by electric means characterised by the parts which are controlled
    • A47L9/2852Elements for displacement of the vacuum cleaner or the accessories therefor, e.g. wheels, casters or nozzles
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B25HAND TOOLS; PORTABLE POWER-DRIVEN TOOLS; MANIPULATORS
    • B25JMANIPULATORS; CHAMBERS PROVIDED WITH MANIPULATION DEVICES
    • B25J11/00Manipulators not otherwise provided for
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B25HAND TOOLS; PORTABLE POWER-DRIVEN TOOLS; MANIPULATORS
    • B25JMANIPULATORS; CHAMBERS PROVIDED WITH MANIPULATION DEVICES
    • B25J11/00Manipulators not otherwise provided for
    • B25J11/008Manipulators for service tasks
    • B25J11/0085Cleaning
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B25HAND TOOLS; PORTABLE POWER-DRIVEN TOOLS; MANIPULATORS
    • B25JMANIPULATORS; CHAMBERS PROVIDED WITH MANIPULATION DEVICES
    • B25J19/00Accessories fitted to manipulators, e.g. for monitoring, for viewing; Safety devices combined with or specially adapted for use in connection with manipulators
    • B25J19/06Safety devices
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B25HAND TOOLS; PORTABLE POWER-DRIVEN TOOLS; MANIPULATORS
    • B25JMANIPULATORS; CHAMBERS PROVIDED WITH MANIPULATION DEVICES
    • B25J19/00Accessories fitted to manipulators, e.g. for monitoring, for viewing; Safety devices combined with or specially adapted for use in connection with manipulators
    • B25J19/06Safety devices
    • B25J19/061Safety devices with audible signals
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B25HAND TOOLS; PORTABLE POWER-DRIVEN TOOLS; MANIPULATORS
    • B25JMANIPULATORS; CHAMBERS PROVIDED WITH MANIPULATION DEVICES
    • B25J9/00Programme-controlled manipulators
    • B25J9/16Programme controls
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B25HAND TOOLS; PORTABLE POWER-DRIVEN TOOLS; MANIPULATORS
    • B25JMANIPULATORS; CHAMBERS PROVIDED WITH MANIPULATION DEVICES
    • B25J9/00Programme-controlled manipulators
    • B25J9/16Programme controls
    • B25J9/1656Programme controls characterised by programming, planning systems for manipulators
    • B25J9/1664Programme controls characterised by programming, planning systems for manipulators characterised by motion, path, trajectory planning
    • B25J9/1666Avoiding collision or forbidden zones
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B25HAND TOOLS; PORTABLE POWER-DRIVEN TOOLS; MANIPULATORS
    • B25JMANIPULATORS; CHAMBERS PROVIDED WITH MANIPULATION DEVICES
    • B25J9/00Programme-controlled manipulators
    • B25J9/16Programme controls
    • B25J9/1656Programme controls characterised by programming, planning systems for manipulators
    • B25J9/1669Programme controls characterised by programming, planning systems for manipulators characterised by special application, e.g. multi-arm co-operation, assembly, grasping
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B25HAND TOOLS; PORTABLE POWER-DRIVEN TOOLS; MANIPULATORS
    • B25JMANIPULATORS; CHAMBERS PROVIDED WITH MANIPULATION DEVICES
    • B25J9/00Programme-controlled manipulators
    • B25J9/16Programme controls
    • B25J9/1674Programme controls characterised by safety, monitoring, diagnostic
    • B25J9/1676Avoiding collision or forbidden zones
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B25HAND TOOLS; PORTABLE POWER-DRIVEN TOOLS; MANIPULATORS
    • B25JMANIPULATORS; CHAMBERS PROVIDED WITH MANIPULATION DEVICES
    • B25J9/00Programme-controlled manipulators
    • B25J9/16Programme controls
    • B25J9/1679Programme controls characterised by the tasks executed
    • B25J9/1682Dual arm manipulator; Coordination of several manipulators
    • GPHYSICS
    • G05CONTROLLING; REGULATING
    • G05DSYSTEMS FOR CONTROLLING OR REGULATING NON-ELECTRIC VARIABLES
    • G05D1/00Control of position, course, altitude or attitude of land, water, air or space vehicles, e.g. using automatic pilots
    • G05D1/02Control of position or course in two dimensions
    • G05D1/021Control of position or course in two dimensions specially adapted to land vehicles
    • G05D1/0212Control of position or course in two dimensions specially adapted to land vehicles with means for defining a desired trajectory
    • G05D1/0219Control of position or course in two dimensions specially adapted to land vehicles with means for defining a desired trajectory ensuring the processing of the whole working surface
    • GPHYSICS
    • G05CONTROLLING; REGULATING
    • G05DSYSTEMS FOR CONTROLLING OR REGULATING NON-ELECTRIC VARIABLES
    • G05D1/00Control of position, course, altitude or attitude of land, water, air or space vehicles, e.g. using automatic pilots
    • G05D1/02Control of position or course in two dimensions
    • G05D1/021Control of position or course in two dimensions specially adapted to land vehicles
    • G05D1/0231Control of position or course in two dimensions specially adapted to land vehicles using optical position detecting means
    • G05D1/0246Control of position or course in two dimensions specially adapted to land vehicles using optical position detecting means using a video camera in combination with image processing means
    • GPHYSICS
    • G05CONTROLLING; REGULATING
    • G05DSYSTEMS FOR CONTROLLING OR REGULATING NON-ELECTRIC VARIABLES
    • G05D1/00Control of position, course, altitude or attitude of land, water, air or space vehicles, e.g. using automatic pilots
    • G05D1/02Control of position or course in two dimensions
    • G05D1/021Control of position or course in two dimensions specially adapted to land vehicles
    • G05D1/0268Control of position or course in two dimensions specially adapted to land vehicles using internal positioning means
    • G05D1/0274Control of position or course in two dimensions specially adapted to land vehicles using internal positioning means using mapping information stored in a memory device
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A47FURNITURE; DOMESTIC ARTICLES OR APPLIANCES; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47LDOMESTIC WASHING OR CLEANING; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47L2201/00Robotic cleaning machines, i.e. with automatic control of the travelling movement or the cleaning operation
    • A47L2201/04Automatic control of the travelling movement; Automatic obstacle detection

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
  • Robotics (AREA)
  • Automation & Control Theory (AREA)
  • Radar, Positioning & Navigation (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Remote Sensing (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Aviation & Aerospace Engineering (AREA)
  • Multimedia (AREA)
  • Computer Vision & Pattern Recognition (AREA)
  • Electromagnetism (AREA)
  • Control Of Position, Course, Altitude, Or Attitude Of Moving Bodies (AREA)
  • Electric Vacuum Cleaner (AREA)
  • Manipulator (AREA)

Abstract

The present disclosure relates to an embodiment of a moving robot system, including a first robot that sucks contaminants in a zone to be cleaned, a second robot that wipes the floor in the zone to be cleaned, a first charging stand for charging the first robot, a second charging stand for charging the second robot, and a network connecting the first robot and the second robot with each other, wherein the first robot and the second robot enter a collaborative driving mode using the network, divide the zone to be cleaned into a plurality of unit zones, perform collaborative driving for each unit zone, and continuously perform the collaborative driving by avoiding an obstacle or climbing the obstacle when the first robot and/or the second robot senses the obstacle formed in a height or depth with a preset range while performing the collaborative driving in any one of the plurality of unit zones.

Description

移動式機器人系統Mobile Robot System

本發明涉及一種移動式機器人系統,更具體地,涉及一種移動式機器人系統,其中複數個移動式機器人執行協作行駛,以及一種複數個移動式機器人執行協作行駛的方法。The present invention relates to a mobile robot system, and more particularly, to a mobile robot system in which a plurality of mobile robots perform cooperative driving, and a method for a plurality of mobile robots to perform cooperative driving.

清掃機是一種藉由吸入或擦去灰塵或異物來進行清掃的裝置。一般而言,清掃機執行對地板的清掃功能,並且清掃機包括用於移動的滾輪。通常,滾輪透過施加到清掃機主體的外力而滾動,以使清掃機主體相對於地板移動。A sweeper is a device that cleans by sucking in or wiping away dust or foreign matter. In general, sweepers perform a floor sweeping function and include rollers for movement. Typically, the rollers are rolled by an external force applied to the sweeper body to move the sweeper body relative to the floor.

然而,隨著這種不需使用者的操作而自行行駛進行清掃的清掃機器人的發展,需要開發複數個清掃機器人,用於在不需使用者操作的情況下彼此協作進行清掃。However, with the development of such cleaning robots that travel and clean without the user's operation, it is necessary to develop a plurality of cleaning robots for cleaning in cooperation with each other without the user's operation.

先前技術文獻WO2017-036532揭露了一種主清掃機器人(以下稱為主機器人)控制至少一個附屬清掃機器人(以下稱為附屬機器人)的方法。該現有技術文獻揭露一種主機器人使用障礙物偵測裝置偵測相鄰的障礙物並使用從障礙物偵測裝置得到的位置資料來確定其相對於附屬機器人的位置的配置。此外,KR2017-0174493揭露了一種兩個清掃機器人在彼此通訊的同時進行清掃的一般過程。The prior art document WO2017-036532 discloses a method for a main cleaning robot (hereinafter referred to as a main robot) to control at least one auxiliary cleaning robot (hereinafter referred to as an auxiliary robot). This prior art document discloses a configuration in which the master robot uses an obstacle detection device to detect adjacent obstacles and uses position data obtained from the obstacle detection device to determine its position relative to the subordinate robot. In addition, KR2017-0174493 discloses a general process in which two cleaning robots perform cleaning while communicating with each other.

然而,在這兩份現有技術文件中,沒有揭露回應協作行駛期間發生的各種情況的動作。當兩個清掃機器人協作行駛時,與一個行駛時相比,需要回應各種情況的控制,例如,當僅一個個體發生錯誤或兩個個體均發生錯誤時,需要回應每項錯誤的動作控制,此外,當發生陷阱或受困時,處於引導/跟隨關係的兩個清掃機器人各自都需要進行適當的回應動作。However, in these two prior art documents, actions in response to the various situations that occur during cooperative driving are not disclosed. When two cleaning robots are traveling cooperatively, it is necessary to respond to the control of various situations compared to when one is traveling. For example, when only one individual makes an error or both individuals make an error, it is necessary to respond to the motion control of each error, and in addition , when a trap occurs or is trapped, the two cleaning robots in the lead/follow relationship each need to perform appropriate response actions.

另外,在兩個清掃機協作行駛的模式下,存在一個限制,即,由於兩個清掃機的規格和狀態不同,而難以實現適當的協作行駛。例如,為了使兩個清掃機有效地完成協作行駛,需要兩個清掃機的電池充電狀態均超過預定參考位準,但當一個清掃機的充電狀態低於預定參考位準時,就難以完成協作行駛。In addition, in the mode in which the two cleaners travel cooperatively, there is a limitation that it is difficult to achieve appropriate cooperative travel because the specifications and states of the two cleaners are different. For example, in order for two sweepers to effectively complete cooperative driving, both the battery charging states of the two cleaning machines need to exceed the predetermined reference level, but when the charging state of one cleaning machine is lower than the predetermined reference level, it is difficult to complete the cooperative driving. .

在如上所述的複數個清掃機器人協作行駛的系統中,考慮了各種行駛狀態、行駛條件和情況回應,但在相關技術中,尚未提出適當的方法,因此必須限制使用複數個清掃機器人的協作行駛的準確度/穩定性/可靠性。In the system of cooperative driving of a plurality of cleaning robots as described above, various driving states, driving conditions, and situational responses are considered, but in the related art, an appropriate method has not yet been proposed, so cooperative driving using a plurality of cleaning robots must be limited. accuracy/stability/reliability.

為了改善上述相關技術的侷限性,本說明書旨在提供一種能夠解決上述問題的移動式機器人系統的實施方式。In order to improve the above-mentioned limitations of the related art, the present specification aims to provide an embodiment of a mobile robot system that can solve the above-mentioned problems.

換言之,本發明的一態樣旨在提供一種能夠在滿足協作行駛的各種條件的同時執行協作行駛的移動式機器人系統的實施方式,以及其執行協作行駛的方法。In other words, an aspect of the present invention aims to provide an embodiment of a mobile robot system capable of performing cooperative driving while satisfying various conditions for cooperative driving, and a method of performing cooperative driving thereof.

此外,本發明的另一態樣旨在提供一種能夠執行協作行駛的移動式機器人系統的實施方式,以及其執行協作行駛的方法,其中,可以對協作行駛期間發生的各種情況作出適當的回應。Furthermore, another aspect of the present invention aims to provide an embodiment of a mobile robot system capable of performing cooperative driving, and a method for performing cooperative driving thereof, in which appropriate responses can be made to various situations that occur during cooperative driving.

具體而言,本發明的再另一態樣旨在提供一種能夠對協作行駛期間發生的陷阱情況作出適當回應的移動式機器人系統的實施方式,以及其執行協作行駛的方法。In particular, yet another aspect of the present invention aims to provide an embodiment of a mobile robotic system capable of appropriately responding to trap situations that occur during cooperative driving, and a method thereof for performing cooperative driving.

此外,本發明的又再另一態樣旨在提供一種能夠對協作行駛期間發生的各種錯誤情況作出適當回應的移動式機器人系統的實施方式,以及其執行協作行駛的方法。In addition, yet another aspect of the present invention aims to provide an embodiment of a mobile robotic system capable of appropriately responding to various error conditions that occur during cooperative driving, and a method thereof for performing cooperative driving.

另外,本發明的又另一態樣旨在提供一種能夠對協作行駛期間感測到的障礙物作出適當回應的移動式機器人系統的實施方式,及其執行協作行駛的方法。In addition, yet another aspect of the present invention aims to provide an embodiment of a mobile robotic system capable of appropriately responding to obstacles sensed during cooperative driving, and a method for performing cooperative driving.

此外,本發明的又另一態樣旨在提供一種能夠在執行協作行駛的同時根據複數個移動式機器人的電池充電位準的變化和電池充電位準的各種狀態來作出適當的回應的移動式機器人系統的實施方式。In addition, yet another aspect of the present invention aims to provide a mobile robot capable of responding appropriately according to changes in battery charging levels of a plurality of mobile robots and various states of battery charging levels while performing cooperative driving. Implementation of a robotic system.

為了解決前述問題,一種移動式機器人系統及其執行協作行駛的方法可以包括:確認複數個移動式機器人的行駛狀態是否符合預設參考條件,以根據確認結果執行協作行駛的動作,作為解決手段。In order to solve the aforementioned problems, a mobile robot system and a method for performing cooperative driving may include: confirming whether the driving states of a plurality of mobile robots conform to preset reference conditions, and performing cooperative driving according to the confirmation result as a solution.

具體而言,當接收到用於協作行駛的控制指令時,可以將符合執行協作行駛條件的複數個移動式機器人的行駛狀態與預設參考條件進行比較,並且當行駛狀態符合參考條件時,可以執行協作行駛的動作,從而準確且穩定地執行協作行駛。Specifically, when a control command for cooperative driving is received, the driving states of a plurality of mobile robots that meet the conditions for performing cooperative driving may be compared with preset reference conditions, and when the driving conditions meet the reference conditions, the driving conditions may be The action of cooperative driving is performed, so that cooperative driving can be performed accurately and stably.

換言之,移動式機器人系統及其執行協作行駛的方法的實施方式可以確認複數個移動式機器人的行駛狀態是否符合預設參考條件,以根據確認結果執行協作行駛的動作,從而解決前述問題。In other words, the embodiments of the mobile robot system and the method for performing cooperative driving can confirm whether the driving states of a plurality of mobile robots meet the preset reference conditions, so as to perform cooperative driving according to the confirmation result, thereby solving the aforementioned problems.

具有上述技術特徵的移動式機器人系統的實施方式,其作為解決問題的手段可以包括:複數個移動式機器人,其在待清掃區域中行駛的同時進行清掃;以及一控制器,其與複數個移動式機器人進行通訊,以將用於遠程控制的控制指令傳送給複數個移動式機器人,其中,在從控制器接收到協作清掃待清掃區域的協作行駛模式的控制指令後,複數個移動式機器人確認該複數個移動式機器人的行駛狀態是否符合預設參考條件,以根據確認結果執行協作行駛模式的動作。The embodiment of the mobile robot system with the above technical features, as a means to solve the problem, may include: a plurality of mobile robots, which clean while driving in the area to be cleaned; and a controller, which cooperates with the plurality of mobile robots The mobile robot communicates with the mobile robot to transmit the control command for remote control to the plurality of mobile robots, wherein after receiving the control command of the cooperative driving mode for cooperatively cleaning the area to be cleaned from the controller, the plurality of mobile robots confirm the Whether the driving states of the plurality of mobile robots meet the preset reference conditions, so as to execute the action of the cooperative driving mode according to the confirmation result.

此外,作為解決問題的手段,揭露一種具有上述技術特徵的移動式機器人系統執行協作行駛的方法的實施方式,作為第一機器人和第二機器人執行協作行駛的方法,該方法可以包括:由第一機器人和第二機器人接收執行協作行駛的指令;由第一機器人將第一機器人和第二機器人的行駛狀態與預設參考條件進行比較;以及由第一機器人和第二機器人各自根據比較結果執行協作行駛的動作。In addition, as a means to solve the problem, an embodiment of a method for performing cooperative driving in a mobile robot system having the above technical features is disclosed. As a method for performing cooperative driving by a first robot and a second robot, the method may include: The robot and the second robot receive an instruction to perform cooperative travel; the first robot compares the travel states of the first robot and the second robot with a preset reference condition; and the first robot and the second robot each execute the cooperation according to the comparison result action of driving.

另一方面,在能夠對協作行駛期間發生的陷阱狀態作出適當回應的移動式機器人系統的實施方式中,在第一機器人和第二機器人執行協作行駛的同時,當第一機器人及/或第二機器人發生陷阱狀態時,第一機器人及/或第二機器人可以執行陷阱脫離行駛,其中,陷阱狀態是指第一機器人或第二機器人無法進入尚未行駛的待清掃區的情況,而陷阱脫離行駛是指第一機器人或第二機器人沿已行駛過的待清掃區的邊界行駛的行駛方法。On the other hand, in an embodiment of a mobile robotic system capable of responding appropriately to trap conditions that occur during cooperative travel, while the first robot and/or the second robot are performing cooperative travel, when the first robot and/or the second robot When the robot is in a trap state, the first robot and/or the second robot can perform a trap escape driving, wherein the trap state refers to the situation that the first robot or the second robot cannot enter the area to be cleaned that has not been driven, and the trap escape driving is a Refers to the driving method in which the first robot or the second robot travels along the boundary of the area to be cleaned that has already been driven.

此外,能夠對協作行駛期間發生的陷阱狀態作出適當回應的移動式機器人系統執行協作行駛的方法的實施方式可以包括:由第一機器人和第二機器人彼此執行協作行駛;確認第一機器人及/或第二機器人是否發生陷阱狀態,並且當第一機器人及/或第二機器人處於陷阱狀態時執行陷阱脫離行駛,其中,陷阱狀態是指第一機器人及/或第二機器人無法進入尚未行駛的待清掃區的情況,而陷阱脫離行駛是第一機器人或第二機器人沿已行駛過的待清掃區的邊界行駛的行駛方法。Furthermore, embodiments of the method of performing cooperative driving by a mobile robotic system capable of responding appropriately to trap conditions occurring during cooperative driving may include: performing cooperative driving by the first robot and the second robot with each other; confirming the first robot and/or Whether the second robot is in a trap state, and when the first robot and/or the second robot is in the trap state, the trap escape driving is performed, wherein the trap state means that the first robot and/or the second robot cannot enter the unmoved to-be-cleaned However, the trap escape driving is a driving method in which the first robot or the second robot travels along the boundary of the area to be cleaned that has already been driven.

另一方面,能夠對協作行駛期間發生的各種錯誤情況作出適當回應的移動式機器人系統的實施方式可以包括:吸入待清掃區中的污染物的第一機器人;擦拭待清掃區的地板的第二機器人;用於對第一機器人進行充電的第一充電座;用於對第二機器人進行充電的第二充電座;以及連接第一機器人和第二機器人的網路,其中,第一機器人和第二機器人使用網路進入協作行駛模式,透過識別彼此的位置資訊執行協作行駛,以及當在第一機器人和第二機器人中的至少一個執行協作行駛的同時發生錯誤時,當第一機器人和第二機器人中的至少一個發生受困或當網路斷開時,確認是否解除協作行駛模式。On the other hand, embodiments of mobile robotic systems capable of responding appropriately to various error conditions that occur during cooperative travel may include: a first robot that sucks in contaminants in the area to be cleaned; a second robot that wipes the floor of the area to be cleaned a robot; a first charging base for charging the first robot; a second charging base for charging the second robot; and a network connecting the first robot and the second robot, wherein the first robot and the second robot The two robots enter a cooperative driving mode using a network, perform cooperative driving by recognizing each other's position information, and when an error occurs while at least one of the first robot and the second robot is performing cooperative driving, when the first robot and the second robot perform cooperative driving When at least one of the robots is trapped or when the network is disconnected, confirm whether to release the cooperative driving mode.

此外,揭露一種能夠對協作行駛期間發生的各種錯誤情況作出適當回應的移動式機器人系統執行協作行駛的方法的實施方式,作為在待清掃區中行駛的移動式機器人系統執行協作行駛的方法,其中,該移動式機器人系統包括:吸入待清掃區中的污染物的第一機器人;擦拭待清掃區的地板的第二機器人;用於對第一機器人進行充電的第一充電座;用於對第二機器人進行充電的第二充電座;以及連接第一機器人和第二機器人的網路,並且執行協作行駛的方法包括:由第一機器人和第二機器人使用網路進入協作行駛模式;由第一機器人和第二機器人識別彼此的位置資訊以執行協作行駛;以及在第一機器人和第二機器人中的至少一個執行協作行駛的同時發生錯誤時,當第一機器人和第二機器人中的至少一個發生受困或當網路斷開,由第一機器人或第二機器人確認是否解除協作行駛模式。Furthermore, an embodiment of a method for performing cooperative driving by a mobile robotic system capable of responding appropriately to various error conditions that occur during cooperative driving is disclosed as a method for performing cooperative driving by a mobile robotic system driving in an area to be cleaned, wherein , the mobile robot system includes: a first robot for inhaling pollutants in the area to be cleaned; a second robot for wiping the floor of the area to be cleaned; a first charging base for charging the first robot; A second charging base for charging two robots; and a network connecting the first robot and the second robot, and the method for performing cooperative driving includes: the first robot and the second robot use the network to enter a cooperative driving mode; The robot and the second robot recognize each other's position information to perform cooperative travel; and when an error occurs while at least one of the first robot and the second robot is performing cooperative travel, when at least one of the first robot and the second robot occurs Trapped or when the network is disconnected, the first robot or the second robot will confirm whether to release the cooperative driving mode.

另一方面,一種能夠對協作行駛期間感測到的障礙物作出適當回應的移動式機器人系統的實施方式可以包括:吸入待清掃區中的污染物的第一機器人;擦拭待清掃區的地板的第二機器人;用於對第一機器人進行充電的第一充電座;用於對第二機器人進行充電的第二充電座;以及連接第一機器人和第二機器人的網路,其中,第一機器人和第二機器人使用網路進入協作行駛模式、將待清掃區劃分為複數個單元區、對每個單元區執行協作行駛,以及在複數個單元區中的任一個執行協作行駛的同時,當第一機器人及/或第二機器人感測到在預設範圍的高度或深度形成的障礙物時,藉由避開或攀爬障礙物來繼續協作行駛。On the other hand, an embodiment of a mobile robotic system capable of responding appropriately to obstacles sensed during cooperative driving may include: a first robot that sucks in contaminants in the area to be cleaned; a robot that wipes the floor of the area to be cleaned a second robot; a first charging base for charging the first robot; a second charging base for charging the second robot; and a network connecting the first robot and the second robot, wherein the first robot Enter the cooperative driving mode with the second robot using the network, divide the area to be cleaned into a plurality of unit areas, perform cooperative driving on each unit area, and while any one of the plurality of unit areas is performing cooperative driving, when the first When a robot and/or a second robot senses an obstacle formed at a predetermined height or depth, the robot continues to cooperatively drive by avoiding or climbing the obstacle.

此外,揭露一種能夠對協作行駛期間感測到的障礙物作出適當回應的移動式機器人系統執行協作行駛的方法的實施方式,作為在待清掃區中行駛的移動式機器人系統執行協作行駛的方法,其中,該移動式機器人系統包括:吸入待清掃區中的污染物的第一機器人;擦拭待清掃區的地板的第二機器人;用於對第一機器人進行充電的第一充電座;用於對第二機器人進行充電的第二充電座;以及連接第一機器人和第二機器人的網路,並且執行協作行駛的方法包括:由第一機器人和第二機器人使用網路進入協作行駛模式;由第一機器人和第二機器人將待清掃區劃分為複數個單元區,以對每個單元區執行協作行駛;以及在第一機器人及/或第二機器人在複數個單元區中的任一個執行協作行駛的同時,當感測到在預設範圍的高度或深度形成的障礙物時,藉由避開或攀爬障礙物而繼續協作行駛。Furthermore, an embodiment of a method for performing cooperative driving by a mobile robot system capable of responding appropriately to obstacles sensed during cooperative driving is disclosed, as a method for performing cooperative driving by a mobile robot system driving in an area to be cleaned, Wherein, the mobile robot system includes: a first robot for inhaling pollutants in the area to be cleaned; a second robot for wiping the floor of the area to be cleaned; a first charging base for charging the first robot; A second charging base for charging the second robot; and a network connecting the first robot and the second robot, and the method for performing cooperative driving includes: the first robot and the second robot use the network to enter a cooperative driving mode; A robot and a second robot divide the area to be cleaned into a plurality of unit areas to perform cooperative driving on each unit area; and the first robot and/or the second robot perform cooperative driving in any one of the plurality of unit areas At the same time, when an obstacle formed at a height or depth of a preset range is sensed, the cooperative driving continues by avoiding or climbing the obstacle.

另一方面,作為複數個移動式機器人協作行駛的移動式機器人系統,揭露一種移動式機器人系統的實施方式,其在執行協作行駛的同時能夠根據複數個移動式機器人的電池充電位準的變化和電池充電位準的各種狀態來作出適當回應,其中,該移動式機器人系統包括:第一機器人,其基於由第一充電座所充的電力運行,以在待清掃區中行駛;以及第二機器人,其基於由第二充電座所充的電力運行,以沿第一機器人已行駛過的路徑行駛,以及第一機器人和第二機器人在執行協作行駛模式的同時分別感測電池中的充電容量,以根據電池的充電容量值解除協作行駛模式,並回應充電容量值分別執行獨立行駛模式和電池的充電模式中的至少一個。On the other hand, as a mobile robot system for cooperative driving of a plurality of mobile robots, an embodiment of the mobile robot system is disclosed, which can perform cooperative driving according to changes in the battery charging levels of the mobile robots and respond appropriately to various states of battery charge levels, wherein the mobile robotic system includes: a first robot that operates on power charged by the first charging stand to drive in the area to be cleaned; and a second robot , which operates based on the power charged by the second charging base to travel along the path the first robot has traveled, and the first robot and the second robot sense the charge capacity in the battery while executing the cooperative travel mode, respectively, The cooperative driving mode is released according to the charging capacity value of the battery, and at least one of the independent driving mode and the charging mode of the battery is respectively executed in response to the charging capacity value.

此外,作為複數個移動式機器人協作行駛的移動式機器人系統,揭露另一種移動式機器人系統的實施方式,其在協作行駛期間能夠根據複數個移動式機器人的電池充電位準的變化和電池充電位準的各種狀態來作出適當回應,其中,該移動式機器人系統包括:第一機器人,其基於由第一充電座所充的電力運行,以在待清掃區中行駛;以及第二機器人,其基於由第二充電座所充的電力運行,以沿第一機器人已行駛過的路徑行駛,以及當電池的充電容量值低於預設參考容量值時,第一機器人和第二機器人各自在執行協作行駛模式的同時感測電池的充電容量,以移動到各自的充電座對電池進行充電。In addition, as a mobile robot system for cooperative driving of a plurality of mobile robots, another embodiment of the mobile robot system is disclosed, which can be used according to the change of the battery charging level and the battery charging position of the plurality of mobile robots during cooperative driving. responds appropriately to the various states of The electric power charged by the second charging base is operated to travel along the path that the first robot has traveled, and when the charging capacity value of the battery is lower than the preset reference capacity value, the first robot and the second robot are each performing cooperation The charging capacity of the battery is sensed while in the driving mode to move to the respective charging stand to charge the battery.

另外,作為移動式機器人系統執行協作行駛的方法,揭露一種移動式機器人系統執行協作行駛的方法的實施方式,其在協作行駛期間能夠根據複數個移動式機器人的電池充電位準的變化和電池充電位準的各種狀態來作出適當回應,該移動式機器人系統包括:第一機器人,其基於由第一充電座所充的電力運行,以在待清掃區中行駛;以及第二機器人,其基於由第二充電座所充的電力運行,以沿第一機器人已行駛過的路徑行駛,其中,該方法包括:由第一機器人和第二機器人各自啟動協作行駛模式;由第一機器人和第二機器人各自感測電池的充電容量;由第一機器人和第二機器人各自將充電容量值與預設參考容量值進行比較;以及由第一機器人和第二機器人中的至少一個根據比較結果,執行獨立行駛模式或移動到充電座對電池進行充電。In addition, as a method for a mobile robot system to perform cooperative driving, an embodiment of the method for a mobile robot system to perform cooperative driving is disclosed, which can charge batteries according to changes in battery charging levels of a plurality of mobile robots during cooperative driving. to respond appropriately to various states of the level, the mobile robot system includes: a first robot that operates based on the power charged by the first charging stand to drive in the area to be cleaned; and a second robot that is based on the The electric power charged by the second charging base runs to travel along the path that the first robot has traveled, wherein the method includes: starting the cooperative travel mode by the first robot and the second robot respectively; each senses the charging capacity of the battery; each of the first robot and the second robot compares the charging capacity value with a preset reference capacity value; and at least one of the first robot and the second robot performs independent travel according to the comparison result mode or move to the charging cradle to charge the battery.

此外,作為移動式機器人系統執行協作行駛的方法,揭露另一種移動式機器人系統執行協作行駛的方法的實施方式,其在協作行駛期間能夠根據複數個移動式機器人的電池充電位準的變化和電池充電位準的各種狀態來作出適當回應,該移動式機器人系統包括:第一機器人,其基於由第一充電座所充的電力運行,以在待清掃區中行駛;以及第二機器人,其基於由第二充電座所充的電力運行,以沿第一機器人已行駛過的路徑行駛,其中,該方法包括:由第一機器人和第二機器人各自啟動協作行駛模式;由第一機器人和第二機器人各自感測電池的充電容量;由第一機器人和第二機器人各自將充電容量值與預設參考容量值進行比較;以及由第一機器人和第二機器人中的至少一個根據比較結果,移動到充電座對電池進行充電。In addition, as a method for a mobile robot system to perform cooperative driving, another embodiment of the method for a mobile robot system to perform cooperative driving is disclosed. During cooperative driving, the mobile robot system can respond to changes in battery charging levels of a plurality of mobile robots and the battery responding appropriately to various states of the charging level, the mobile robot system includes: a first robot that operates based on the power charged by the first charging stand to drive in the area to be cleaned; and a second robot that is based on running on the electric power charged by the second charging base to travel along the path that the first robot has traveled, wherein the method includes: initiating a cooperative travel mode by the first robot and the second robot respectively; Each of the robots senses the charging capacity of the battery; each of the first robot and the second robot compares the charging capacity value with a preset reference capacity value; and at least one of the first robot and the second robot moves to the battery according to the comparison result. The charging cradle charges the battery.

如上所述的移動式機器人系統及其執行協作行駛的方法的實施方式可以應用並實施到清掃機器人、控制清掃機器人的控制系統、清掃機器人系統、控制清掃機器人的控制方法等,並且特別是有效地應用和實施到複數個移動式機器人、包括複數個移動式機器人的移動式機器人系統、控制複數個移動式機器人的方法等,並且還應用和實施到所有上述可應用技術的技術概念的清掃機器人、清掃機器人系統、以及控制清掃機器人的方法。Embodiments of the mobile robot system and the method for performing cooperative driving as described above can be applied and implemented to a cleaning robot, a control system for controlling a cleaning robot, a cleaning robot system, a control method for controlling a cleaning robot, and the like, and are particularly effective. Cleaning robots applied and implemented to a plurality of mobile robots, a mobile robot system including a plurality of mobile robots, a method of controlling a plurality of mobile robots, etc., and also applied and implemented to all the above-mentioned technical concepts of applicable technologies, A cleaning robot system and a method for controlling the cleaning robot.

換言之,移動式機器人系統及其執行協作行駛的方法的實施方式可以確認複數個移動式機器人的行駛狀態是否符合預設參考條件,以根據確認結果執行協作行駛的動作,從而具有在滿足各種協作行駛的條件下執行協作行駛的作用。In other words, the embodiments of the mobile robot system and the method for performing cooperative driving can confirm whether the driving states of a plurality of mobile robots meet the preset reference conditions, so as to perform the action of cooperative driving according to the confirmation result, so as to have the ability to satisfy various cooperative driving conditions The role of cooperative driving is performed under the conditions.

因此,可以防止複數個移動式機器人的不準確和不穩定的協作行駛,從而具有在安全和準確的環境/狀態下執行協作行駛的作用。Therefore, inaccurate and unstable cooperative travel of the plurality of mobile robots can be prevented, thereby having the effect of performing cooperative travel in a safe and accurate environment/state.

此外,可以在滿足協作行駛條件的狀態下執行協作行駛,從而具有對協作行駛期間發生的各種情況作出適當回應的作用。Furthermore, cooperative travel can be performed in a state where cooperative travel conditions are satisfied, thereby having a role of appropriately responding to various situations that occur during cooperative travel.

例如,可以分別對協作行駛期間發生的陷阱狀態、各種錯誤情況和障礙物感測情況作出適當的回應,從而具有安全且可靠地執行協作行駛的作用。For example, it is possible to respond appropriately to trap states, various error conditions, and obstacle sensing situations that occur during cooperative driving, respectively, thereby having the effect of safely and reliably performing cooperative driving.

此外,複數個移動式機器人中的每一個可以在執行協作行駛模式的同時感測電池的充電容量,並且複數個移動式機器人中的每一個可以根據感測結果執行回應操作,從而具有對電池充電位準的變化作出適當回應的功用。In addition, each of the plurality of mobile robots may sense the charging capacity of the battery while performing the cooperative driving mode, and each of the plurality of mobile robots may perform a response operation according to the sensing result, thereby having the ability to charge the battery The function of responding appropriately to changes in level.

因此,不僅可以在執行協作行駛的同時根據電池充電位準的各種狀態進行有效清掃,而且可以防止在執行協作行駛時由於電池充電位準的變化而中斷協作行駛,進而忽略複數個移動式機器人,從而具有在協作行駛中斷後適當且容易地執行後續操作的功用。Therefore, it is possible not only to perform effective cleaning according to various states of the battery charging level while performing cooperative driving, but also prevent the cooperative driving from being interrupted due to changes in the battery charging level when performing cooperative driving, thereby ignoring a plurality of mobile robots, Thus, it has the function of appropriately and easily performing subsequent operations after the cooperative travel is interrupted.

下文將結合所附圖式對移動式機器人系統的實施方式進行更詳細的說明,需要注意的是,以下使用的技術術語僅用於說明具體的實施方式,並不代表本發明的概念。The embodiments of the mobile robot system will be described in more detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings. It should be noted that the technical terms used below are only used to describe specific embodiments and do not represent the concept of the present invention.

首先,將說明移動式機器人系統的實施方式中的移動式機器人(下文稱為「機器人」)的配置。First, the configuration of a mobile robot (hereinafter referred to as “robot”) in the embodiment of the mobile robot system will be described.

機器人可以是在行駛或行進的同時進行清掃的清掃機器人。The robot may be a cleaning robot that cleans while traveling or traveling.

機器人可以是自動或透過使用者的操控而執行行駛和清掃的清掃機器人。The robot may be a cleaning robot that performs driving and cleaning automatically or through the manipulation of a user.

例如,機器人可以是自動行駛清掃機以及執行自動行駛(或自動行進)的清掃機。For example, the robot may be a self-driving sweeper as well as a sweeper that performs self-driving (or self-travel).

機器人可以是在預定區域內行駛的同時識別位置的清掃機器人。The robot may be a cleaning robot that recognizes a position while traveling within a predetermined area.

機器人可以是在行駛的同時識別位置以及在預定區域內創建地圖的清掃機器人。The robot may be a cleaning robot that recognizes a location while driving and creates a map within a predetermined area.

機器人可以在其自身在預定區域內行進的同時執行清掃地板的功能,這裡所謂的清掃地板包括吸入地板上的灰塵(包括異物)或拖地。The robot may perform the function of cleaning the floor while it travels in a predetermined area, and the so-called floor cleaning here includes sucking dust (including foreign objects) on the floor or mopping the floor.

機器人可以具有用於行駛和清掃的複數個配置(構成組件)。Robots can have multiple configurations (components) for driving and cleaning.

例如,機器人100可以具有如圖1A或圖1B所示的形狀。For example, the robot 100 may have a shape as shown in FIG. 1A or FIG. 1B .

機器人100可以具有如圖1A所示的形狀,或者可以具有如圖1B所示的形狀,或者可以具有從圖1A和圖1B所示的形狀中修改的形狀,或者可以具有與圖1A和圖1B所示的形狀不同的形狀。The robot 100 may have a shape as shown in FIG. 1A , or may have a shape as shown in FIG. 1B , or may have a shape modified from the shapes shown in FIGS. 1A and 1B , or may have a shape similar to that shown in FIGS. 1A and 1B The shapes shown are different shapes.

如圖1A和圖1B所示,機器人100可以包括:主體110;清掃單元120;以及感測單元130。As shown in FIGS. 1A and 1B , the robot 100 may include: a main body 110 ; a cleaning unit 120 ; and a sensing unit 130 .

主體110界定機器人100的外觀,並可以執行行駛(或行進)和清掃。The main body 110 defines the appearance of the robot 100 and can perform traveling (or traveling) and cleaning.

換言之,主體110可以執行機器人100的整體操作。In other words, the main body 110 may perform the overall operation of the robot 100 .

主體110可以具有便於行駛和清掃的形狀,以界定機器人100的外觀。The main body 110 may have a shape that facilitates driving and cleaning to define the appearance of the robot 100 .

例如,機器人100可以界定為圓形,且也可以界定為帶有圓角的矩形。For example, the robot 100 may be defined as a circle, and may also be defined as a rectangle with rounded corners.

主體110可以具有用於使機器人100行進並執行清掃的構成組件。The main body 110 may have constituent components for causing the robot 100 to travel and perform cleaning.

可以將用於使機器人100能夠行進並執行清掃的構成組件設置在主體110的內部或外部。Constituent components for enabling the robot 100 to travel and perform cleaning may be provided inside or outside the main body 110 .

例如,可以將與行駛(或行進)操作、清掃操作或感測相關的構成組件設置在主體110的外部,並可以將與機器人100的控制相關的構成組件設置在主體110的內部。For example, constituent components related to traveling (or traveling) operation, cleaning operation, or sensing may be provided outside the main body 110 , and constituent components related to control of the robot 100 may be provided inside the main body 110 .

此外,主體110可以設置有使機器人100行進的滾輪單元111。Also, the main body 110 may be provided with a roller unit 111 that makes the robot 100 travel.

因此,機器人100可以透過滾輪單元111前後、左右移動或旋轉。Therefore, the robot 100 can move back and forth, left and right, or rotate through the roller unit 111 .

此外,主體110可以安裝有為機器人100供電的電池(圖未顯示)。In addition, the main body 110 may be installed with a battery (not shown) for powering the robot 100 .

可以將電池配置為可充電的,並配置為可從主體110的底部拆卸。The battery can be configured to be rechargeable and detachable from the bottom of the body 110 .

清掃單元120可以從主體110的一側以突出的形式設置,以便吸入含有灰塵的空氣或拖地。The cleaning unit 120 may be provided in a protruding form from one side of the main body 110 to inhale dust-containing air or mop the floor.

此處,該一側可以是主體110沿前進方向(F)行駛的一側,即,主體110的前側。Here, the side may be the side where the main body 110 travels in the forward direction (F), that is, the front side of the main body 110 .

清掃單元120可以可拆卸地耦接到主體110。The cleaning unit 120 may be detachably coupled to the main body 110 .

當清掃單元120從主體110分離時,拖把單元(圖未顯示)可以可拆卸地耦接到主體110,以替換分離的清掃單元120。When the cleaning unit 120 is detached from the main body 110 , a mop unit (not shown) may be detachably coupled to the main body 110 to replace the detached cleaning unit 120 .

因此,當使用者想要清除地板上的灰塵時,使用者可以將清掃單元120安裝在主體110上,而當使用者想要拖地時,可以將拖把單元安裝在主體110上。Therefore, when the user wants to remove dust from the floor, the user can install the cleaning unit 120 on the main body 110, and when the user wants to mop the floor, the mop unit can be installed on the main body 110.

感測單元130可以設置在主體110的清掃單元120所在的一側,即,主體110的前側。The sensing unit 130 may be disposed on the side of the main body 110 where the cleaning unit 120 is located, that is, the front side of the main body 110 .

可以在主體110的垂直方向上設置感測單元130,以與清掃單元120重疊。The sensing unit 130 may be disposed in the vertical direction of the main body 110 to overlap with the cleaning unit 120 .

感測單元130設置在主體110的上部,以感測前方的障礙物或地形,防止機器人100與障礙物碰撞。The sensing unit 130 is disposed on the upper part of the main body 110 to sense obstacles or terrain ahead and prevent the robot 100 from colliding with the obstacles.

可以配置感測單元130以額外地執行不同於感測功能的另一種感測功能。The sensing unit 130 may be configured to additionally perform another sensing function other than the sensing function.

例如,感測單元130可以包括用於擷取周圍影像的相機131。For example, the sensing unit 130 may include a camera 131 for capturing surrounding images.

相機131可以包括鏡頭和影像感測器。The camera 131 may include a lens and an image sensor.

相機131可以將主體110的周圍影像轉換為能由控制單元處理的電信號,例如,將與向上影像對應的電信號傳送給控制單元。The camera 131 may convert the surrounding image of the main body 110 into an electrical signal that can be processed by the control unit, for example, transmit the electrical signal corresponding to the upward image to the control unit.

此處,可以由控制單元使用與向上影像對應的電信號以偵測主體110的位置。Here, the electrical signal corresponding to the upward image can be used by the control unit to detect the position of the main body 110 .

此外,感測單元130可以感測機器人100的行駛表面或行駛路徑上的障礙物,如牆壁、傢俱和懸崖。Also, the sensing unit 130 may sense obstacles such as walls, furniture, and cliffs on a running surface or a running path of the robot 100 .

此外,感測單元130可以感測到進行充電的對接裝置的存在。In addition, the sensing unit 130 may sense the presence of the docking device for charging.

此外,感測單元130可以感測天花板資訊,以便繪製機器人100的行駛區或清掃區。In addition, the sensing unit 130 may sense the ceiling information to map the driving area or the cleaning area of the robot 100 .

以下將參照圖2說明與機器人100的特定組件相關的實施方式。Embodiments related to specific components of the robot 100 will be described below with reference to FIG. 2 .

如圖2所示,機器人100可以包括:通訊單元1100;輸入單元1200;驅動單元1300;感測單元1400;輸出單元1500;電源單元1600;記憶體1700;控制單元1800;以及清掃單元1900,或其組合。As shown in FIG. 2 , the robot 100 may include: a communication unit 1100; an input unit 1200; a driving unit 1300; a sensing unit 1400; an output unit 1500; a power supply unit 1600; a memory 1700; a control unit 1800; its combination.

此處,圖2中所示的組件當然不是必需的,因此可以實現具有比圖4中所示更多或更少組件的自控式清掃機。此外,如上所述,其中說明的複數個移動式機器人可以僅包括以下將說明的相同組件中的一些。換言之,複數個移動式機器人可以包括不同的組件。Here, the components shown in FIG. 2 are of course not necessary, so that a self-controlled sweeper with more or less components than those shown in FIG. 4 can be realized. Furthermore, as mentioned above, the plurality of mobile robots described therein may include only some of the same components as will be described below. In other words, the plurality of mobile robots may include different components.

以下將說明每個組件。Each component will be explained below.

首先,電源單元1600包括能由外部商用電源充電的電池,以向機器人100供電。First, the power supply unit 1600 includes a battery that can be charged by an external commercial power source to supply power to the robot 100 .

電源單元1600向包含在機器人100中的每個組件提供驅動電力,以提供機器人100行駛或執行特定功能所需的操作電力。The power supply unit 1600 provides driving power to each component included in the robot 100 to provide operation power required for the robot 100 to travel or perform a specific function.

此處,控制單元1800可以感測電池的剩餘電量,並在剩餘電量不足時,控制電池將電力轉移到與外部商用電源連接的充電座,因此可以從充電座提供充電電流對電池進行充電。Here, the control unit 1800 can sense the remaining power of the battery, and when the remaining power is insufficient, control the battery to transfer power to a charging stand connected to an external commercial power source, so that charging current can be supplied from the charging stand to charge the battery.

電池可以連接到電池感測單元,以將剩餘電量和充電狀態傳送給控制單元1800。此時,輸出單元1500可以透過控制單元1800顯示電池的剩餘量。The battery can be connected to the battery sensing unit to communicate the remaining power and charging status to the control unit 1800 . At this time, the output unit 1500 can display the remaining amount of the battery through the control unit 1800 .

控制單元1800基於人工智慧技術執行資訊處理的任務,並可以包括至少一個電路模組,用於執行資訊的學習、資訊的推論、資訊的感知以及自然語言的處理中的至少一項。The control unit 1800 performs the task of information processing based on artificial intelligence technology, and may include at least one circuit module for performing at least one of information learning, information inference, information perception and natural language processing.

控制單元1800可以使用機器學習技術來執行大量資訊(大數據)的學習、推論和處理中的至少一項,如儲存在機器人100中的資訊、行動終端周圍的環境資訊、儲存在可通訊的外部儲存器中的資訊等。此外,控制單元1800可以基於使用機器學習技術學習到的資訊來預測(或推斷)至少一種機器人100可以執行的操作,並控制機器人100在至少一種預測操作中執行最可行的操作。The control unit 1800 may use machine learning technology to perform at least one of learning, inference, and processing of a large amount of information (big data), such as information stored in the robot 100, environmental information around the mobile terminal, stored in a communicable external information in storage, etc. In addition, the control unit 1800 may predict (or infer) at least one operation that the robot 100 can perform based on information learned using machine learning technology, and control the robot 100 to perform the most feasible operation in the at least one predicted operation.

機器學習技術是一種基於至少一種演算法收集和學習大量資訊,並根據學習到的資訊來確定和預測資訊的技術。資訊的學習是識別資訊的特徵、規則和判斷標準、量化資訊與資訊之間的關係、並利用量化後的模式預測新資料的操作。Machine learning technology is a technology that collects and learns a large amount of information based on at least one algorithm, and determines and predicts information based on the learned information. The learning of information is the operation of identifying the characteristics, rules and judgment standards of information, quantifying the relationship between information and information, and using the quantified patterns to predict new data.

機器學習技術使用的演算法可以是基於統計的演算法,例如,使用樹狀結構類型作為預測模型的決策樹、模擬生物神經網路結構和功能的人工神經網路、基於生物演進式演算法的基因程式設計、將觀察到的示例分佈到集群中的子集的聚類、以及使用隨機抽取的隨機數計算函數值作為概率的蒙特卡羅方法等。Algorithms used by machine learning techniques can be statistical-based algorithms, such as decision trees that use tree structure types as predictive models, artificial neural networks that simulate the structure and function of biological neural networks, biological evolutionary algorithms-based algorithms. Genetic programming, clustering that distributes observed examples into subsets of clusters, and Monte Carlo methods that compute function values as probabilities using random numbers drawn at random.

作為機器學習技術的一個領域,深度學習是一種使用深度神經網路(DNN)演算法進行學習、確認、以及資訊處理中的至少一項的技術。深度神經網路(DNN)可以具有鏈接層並在層之間傳送資料的結構。可以應用這種深度學習技術以使用優化之用於平行運算的圖形處理單元(GPU)透過深度神經網路(DNN)學習大量資訊。As a field of machine learning technology, deep learning is a technology that uses a deep neural network (DNN) algorithm to perform at least one of learning, validation, and information processing. Deep Neural Networks (DNNs) can have structures that link layers and transfer data between layers. This deep learning technique can be applied to learn large amounts of information through deep neural networks (DNNs) using graphics processing units (GPUs) optimized for parallel operations.

控制單元1800可以使用儲存在外部伺服器或記憶體1700中的訓練資料,並可以包括用於偵測並識別預定物體的特徵的學習引擎。此處,用於識別物體的特徵可以包括物體的尺寸、形狀和陰影。The control unit 1800 may use training data stored in an external server or memory 1700, and may include a learning engine for detecting and recognizing features of predetermined objects. Here, the features for identifying the object may include the size, shape, and shadow of the object.

具體而言,當控制單元1800將透過相機131擷取的影像的一部分輸入到學習引擎中時,學習引擎可以識別包含在輸入影像中的至少一種物品或生物。Specifically, when the control unit 1800 inputs a part of the image captured by the camera 131 into the learning engine, the learning engine can identify at least one item or living being included in the input image.

當學習引擎應用於清掃機的行駛時,控制單元1800可以識別機器人100周圍是否存在阻礙清掃機運行的障礙物,如椅子腳、風扇和特定形狀的陽台間隙。這可以提高機器人100行駛的效率和可靠性。When the learning engine is applied to the driving of the sweeper, the control unit 1800 may identify whether there are obstacles around the robot 100 that hinder the operation of the sweeper, such as chair feet, fans, and certain shaped balcony gaps. This can improve the efficiency and reliability with which the robot 100 travels.

另一方面,可以將學習引擎安裝在控制單元1800上或外部伺服器上。 當學習引擎安裝在外部伺服器上時,控制單元1800可以控制通訊單元1100將至少一個待分析的影像傳送給外部伺服器。On the other hand, the learning engine may be installed on the control unit 1800 or on an external server. When the learning engine is installed on the external server, the control unit 1800 can control the communication unit 1100 to transmit at least one image to be analyzed to the external server.

外部伺服器可以將從清掃機傳送的影像輸入到學習引擎中,從而識別包括在影像中的至少一種物品或生物。此外,外部伺服器可以將與識別結果相關的資訊傳送回清掃機。在這種情況下,與識別結果相關的資訊可以包括與待分析影像中的物體數量以及每個物體的名稱相關的資訊。The external server may input the image transmitted from the sweeper into the learning engine to identify at least one item or creature included in the image. In addition, the external server can transmit information related to the recognition results back to the sweeper. In this case, the information related to the recognition result may include information related to the number of objects in the image to be analyzed and the name of each object.

驅動單元1300可以設置有馬達以驅動滾輪單元,從而使左主輪和右主輪在兩個方向上旋轉,以旋轉或移動主體。此時,左主輪和右主輪可以獨立地移動。驅動單元1300可以使主體110向前移動、向後移動、向左移動、向右移動、彎曲地移動、或原地旋轉。The driving unit 1300 may be provided with a motor to drive the roller unit to rotate the left main wheel and the right main wheel in two directions to rotate or move the main body. At this time, the left main wheel and the right main wheel can move independently. The driving unit 1300 may move the main body 110 forward, backward, leftward, rightward, curved, or rotated in place.

輸入單元1200可以接收來自使用者對於機器人100的各種控制指令。The input unit 1200 may receive various control instructions for the robot 100 from the user.

輸入單元1200可以包括一個或多個按鈕。The input unit 1200 may include one or more buttons.

例如,輸入單元1200可以包括確認按鈕、設定按鈕等。該確認按鈕(OK按鈕)是用於接收來自使用者用於確認感測資訊、障礙物資訊、位置資訊和地圖資訊的指令的按鈕,而該設定按鈕是用於接收來自使用者用於設定資訊的指令的按鈕。For example, the input unit 1200 may include a confirm button, a set button, and the like. The confirmation button (OK button) is used to receive an instruction from the user for confirming sensing information, obstacle information, location information and map information, and the setting button is used to receive the setting information from the user button for instructions.

此外,輸入單元1200可以包括:輸入重置按鈕,用於取消使用者先前的輸入並重新接收使用者的輸入;刪除按鈕,用於刪除使用者預設的輸入;用於設定或改變操作模式的按鈕;以及用於接收要恢復到充電座的指令的按鈕等。In addition, the input unit 1200 may include: an input reset button for canceling the user's previous input and re-receiving the user's input; a delete button for deleting the user's preset input; a button for setting or changing the operation mode button; and a button for receiving commands to return to the cradle, etc.

此外,可以將諸如硬鍵、軟鍵、觸控板等的輸入單元1200設置在移動式機器人的上部。此外,輸入單元1200可以與輸出單元1500一起具有觸控螢幕的形式。Also, the input unit 1200 such as hard keys, soft keys, touch pads, etc. may be provided on the upper part of the mobile robot. Also, the input unit 1200 may have the form of a touch screen together with the output unit 1500 .

輸出單元1500可以設置在機器人100的上部。當然,安裝位置和安裝類型可以不同。例如,輸出單元1500可以在螢幕上顯示電池狀態、行駛模式等。The output unit 1500 may be disposed on the upper portion of the robot 100 . Of course, the installation location and type of installation can vary. For example, the output unit 1500 may display battery status, driving mode, etc. on the screen.

此外,輸出單元1500可以輸出由感測單元1400偵測的移動式機器人內部的狀態資訊,例如,包括在移動式機器人中的每個配置的目前狀態。此外,輸出單元1500可以在螢幕上顯示由感測單元1400偵測的外部狀態資訊、障礙物資訊、位置資訊、以及地圖資訊等。輸出單元1500可以由發光二極體(LED)、液晶顯示器(LCD)、電漿顯示面板、以及有機發光二極體(OLED)中的任一種形成。In addition, the output unit 1500 may output status information inside the mobile robot detected by the sensing unit 1400, eg, the current status of each configuration included in the mobile robot. In addition, the output unit 1500 can display external state information, obstacle information, location information, and map information detected by the sensing unit 1400 on the screen. The output unit 1500 may be formed of any one of a light emitting diode (LED), a liquid crystal display (LCD), a plasma display panel, and an organic light emitting diode (OLED).

輸出單元1500可以進一步包括聲音輸出裝置,以可聽見的方式輸出由控制單元1800執行的機器人100的操作過程或操作結果。例如,輸出單元1500可以回應由控制單元1800產生的警告信號向外部輸出警告音。The output unit 1500 may further include a sound output device to audibly output the operation process or the operation result of the robot 100 performed by the control unit 1800 . For example, the output unit 1500 may output a warning sound to the outside in response to the warning signal generated by the control unit 1800 .

在這種情況下,聲頻輸出模組(圖未顯示)可以是用於輸出聲音的裝置,如蜂鳴器、揚聲器等,並且輸出單元1500可以使用儲存在記憶體1700中具有預定模式的聲頻資料或訊息資料透過聲頻輸出模組向外部輸出聲音。In this case, the audio output module (not shown) may be a device for outputting sound, such as a buzzer, a speaker, etc., and the output unit 1500 may use audio data with a predetermined pattern stored in the memory 1700 Or the message data can output sound to the outside through the audio output module.

因此,根據本發明的實施方式的機器人100可以在螢幕上顯示行駛區域的環境資訊或將資訊輸出為聲音。根據另一實施方式,機器人可以透過通訊單元1100將地圖資訊或環境資訊傳送給終端裝置,以透過輸出單元1500輸出待輸出的螢幕或聲音。Therefore, the robot 100 according to the embodiment of the present invention can display the environmental information of the driving area on the screen or output the information as sound. According to another embodiment, the robot can transmit the map information or the environment information to the terminal device through the communication unit 1100 , so as to output the screen or sound to be output through the output unit 1500 .

記憶體1700儲存用於控制或驅動機器人100的控制程序以及產生的資料。記憶體1700可以儲存聲頻資訊、影像資訊、障礙物資訊、位置資訊、地圖資訊等。此外,記憶體1700可以儲存與行駛模式相關的資訊。The memory 1700 stores control programs and generated data for controlling or driving the robot 100 . The memory 1700 can store audio information, image information, obstacle information, location information, map information, and the like. In addition, the memory 1700 can store information related to the driving mode.

記憶體1700主要使用非揮發性記憶體。此處,非揮發性記憶體(NVM、NVRAM)是一種即使不供電也能夠連續儲存資訊的儲存裝置,舉例來說,非揮發性記憶體可以是ROM、快閃記憶體、磁芯儲存裝置(例如,硬碟、磁片驅動器、磁帶)、光碟驅動器、磁性RAM、PRAM等。The memory 1700 mainly uses non-volatile memory. Here, non-volatile memory (NVM, NVRAM) is a storage device that can continuously store information even without power supply. For example, non-volatile memory can be ROM, flash memory, magnetic core storage device ( For example, hard disk, disk drive, tape), optical disk drive, magnetic RAM, PRAM, etc.

此外,可以將行駛區域的地圖儲存在記憶體1700中。地圖可以由能夠透過有線或無線通訊與機器人100交換資訊的外部終端或伺服器接收,或者可以由機器人100自身在行駛的同時產生。In addition, a map of the driving area may be stored in the memory 1700 . The map may be received by an external terminal or server capable of exchanging information with the robot 100 through wired or wireless communication, or may be generated by the robot 100 itself while driving.

地圖可以指示行駛區內的房間的位置。此外,可以在地圖上顯示機器人100的當前位置,並可以在行駛過程期間更新機器人100在地圖上的當前位置。The map can indicate the location of the rooms within the driving area. In addition, the current position of the robot 100 may be displayed on the map, and the current position of the robot 100 on the map may be updated during the driving process.

記憶體1700可以儲存清掃歷史資訊。每當執行清掃時,都可以產生這樣的清掃歷史資訊。The memory 1700 can store cleaning history information. Such cleaning history information can be generated whenever cleaning is performed.

儲存在記憶體1700中的行駛區的地圖是以預定格式儲存行駛區的預定資訊的資料,例如,用於在清掃的同時行駛的導航地圖、用於位置識別的同步定位和繪製(SLAM)地圖、透過儲存機器人與障礙物碰撞時的資訊來學習清掃的學習地圖、用於全球位置識別的全球位置地圖、在其中記錄所識別的障礙物的資訊的障礙物識別地圖等。The map of the driving area stored in the memory 1700 is data that stores predetermined information of the driving area in a predetermined format, for example, a navigation map for driving while cleaning, a simultaneous localization and mapping (SLAM) map for position recognition , A learning map for learning to clean by storing information when the robot collides with an obstacle, a global location map for global location recognition, an obstacle recognition map in which information about the recognized obstacles is recorded, etc.

地圖可以表示包含複數個節點的節點地圖。此處,節點表示地圖上的任意一個位置的資料,該位置與行駛區中的任意一個位置的點對應。A map can represent a node map containing a plurality of nodes. Here, the node represents data of any position on the map, and the position corresponds to a point of any position in the travel area.

同時,感測單元1400可以包括外部信號偵測感測器、前方偵測感測器、懸崖偵測感測器、二維相機感測器和三維相機感測器中的至少一個。Meanwhile, the sensing unit 1400 may include at least one of an external signal detection sensor, a front detection sensor, a cliff detection sensor, a two-dimensional camera sensor, and a three-dimensional camera sensor.

外部信號偵測感測器可以感測機器人100的外部信號。外部信號偵測感測器可以是例如紅外線感測器、超聲波感測器、射頻(RF)感測器等。The external signal detection sensor can sense external signals of the robot 100 . The external signal detection sensor may be, for example, an infrared sensor, an ultrasonic sensor, a radio frequency (RF) sensor, or the like.

機器人100可以使用外部信號偵測感測器接收由充電座產生的引導信號,以檢查充電座的位置和方向。此時,充電座可以傳送指示方向和距離的引導信號,以便移動式機器人可以返回充電座。換言之,機器人100可以藉由接收從充電座傳送的信號來確定當前位置,並設定移動方向,從而返回充電座。The robot 100 can use the external signal detection sensor to receive the guidance signal generated by the charging base to check the position and orientation of the charging base. At this point, the charging base can transmit guidance signals indicating the direction and distance so that the mobile robot can return to the charging base. In other words, the robot 100 can determine the current position by receiving the signal transmitted from the charging base, and set the moving direction, so as to return to the charging base.

另一方面,前方偵測感測器可以以一定間隔設置在機器人100的前側,具體地,沿機器人100的外周表面的一側設置。前感測器位於機器人100的表面的至少一側上,以偵測移動式機器人前方的障礙物。前感測器可以偵測存在於機器人100的移動方向上的物體,尤其是障礙物,並將偵測資訊傳送給控制單元1800。換言之,前感測器可以偵測機器人100的移動路徑上的突起、家用電器、傢俱、牆壁和牆角等,並將資訊傳送給控制單元1800。On the other hand, the front detection sensors may be provided on the front side of the robot 100 at certain intervals, specifically, along one side of the outer peripheral surface of the robot 100 . Front sensors are located on at least one side of the surface of the robot 100 to detect obstacles in front of the mobile robot. The front sensor can detect objects existing in the moving direction of the robot 100 , especially obstacles, and transmit the detection information to the control unit 1800 . In other words, the front sensor can detect protrusions, household appliances, furniture, walls and corners, etc. on the moving path of the robot 100 , and transmit the information to the control unit 1800 .

例如,前感測器可以是紅外線(IR)感測器、超音波感測器、RF感測器、地磁感測器等,並且機器人100可以使用一種類型的感測器作為前感測器,或者必要時使用兩種或更多種類型的感測器。For example, the front sensor may be an infrared (IR) sensor, an ultrasonic sensor, an RF sensor, a geomagnetic sensor, etc., and the robot 100 may use one type of sensor as the front sensor, Or use two or more types of sensors if necessary.

例如,一般而言,超音波感測器可能主要用於感測遠處的障礙物。超音波感測器可以包括發射器和接收器,並且控制單元1800可以基於透過發射器輻射的超音波是否被障礙物等反射並被接收器接收來確定是否存在障礙物,並利用超音波發射時間和超音波接收時間計算到障礙物的距離。For example, in general, ultrasonic sensors may be primarily used to sense distant obstacles. The ultrasonic sensor may include a transmitter and a receiver, and the control unit 1800 may determine whether there is an obstacle based on whether the ultrasonic wave radiated through the transmitter is reflected by an obstacle or the like and received by the receiver, and utilize the ultrasonic transmission time and the ultrasonic reception time to calculate the distance to the obstacle.

此外,控制單元1800可以比較從發射器發射的超音波和在接收器接收的超音波,以偵測與障礙物的尺寸有關的資訊。例如,控制單元1800可以確定障礙物越大,在接收器接收到的超音波越多。In addition, the control unit 1800 may compare the ultrasonic waves transmitted from the transmitter and the ultrasonic waves received at the receiver to detect information related to the size of the obstacle. For example, the control unit 1800 may determine that the larger the obstacle, the more ultrasonic waves are received at the receiver.

在一實施方式中,可以在機器人100的前側沿外周表面的側面設置複數個(例如,五個)超音波感測器。此時,超音波感測器較佳可以發射器和接收器交替佈置的方式設置在機器人100的前部表面上。In one embodiment, a plurality of (eg, five) ultrasonic sensors may be provided on the front side of the robot 100 along the sides of the outer peripheral surface. At this time, the ultrasonic sensors may preferably be disposed on the front surface of the robot 100 in a manner that the transmitters and the receivers are alternately arranged.

換句話說,可以將發射器設置在左側和右側,與主體的前部中心間隔開,或者可以將一個發射器或至少兩個發射器設置在接收器之間,以便形成從障礙物等反射的超音波信號的接收區域。透過這種佈置,可以在減少感測器數量的同時擴大接收區域。超音波的發射角度可以保持在不影響不同信號的角度範圍,以防止串擾現象。此外,可以將接收器的接收靈敏度設定為彼此不同。In other words, the transmitters may be located on the left and right sides, spaced from the front center of the main body, or one transmitter or at least two transmitters may be located between the receivers so as to form reflections from obstacles, etc. The receiving area of the ultrasonic signal. With this arrangement, the receiving area can be enlarged while reducing the number of sensors. The launch angle of the ultrasonic wave can be kept within the angle range that does not affect the different signals to prevent the phenomenon of crosstalk. Furthermore, the reception sensitivities of the receivers can be set to be different from each other.

另外,可以將超音波感測器以預定角度向上設置,以沿向上方向輸出從超音波感測器發射的超音波,並且於此處,超音波感測器可以進一步包括預定的阻擋構件以防止超音波向下輻射。In addition, the ultrasonic sensor may be disposed upward at a predetermined angle to output ultrasonic waves emitted from the ultrasonic sensor in an upward direction, and here, the ultrasonic sensor may further include a predetermined blocking member to prevent Ultrasonic waves radiate downward.

另一方面,如上所述,前感測器可以藉由一起使用兩種或更多種類型的感測器來實施,因此前感測器可以使用IR感測器、超音波感測器、以及RF感測器等中的任意一種。On the other hand, as described above, the front sensor can be implemented by using two or more types of sensors together, so the front sensor can use IR sensors, ultrasonic sensors, and Any of RF sensors, etc.

例如,前方偵測感測器可以包括紅外線感測器,作為除了超音波感測器以外的不同類型的感測器。For example, the front detection sensor may include an infrared sensor as a different type of sensor than an ultrasonic sensor.

可以將紅外線感測器與超音波感測器一起設置在機器人100的外周表面上。紅外線感測器也可以感測存在於前方或側面的障礙物,以將障礙物資訊傳送給控制單元1800。換言之,紅外線感測器可以感測機器人100的移動路徑上的突起、家用電器、傢俱、牆面和牆角等,以將資訊傳送給控制單元1800。因此,主體110可以在特定區域內移動而不與障礙物碰撞。An infrared sensor may be provided on the outer peripheral surface of the robot 100 together with the ultrasonic sensor. The infrared sensor can also sense obstacles existing in the front or side, so as to transmit the obstacle information to the control unit 1800 . In other words, the infrared sensor can sense protrusions on the moving path of the robot 100 , household appliances, furniture, walls and corners, etc., to transmit information to the control unit 1800 . Therefore, the main body 110 can move within a specific area without colliding with obstacles.

另一方面,懸崖偵測感測器(或懸崖感測器)可以主要使用各種類型的光學感測器來感測支撐主體110的地板上的障礙物。On the other hand, the cliff detection sensor (or cliff sensor) may mainly use various types of optical sensors to sense obstacles on the floor supporting the main body 110 .

換言之,可以將懸崖偵測感測器設置在機器人100的後表面上,但顯然可以根據機器人100的類型安裝在不同的位置。懸崖偵測感測器是位於機器人100的後表面的感測器,以感測地板上的障礙物,並且懸崖偵測感測器可以是紅外線感測器、超音波感測器、RF感測器、PSD(位置敏感偵測器)感測器等,其中,懸崖偵測感測器設置有發射器和接收器,如障礙物偵測感測器。In other words, the cliff detection sensor may be provided on the rear surface of the robot 100 , but obviously may be installed in different positions according to the type of the robot 100 . The cliff detection sensor is a sensor located on the rear surface of the robot 100 to sense obstacles on the floor, and the cliff detection sensor can be an infrared sensor, an ultrasonic sensor, an RF sensor sensor, PSD (Position Sensitive Detector) sensor, etc., wherein the cliff detection sensor is provided with a transmitter and a receiver, such as an obstacle detection sensor.

例如,可以將懸崖感測器中的一個設置在機器人100的前部上,另外兩個懸崖感測器可以相對地安裝在後部。For example, one of the cliff sensors may be arranged on the front of the robot 100, and the other two cliff sensors may be oppositely arranged at the rear.

例如,懸崖偵測感測器可以是PSD感測器,但也可以配置有複數個不同種類的感測器。For example, the cliff detection sensor may be a PSD sensor, but may also be configured with a plurality of different types of sensors.

PSD感測器利用半導體表面電阻偵測具有一個p-n結的入射光的短距離和長距離位置。PSD感測器包括僅在一個軸向方向上偵測光源的一維PSD感測器、以及偵測平面上的光源位置的二維PSD感測器。兩種PSD感測器均可以具有pin光電二極體結構。PSD感測器是一種红外線感測器,其利用紅外線以傳送紅外線,然後測量從障礙物反射並返回到障礙物的紅外線的角度,從而測量距離。換言之,PSD感測器透過使用三角測量法計算與障礙物的距離。PSD sensors utilize semiconductor sheet resistance to detect short- and long-range locations of incident light with a p-n junction. PSD sensors include a one-dimensional PSD sensor that detects the light source in only one axial direction, and a two-dimensional PSD sensor that detects the position of the light source on a plane. Both PSD sensors can have a pin photodiode structure. The PSD sensor is an infrared sensor that utilizes infrared rays to transmit infrared rays, and then measures the angle of the infrared rays reflected from obstacles and returned to the obstacles, thereby measuring distance. In other words, the PSD sensor calculates the distance to the obstacle by using triangulation.

PSD感測器包括向障礙物發射紅外線的光發射器、以及接收從障礙物反射並返回的紅外線的光接收器,並且通常配置為模組類型。當使用PSD感測器對障礙物進行感測時,無論障礙物的反射率和色差如何,都可以獲得穩定的測量值。The PSD sensor includes a light transmitter that emits infrared rays toward obstacles, and a light receiver that receives infrared rays reflected from the obstacles and returned, and is generally configured as a module type. When obstacles are sensed using the PSD sensor, stable measurements can be obtained regardless of the reflectivity and chromatic aberration of the obstacles.

控制單元1800可以測量從懸崖偵測感測器向地面發射的紅外線的發射信號、以及由障礙物反射和接收的反射信號之間的紅外線角度,以感測懸崖並分析其深度。The control unit 1800 may measure the emission signal of infrared rays emitted from the cliff detection sensor to the ground, and the angle of infrared rays between the reflected signals reflected and received by the obstacle to sense the cliff and analyze its depth.

另一方面,控制單元1800可以使用懸崖偵測感測器根據感測到的懸崖的地面狀態來確定是否通過,並根據確認結果確定是否通過懸崖。例如,控制單元1800透過懸崖感測器確定懸崖的存在與否以及懸崖的深度,然後僅當透過懸崖感測器偵測到反射信號時才允許移動式機器人通過懸崖。On the other hand, the control unit 1800 may use the cliff detection sensor to determine whether to pass the cliff according to the sensed ground state of the cliff, and determine whether to pass the cliff according to the confirmation result. For example, the control unit 1800 determines the presence or absence of the cliff and the depth of the cliff through the cliff sensor, and then allows the mobile robot to pass the cliff only when a reflected signal is detected through the cliff sensor.

又例如,控制單元1800可以使用懸崖偵測感測器確定機器人100的抬升現象。For another example, the control unit 1800 may use the cliff detection sensor to determine the lifting phenomenon of the robot 100 .

另一方面,將二維相機感測器設置在機器人100的一側上,以在移動期間獲取與主體周圍環境相關的影像資訊。On the other hand, a two-dimensional camera sensor is arranged on one side of the robot 100 to acquire image information related to the surrounding environment of the subject during movement.

光流量感測器將設置在感測器中的影像感測器輸入的向下影像進行轉換,以產生預定格式的影像資料。可以將產生的影像資料儲存在記憶體1700中。The optical flow sensor converts the downward image input by the image sensor disposed in the sensor to generate image data in a predetermined format. The generated image data can be stored in the memory 1700 .

此外,可以將一個或多個光源設置與光流量感測器相鄰。一個或多個光源將光照射到由影像感測器擷取的底面的預定區域。換言之,當機器人100沿底面在特定區域內移動時,當底面為平坦的,影像感測器與底面之間保持預定距離。相反地,當移動式機器人在具有不平坦表面的底面上移動時,由於地面上的不平坦和障礙物,影像感測器與底面之間的間隔超過預定距離。此時,可以由控制單元1800控制一個或多個光源,以調整待照射的光量。光源可以是能夠控制光量的發光裝置,例如發光二極體(LED)等。Additionally, one or more light sources may be positioned adjacent to the optical flow sensor. One or more light sources illuminate a predetermined area of the bottom surface captured by the image sensor. In other words, when the robot 100 moves within a specific area along the bottom surface, when the bottom surface is flat, a predetermined distance is maintained between the image sensor and the bottom surface. Conversely, when the mobile robot moves on a bottom surface having an uneven surface, the interval between the image sensor and the bottom surface exceeds a predetermined distance due to unevenness and obstacles on the ground. At this time, one or more light sources may be controlled by the control unit 1800 to adjust the amount of light to be irradiated. The light source may be a light emitting device capable of controlling the amount of light, such as a light emitting diode (LED) or the like.

使用光流量感測器,控制單元1800可以偵測機器人100的位置而不考慮機器人100的滑移情況。控制單元1800可以比較和分析由光流量感測器隨時間擷取的影像資料,以計算移動距離和移動方向,並基於移動距離和移動方向計算機器人100的位置。使用光流量感測器,利用機器人100的底側上的影像資訊,控制單元1800可以對由另一裝置計算的機器人100的位置執行防滑校正。Using the optical flow sensor, the control unit 1800 can detect the position of the robot 100 regardless of the slippage of the robot 100 . The control unit 1800 can compare and analyze the image data captured by the optical flow sensor over time to calculate the moving distance and the moving direction, and calculate the position of the robot 100 based on the moving distance and the moving direction. Using the optical flow sensor, using the image information on the bottom side of the robot 100, the control unit 1800 can perform anti-skid correction on the position of the robot 100 calculated by another device.

可以將三維相機感測器附接到主體110的一側或一部分,以產生與主體110的周圍環境相關的三維座標資訊。A three-dimensional camera sensor may be attached to a side or a portion of the main body 110 to generate three-dimensional coordinate information related to the surrounding environment of the main body 110 .

換言之,三維相機感測器可以是計算機器人100與待擷取的物體的近距和遠距的三維(3D)深度相機。In other words, the three-dimensional camera sensor may be a three-dimensional (3D) depth camera that calculates the near and far distances of the robot 100 and the object to be captured.

具體而言,三維相機感測器可以擷取與主體110的周圍環境相關的二維影像,並產生與擷取的二維影像對應的複數個三維座標資訊。Specifically, the 3D camera sensor can capture 2D images related to the surrounding environment of the subject 110 and generate a plurality of 3D coordinate information corresponding to the captured 2D images.

在一實施方式中,三維相機感測器可以包括兩個或多個獲取常規二維影像的相機,並可以以立體視覺的方式形成,以組合從兩個或多個相機獲得的兩個或多個影像,從而產生三維座標資訊。In one embodiment, the 3D camera sensor may include two or more cameras that acquire conventional 2D imagery, and may be formed in a stereoscopic manner to combine two or more cameras acquired from the two or more cameras. image to generate three-dimensional coordinate information.

具體而言,根據本實施方式的三維相機感測器可以包括:第一圖案照射單元,用於沿向下方向朝主體的前方照射具有第一圖案的光;第二圖案照射單元,用於沿向上方向朝主體110的前方照射具有第二圖案的光;以及影像擷取單元,用於獲取主體前方的影像。因此,影像擷取單元可以獲取第一圖案的光和第二圖案的光入射的區域的影像。Specifically, the three-dimensional camera sensor according to the present embodiment may include: a first pattern irradiation unit for irradiating light having the first pattern toward the front of the subject in a downward direction; and a second pattern irradiation unit for The light with the second pattern is irradiated toward the front of the main body 110 in an upward direction; and an image capturing unit is used for capturing an image in front of the main body. Therefore, the image capturing unit can acquire images of the regions where the light of the first pattern and the light of the second pattern are incident.

在另一實施方式中,三維相機感測器可以包括用於與單一相機一起照射紅外線圖案的紅外線圖案發射單元,並擷取從紅外線圖案發射單元照射到待擷取物體上的紅外線圖案的形狀,從而測量感測器與待擷取物體之間的距離。這種三維相機感測器可以是紅外線(IR)型三維相機感測器。In another embodiment, the three-dimensional camera sensor may include an infrared pattern emitting unit for irradiating an infrared pattern with a single camera, and capture the shape of the infrared pattern irradiated from the infrared pattern emitting unit onto the object to be captured, Thereby, the distance between the sensor and the object to be captured is measured. Such a three-dimensional camera sensor may be an infrared (IR) type three-dimensional camera sensor.

於再另一實施方式中,三維相機感測器可以包括與單一相機一起發光的發光單元,該三維相機感測器接收從待擷取物體反射之從發光單元發射的雷射的一部分,並對接收的雷射進行分析,從而測量三維相機感測器與待擷取物體之間的距離。三維相機感測器可以是飛時測距(TOF)型三維相機感測器。In yet another embodiment, the 3D camera sensor may include a light emitting unit that emits light together with a single camera, the 3D camera sensor receives a portion of the laser light emitted from the light emitting unit reflected from the object to be captured, and responds to the light emitting unit. The received laser is analyzed to measure the distance between the 3D camera sensor and the object to be captured. The three-dimensional camera sensor may be a time-of-flight (TOF) type three-dimensional camera sensor.

具體而言,將上述三維相機感測器的雷射器配置為以沿至少一個方向延伸的形式照射雷射束。在一示例中,三維相機感測器可以包括第一雷射器和第二雷射器,其中,第一雷射器照射彼此交叉的線形雷射,而第二雷射器照射單一線形雷射。據此,最下方的雷射用於感測底部的障礙物,最上方的雷射用於感測上部的障礙物,並且最下方的雷射與最上方的雷射之間的中間雷射用於感測中間部分的障礙物。Specifically, the laser of the three-dimensional camera sensor described above is configured to irradiate the laser beam in a form extending in at least one direction. In one example, the 3D camera sensor may include a first laser and a second laser, wherein the first laser illuminates lines of lasers that cross each other, and the second laser illuminates a single line of lasers . Accordingly, the lowermost laser is used to sense obstacles at the bottom, the uppermost laser is used to sense upper obstacles, and the middle laser between the lowermost laser and the uppermost laser is used to sense obstacles at the bottom. It is used to sense obstacles in the middle part.

在機器人100行駛的同時,感測單元1400獲取機器人100周圍的影像。在下文中,將感測單元1400獲取的影像定義為「取得的影像」。While the robot 100 is traveling, the sensing unit 1400 acquires images around the robot 100 . Hereinafter, the image acquired by the sensing unit 1400 is defined as "acquired image".

取得的影像包括各種特徵,如位於天花板、邊緣、角落、球體和脊上的燈光。The acquired image includes various features such as lights on ceilings, edges, corners, spheres, and ridges.

控制單元1800從每個取得的影像中偵測特徵,並基於每個特徵點計算描述符。描述符表示用於代表特徵點的預定格式的資料,並表示能夠計算描述符之間的距離或相似度的格式的數學資料。例如,描述符可以是n維向量(n為自然數)或矩陣格式的資料。The control unit 1800 detects features from each acquired image, and calculates descriptors based on each feature point. The descriptors represent data in a predetermined format for representing feature points, and represent mathematical data in a format capable of calculating distances or similarities between descriptors. For example, descriptors can be n-dimensional vectors (n is a natural number) or data in matrix format.

控制單元1800基於透過在每個位置的取得的影像所得到的描述符資訊,根據預定的子分類規則,將每個取得的影像的至少一個描述符分類為複數個組,並根據預定的子代表規則將包含在同一組的描述符分別轉換為子代表描述符。The control unit 1800 classifies at least one descriptor of each acquired image into a plurality of groups according to a predetermined sub-classification rule based on the descriptor information obtained through the acquired images at each position, and according to the predetermined sub-representation The rule converts descriptors contained in the same group into subrepresentative descriptors, respectively.

又例如,根據預定的子分類規則,將從預定區域(如房間)內取得的影像中收集的所有描述符分類為複數個組,並根據預定的子代表規則將包含在同一組的描述符分別轉換為子代表描述符。For another example, according to a predetermined sub-classification rule, all the descriptors collected from the images obtained in a predetermined area (such as a room) are classified into a plurality of groups, and according to the predetermined sub-representation rule, the descriptors included in the same group are divided into separate groups. Convert to sub-representative descriptor.

控制單元1800可以透過該過程獲得每個位置的特徵分佈。每個位置的特徵分佈可以表示為直方圖或n維向量。又例如,控制單元1800可以基於從每個特徵點計算的描述符來估測未知的當前位置,而不需經過預定的子分類規則和預定的子代表規則。The control unit 1800 can obtain the feature distribution of each location through this process. The feature distribution for each location can be represented as a histogram or an n-dimensional vector. For another example, the control unit 1800 may estimate the unknown current position based on the descriptor calculated from each feature point without going through a predetermined sub-classification rule and a predetermined sub-representation rule.

此外,當機器人100的當前位置由於位置跳轉等而變得未知時,可以基於諸如預先儲存的描述符或子代表描述符的資料來估測當前位置。Furthermore, when the current position of the robot 100 becomes unknown due to a position jump or the like, the current position may be estimated based on data such as pre-stored descriptors or sub-representative descriptors.

機器人100在未知的當前位置透過感測單元1400獲得取得的影像。透過該影像識別各種特徵,如位於天花板、邊緣、角落、球體和脊上的燈光。The robot 100 obtains the acquired image through the sensing unit 1400 at an unknown current position. Identify features through this image, such as lights on ceilings, edges, corners, spheres, and ridges.

控制單元1800從取得的影像中偵測特徵並計算描述符。The control unit 1800 detects features from the acquired images and computes descriptors.

控制單元1800基於透過未知當前位置的取得的影像所得到的至少一個描述符資訊,根據預定的子轉換規則,將取得的影像轉換為與待比較的位置資訊(例如,每個位置的特徵分佈)相當的資訊(子識別特徵分佈)。The control unit 1800 converts the acquired image into position information to be compared (for example, the feature distribution of each position) according to a predetermined sub-transformation rule based on at least one descriptor information obtained through the acquired image of the unknown current position. Comparable information (sub-identity feature distribution).

根據預定的子比較規則,可以將每個位置特徵分佈與每個識別特徵分佈進行比較,以計算每個相似度。可以針對每個位置對應的位置計算相似度(概率),並可以將計算出最大概率的位置確定為當前位置。According to predetermined sub-comparison rules, each location feature distribution can be compared with each identification feature distribution to calculate each similarity. The similarity (probability) may be calculated for the position corresponding to each position, and the position at which the maximum probability is calculated may be determined as the current position.

以這種方式,控制單元1800可以劃分行駛區並產生由複數個區域組成的地圖,或者基於預先儲存的地圖識別機器人100的當前位置。In this way, the control unit 1800 can divide the driving area and generate a map composed of a plurality of areas, or recognize the current position of the robot 100 based on a pre-stored map.

另一方面,通訊單元1100透過有線、無線和衛星通訊方式中的一種與終端裝置及/或另一裝置(本文也稱為「家用電器」)進行連接,以便傳送及接收信號和資料。On the other hand, the communication unit 1100 is connected with a terminal device and/or another device (also referred to as a "home appliance" herein) through one of wired, wireless and satellite communication methods to transmit and receive signals and data.

通訊單元1100可以與位於特定區域的另一裝置傳送和接收資料。此處,另一裝置可以是任何能夠連接網路以傳送和接收資料的裝置,例如,該裝置可以是空調、暖氣裝置、空氣淨化裝置、電燈、電視或汽車等。另一裝置也可以是控制門、窗、供水閥、燃氣閥等的裝置。另一裝置可以是用於感測溫度、濕度、氣壓、氣體等的感測器。The communication unit 1100 can transmit and receive data with another device located in a specific area. Here, another device may be any device capable of connecting to a network to transmit and receive data, for example, the device may be an air conditioner, a heater, an air purifier, an electric light, a television, or a car. Another device may also be a device that controls doors, windows, water supply valves, gas valves, and the like. Another device may be a sensor for sensing temperature, humidity, air pressure, gas, and the like.

此外,通訊單元1100可以與位於特定區域或預定範圍內的另一個清掃機通訊。In addition, the communication unit 1100 may communicate with another sweeper located within a specific area or predetermined range.

當產生地圖時,控制單元1800可以透過通訊單元1100將產生的地圖傳送給外部終端或伺服器,並可以將地圖儲存在其自身的記憶體1700中。此外,如上所述,當從外部終端、伺服器等接收到地圖時,控制單元1800可以將地圖儲存在記憶體1700中。When generating a map, the control unit 1800 can transmit the generated map to an external terminal or server through the communication unit 1100, and can store the map in its own memory 1700. Also, as described above, when a map is received from an external terminal, a server, or the like, the control unit 1800 may store the map in the memory 1700 .

下文中,將描述一種移動式機器人系統(下文稱為系統),其中,將複數個機器人100配置為執行協作模式。Hereinafter, a mobile robot system (hereinafter referred to as a system) will be described in which a plurality of robots 100 are configured to execute a cooperative mode.

如圖3和圖4所示,在系統1中,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b可以透過網路50彼此交換資料。此外,第一機器人100a及/或第二機器人100b可以經由網路或其他通訊方式透過從終端300接收的控制指令來執行清掃相關操作或相應操作。As shown in FIGS. 3 and 4 , in the system 1 , the first robot 100 a and the second robot 100 b can exchange data with each other through the network 50 . In addition, the first robot 100a and/or the second robot 100b may perform cleaning-related operations or corresponding operations through a control command received from the terminal 300 via a network or other communication means.

換言之,雖圖未顯示,但複數個自主移動式機器人100a、100b可以透過第一網路通訊與終端300進行通訊,並透過第二網路通訊彼此進行通訊。In other words, although not shown, the plurality of autonomous mobile robots 100a and 100b can communicate with the terminal 300 through the first network communication, and communicate with each other through the second network communication.

此處,網路50可以指網絡通訊,並可以指使用無線通訊技術中的至少一種的短距離通訊,例如,無線區域網路(WLAN)、無線個人區域網路(WPAN)、無線相容認證(Wi-Fi)Wi-Fi direct、數位生活網路聯盟(DLNA)、無線寬頻 (WiBro)、全球微波接入互操作性(WiMAX)、Zigbee、Z-wave、藍牙、射頻識別 (RFID)紅外線資料協會(IrDA)、超寬頻(UWB)、無線通用序列匯流排(USB)等。Here, the network 50 may refer to network communication, and may refer to short-range communication using at least one of wireless communication technologies, eg, wireless local area network (WLAN), wireless personal area network (WPAN), wireless compatible authentication (Wi-Fi) Wi-Fi direct, Digital Living Network Alliance (DLNA), Wireless Broadband (WiBro), Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access (WiMAX), Zigbee, Z-wave, Bluetooth, Radio Frequency Identification (RFID) Infrared Data Association (IrDA), Ultra Wide Band (UWB), Wireless Universal Serial Bus (USB), etc.

網路50可以根據期望彼此通訊的機器人的通訊模式而變化。The network 50 may vary depending on the communication mode of the robots that desire to communicate with each other.

在圖3中,第一機器人100a及/或第二機器人100b可以透過網路50將每個感測單元130感測的資訊提供給終端300。此外,終端300還可以透過網路50將基於接收到的資訊而產生的控制指令傳送給第一機器人100a及/或第二機器人100b。In FIG. 3 , the first robot 100 a and/or the second robot 100 b can provide the terminal 300 with information sensed by each sensing unit 130 through the network 50 . In addition, the terminal 300 can also transmit the control command generated based on the received information to the first robot 100a and/or the second robot 100b through the network 50 .

在圖3中,第一機器人100a的通訊單元1100和第二機器人100b的通訊單元1100也可以彼此直接通訊或透過另一路由器(圖未顯示)彼此間接通訊,以識別與配對物的行駛狀態和位置相關的資訊。In FIG. 3, the communication unit 1100 of the first robot 100a and the communication unit 1100 of the second robot 100b can also communicate directly with each other or indirectly communicate with each other through another router (not shown), so as to identify the driving status and location-related information.

在一示例中,第二機器人100b可以根據從第一機器人100a接收的控制指令來執行行駛操作和清掃操作。在這種情況下,可以說第一機器人100a操作為主清掃機,而第二機器人100b操作為附屬清掃機。或者,可以說第二清掃機100b跟隨第一清掃機100a。在某些情況下,也可以說第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b彼此協作。In an example, the second robot 100b may perform a traveling operation and a cleaning operation according to a control instruction received from the first robot 100a. In this case, it can be said that the first robot 100a operates as the main cleaner and the second robot 100b operates as the auxiliary cleaner. Alternatively, it can be said that the second cleaner 100b follows the first cleaner 100a. In some cases, it can also be said that the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b cooperate with each other.

作為第一機器人100a與第二機器人100b之間協作的示例,第一機器人100a安裝有清掃單元120,而第二機器人100b安裝有拖把單元,並且第一機器人100a引導第二機器人100b以吸走地板上的灰塵,且第二機器人100b跟隨第一機器人100a以擦拭地板。As an example of cooperation between the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b, the first robot 100a is installed with the cleaning unit 120, and the second robot 100b is installed with the mop unit, and the first robot 100a guides the second robot 100b to suck the floor dust on the floor, and the second robot 100b follows the first robot 100a to wipe the floor.

圖4示出了系統1的示例,其中協作的進行包括複數個機器人100a、100b和複數個終端300a、300b。FIG. 4 shows an example of the system 1 in which the collaboration is performed including a plurality of robots 100a, 100b and a plurality of terminals 300a, 300b.

參照圖4,系統1可以包括:複數個機器人100a、100b;網路50;伺服器500;以及複數個終端300a、300b。4, the system 1 may include: a plurality of robots 100a, 100b; a network 50; a server 500; and a plurality of terminals 300a, 300b.

其中,可以將複數個機器人100a、100b、網路50和至少一個終端300a設置在建築物10中,而另一終端300b和伺服器500可以位於建築物10外部。Among them, the plurality of robots 100 a, 100 b, the network 50 and at least one terminal 300 a may be arranged in the building 10 , and the other terminal 300 b and the server 500 may be located outside the building 10 .

複數個機器人100a、100b各自可以執行自動行駛和自動清掃。除了行駛功能和清掃功能之外,複數個機器人100a、100b各自還可以包括通訊單元1100。Each of the plurality of robots 100a, 100b can perform automatic travel and automatic cleaning. In addition to the traveling function and the cleaning function, each of the plurality of robots 100a, 100b may further include a communication unit 1100.

可以透過網路50將複數個機器人100a、100b、伺服器500和複數個終端300a、300b連接在一起,以交換資料。為此,雖圖未顯示,可以進一步提供諸如存取點(AP)裝置等的無線路由器。在這種情況下,位在建築物10內部的終端300a可以透過AP裝置存取複數個機器人100a、100b中的至少一個,以便對複數個機器人100a、100b進行監控、遠程控制等。此外,位在建築物10外部的終端300b可以透過AP裝置存取複數個機器人100a、100b中的至少一個,以對複數個機器人100a、100b進行監控、遠程控制等。A plurality of robots 100a, 100b, a server 500, and a plurality of terminals 300a, 300b can be connected together through the network 50 to exchange data. To this end, although not shown, a wireless router such as an access point (AP) device or the like may be further provided. In this case, the terminal 300a located inside the building 10 can access at least one of the plurality of robots 100a, 100b through the AP device for monitoring, remote control, and the like of the plurality of robots 100a, 100b. In addition, the terminal 300b located outside the building 10 can access at least one of the plurality of robots 100a and 100b through the AP device to monitor, remotely control the plurality of robots 100a and 100b.

伺服器500可以透過移動終端300b以無線方式直接連接。或者,伺服器500可以連接到複數個機器人100a、100b中的至少一個,而不透過移動終端300b。The server 500 can be directly connected wirelessly through the mobile terminal 300b. Alternatively, the server 500 may be connected to at least one of the plurality of robots 100a, 100b without going through the mobile terminal 300b.

伺服器500可以包括可程式化處理器,並可以包括各種演算法。例如,伺服器500可以具有與機器學習及/或資料探勘的執行相關的演算法。又例如,伺服器500可以包括語音識別演算法。在這種情況下,在接收語音資料後,可以將接收的語音資料轉換為文本格式資料然後輸出。Server 500 may include a programmable processor and may include various algorithms. For example, server 500 may have algorithms related to the performance of machine learning and/or data mining. As another example, the server 500 may include a speech recognition algorithm. In this case, after the voice data is received, the received voice data may be converted into text format data and then output.

伺服器500可以儲存與複數個機器人100a、100b相關的韌體資訊、操作資訊(行程資訊等),並可以記錄關於複數個機器人100a、100b的產品資訊。例如,伺服器500可以是由機器人製造商營運的伺服器或由開放應用商店運營商營運的伺服器。The server 500 can store firmware information and operation information (travel information, etc.) related to the plurality of robots 100a and 100b, and can record product information about the plurality of robots 100a and 100b. For example, server 500 may be a server operated by a robot manufacturer or a server operated by an open application store operator.

在另一示例中,伺服器500可以是設置在建築物10的內部網路中的家用伺服器,並儲存關於家用電器的狀態資訊或儲存由家用電器共享的內容。 當伺服器500是家用伺服器時,可以儲存與異物有關的資訊,例如異物影像等。In another example, the server 500 may be a home server disposed in the internal network of the building 10 and store status information about the home appliances or store content shared by the home appliances. When the server 500 is a home server, information related to foreign objects, such as images of foreign objects, can be stored.

同時,複數個機器人100a、100b可以經由Zigbee、Z-wave、藍牙、超寬頻等無線方式直接連接到彼此。在這種情況下,複數個機器人100a、100b可以彼此交換位置資訊和行駛資訊。At the same time, the plurality of robots 100a, 100b can be directly connected to each other via Zigbee, Z-wave, Bluetooth, UWB, etc. wirelessly. In this case, the plurality of robots 100a, 100b can exchange position information and travel information with each other.

此時,複數個機器人100a、100b中的任一個可以是主機器人100a,而另一個可以是附屬機器人100b。At this time, any one of the plurality of robots 100a, 100b may be the master robot 100a, and the other may be the subordinate robot 100b.

在這種情況下,第一機器人100a可以控制第二機器人100b的行駛和清掃。此外,第二機器人100b可以在跟隨第一機器人100a的同時執行行駛和清掃。此處,第二機器人100b跟隨第一機器人100a表示第二機器人100b和第一機器人100a透過跟隨第一機器人100a同時與第一機器人100a保持適當距離來執行行駛和清掃。In this case, the first robot 100a can control the traveling and cleaning of the second robot 100b. Also, the second robot 100b may perform traveling and cleaning while following the first robot 100a. Here, the second robot 100b following the first robot 100a means that the second robot 100b and the first robot 100a perform traveling and cleaning by following the first robot 100a while maintaining a proper distance from the first robot 100a.

參照圖5,第一機器人100a控制第二機器人100b,使得第二機器人100b跟隨第一機器人100a。5, the first robot 100a controls the second robot 100b such that the second robot 100b follows the first robot 100a.

為此目的,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b應該存在於它們可以彼此通訊的特定區域中,並且第二機器人100b應該至少識別第一機器人100a的相對位置。For this purpose, the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b should exist in a specific area where they can communicate with each other, and the second robot 100b should at least recognize the relative position of the first robot 100a.

例如,第一機器人100a的通訊單元1100和第二機器人100b的通訊單元1100彼此交換IR信號、超音波信號、載波頻率和脈衝信號等,並透過三角測量對其進行分析,以便計算第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b的移動位移,從而識別第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b的相對位置。然而,本發明不限於此方法,上述各種無線通訊技術中的一種可以用於透過三角測量等識別第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b的相對位置。For example, the communication unit 1100 of the first robot 100a and the communication unit 1100 of the second robot 100b exchange IR signals, ultrasonic signals, carrier frequencies, pulse signals, etc. with each other and analyze them through triangulation in order to calculate the first robot 100a and the movement displacement of the second robot 100b, thereby recognizing the relative positions of the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b. However, the present invention is not limited to this method, and one of the various wireless communication techniques described above may be used to identify the relative positions of the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b through triangulation or the like.

當識別出第一機器人100a與第二機器人100b之間的相對位置時,可以基於儲存在第一機器人100a中的地圖資訊或儲存在伺服器500、終端300等中的地圖資訊,來控制第二機器人100b。此外,第二機器人100b可以共享由第一機器人100a感測到的障礙物資訊。第二機器人100b可以基於從第一機器人100a接收到的控制指令(例如,與行駛方向、行駛速度、停止等相關的控制指令)來執行操作。When the relative position between the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b is recognized, the second robot can be controlled based on the map information stored in the first robot 100a or the map information stored in the server 500, the terminal 300, etc. Robot 100b. In addition, the second robot 100b may share the obstacle information sensed by the first robot 100a. The second robot 100b may perform operations based on control instructions (eg, control instructions related to travel direction, travel speed, stop, etc.) received from the first robot 100a.

具體而言,第二機器人100b在沿第一機器人100a的行駛路徑行駛的同時進行清掃。然而,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b的行進方向並不總是互相重合。例如,當第一機器人100a向上/向下/向右/向左移動或旋轉時,第二機器人100b可以在預定時段後向上/向下/向右/向左移動或旋轉,因此其當前的行進方向可以彼此不同。Specifically, the second robot 100b performs cleaning while traveling along the travel path of the first robot 100a. However, the traveling directions of the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b do not always coincide with each other. For example, when the first robot 100a moves or rotates up/down/right/left, the second robot 100b may move or rotate up/down/right/left after a predetermined period of time, thus its current travel The directions can be different from each other.

此外,第一機器人100a的行駛速度Va和第二機器人100b的行駛速度Vb可以彼此不同。Further, the traveling speed Va of the first robot 100a and the traveling speed Vb of the second robot 100b may be different from each other.

考慮到第一機器人100a與第二機器人100b之間的可通訊距離,對第一機器人100a進行控制以改變第二機器人100b的行駛速度Vb。例如,當第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b以預定距離或更遠彼此遠離時,第一機器人100a可以控制第二機器人100b的行駛速度Vb比先前更快。另一方面,當第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b以預定距離或更近彼此靠近時,第一機器人100a可以控制第二機器人100b的行駛速度Vb比先前慢,或控制第二機器人100b在預定時段停止。因此,第二機器人100b可以在連續跟隨第一機器人100a的同時進行清掃。In consideration of the communicable distance between the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b, the first robot 100a is controlled to change the traveling speed Vb of the second robot 100b. For example, when the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b are separated from each other by a predetermined distance or more, the first robot 100a may control the traveling speed Vb of the second robot 100b to be faster than before. On the other hand, when the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b approach each other at a predetermined distance or closer, the first robot 100a may control the traveling speed Vb of the second robot 100b to be slower than before, or control the second robot 100b at a predetermined distance. Time period stops. Therefore, the second robot 100b can perform cleaning while continuously following the first robot 100a.

在系統1中,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b可以在沒有使用者干預的情況下在彼此跟隨或彼此協作的同時執行行駛和清掃。In the system 1, the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b can perform traveling and cleaning while following or cooperating with each other without user intervention.

為此,第一機器人100a識別第二機器人100b的位置或第二機器人100b識別第一機器人100a的位置是必要的。這可以表示必須對第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b的相對位置進行識別。For this, it is necessary that the first robot 100a recognizes the position of the second robot 100b or the second robot 100b recognizes the position of the first robot 100a. This may mean that the relative positions of the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b must be identified.

例如,可以使用上述各種無線通訊技術(例如,Zigbee、Z-wave、藍牙和超寬頻)中的一種,並透過三角測量來識別第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b的相對位置。For example, the relative positions of the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b may be identified through triangulation using one of the various wireless communication technologies described above (eg, Zigbee, Z-wave, Bluetooth, and UWB).

由於用於獲取兩個裝置的相對位置的三角測量法是通用技術,在此將省略其詳細說明,以識別系統1中第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b的相對位置為例,將說明第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b使用UWB模組確認(識別)相對位置的示例。Since the triangulation method for obtaining the relative positions of the two devices is a general technique, its detailed description will be omitted here, and the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b in the identification system 1 An example in which the robot 100a and the second robot 100b confirm (recognize) the relative positions using the UWB module.

如上所述,UWB模組(或UWB感測器)可以包含在第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b各自的通訊單元1100中。鑒於將UWB模組用於感測第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b的相對位置,UWB模組可以包含在第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b各自的感測單元1400中。As described above, the UWB module (or UWB sensor) may be included in the respective communication units 1100 of the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b. In view of using the UWB module for sensing the relative positions of the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b, the UWB module may be included in the respective sensing units 1400 of the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b.

第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b可以測量分別包含在各個機器人中於UWB模組之間所傳送和接收的信號的時段,以獲得第一機器人100a與第二機器人100b之間的距離(分隔距離)。The first robot 100a and the second robot 100b can measure the time periods of the signals transmitted and received between the UWB modules included in the respective robots, respectively, to obtain the distance (separation distance) between the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b. ).

在下文中,將參照圖6至圖8說明第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b在透過共享地圖資訊識別位置的同時執行協作行駛的原理。Hereinafter, the principle of the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b performing cooperative driving while recognizing positions by sharing map information will be described with reference to FIGS. 6 to 8 .

如圖6所示,可以將第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b放置在一個清掃空間中。房子是通常在其中進行清掃的整個空間,可以將其劃分為多個空間,如客廳、房間和廚房。As shown in FIG. 6, the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b may be placed in one cleaning space. A house is the entire space in which cleaning is usually done, and it can be divided into spaces such as living room, room, and kitchen.

第一機器人100a在該空間至少已清掃一次的狀態下具有整個空間的地圖資訊。在這種情況下,地圖資訊可以由使用者輸入或基於第一機器人100a在執行清掃時獲得的記錄。儘管圖6中的第一機器人100a位於起居室或廚房中,也可能具有房子的整個空間的地圖資訊。The first robot 100a has map information of the entire space in a state where the space has been cleaned at least once. In this case, the map information may be input by the user or based on a record obtained by the first robot 100a when cleaning is performed. Although the first robot 100a in FIG. 6 is located in the living room or the kitchen, it is also possible to have map information of the entire space of the house.

此處,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b各自可以分配有充電座。換言之,兩個機器人100a、100b不共用一個充電座,並可以在與各個機器人對應的充電座對電池進行充電。例如,第一機器人100a可以對接至第一充電座以對電池進行充電,而第二機器人100b可以對接至第二充電座以對電池進行充電。此外,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b各自可以儲存彼此之間的充電座的位置資訊。例如,第二充電座的位置資訊可以儲存在第一機器人100a中,以在第二機器人100b對接期間識別位置,並且第一充電座的位置資訊可以儲存在第二機器人100b中,以在第一機器人100a對接期間識別位置。Here, the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b may each be assigned a charging stand. In other words, the two robots 100a and 100b do not share one charging stand, and the batteries can be charged in the charging stand corresponding to each robot. For example, the first robot 100a may be docked to a first charging dock to charge the battery, and the second robot 100b may be docked to a second charging dock to charge the battery. In addition, each of the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b may store position information of the charging bases between each other. For example, the location information of the second charging stand may be stored in the first robot 100a to identify the location during the docking of the second robot 100b, and the location information of the first charging stand may be stored in the second robot 100b for recognizing the location during the docking of the second robot 100b. The position is recognized during the docking of the robot 100a.

第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b在這樣的空間中執行協作的過程可以如圖7所示。A process in which the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b perform cooperation in such a space may be as shown in FIG. 7 .

第一機器人100a的地圖資訊可以傳送給第二機器人100b(S1)。此時,可以在第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b的通訊單元1100彼此直接通訊的同時傳送地圖資訊。此外,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b能夠透過諸如Wi-Fi的另一網路或透過作為介質的伺服器來傳送資訊。在這種情況下,共享地圖資訊可以是包含第一機器人100a所處位置的地圖資訊。另外,可以共享包含第二機器人100b所處位置的地圖資訊。實質上,由於第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b可以一起存在於稱為房子的整個空間中,而且,它們可以一起存在於更具體的空間中,如起居室,因此較佳為共享兩個機器人100a、100b所在空間的地圖資訊。The map information of the first robot 100a may be transmitted to the second robot 100b (S1). At this time, the map information may be transmitted while the communication units 1100 of the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b directly communicate with each other. In addition, the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b can transmit information through another network such as Wi-Fi or through a server as a medium. In this case, the shared map information may be map information including the location of the first robot 100a. In addition, map information including the location of the second robot 100b may be shared. In essence, since the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b can exist together in an entire space called a house, and moreover, they can exist together in a more specific space such as a living room, it is preferable to share two robots Map information of the space where 100a and 100b are located.

第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b可以從各自的充電座移動以開始清掃,也可以移動到使用者需要各個機器人清掃的空間。The first robot 100a and the second robot 100b can be moved from their respective charging bases to start cleaning, and can also be moved to a space where the user needs each robot to clean.

當將第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b分別通電以將其驅動時(S2),第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b能夠移動。特別是,第二機器人100b能夠沿與第一機器人100a減少距離的方向移動。When the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b are respectively energized to drive them (S2), the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b can move. In particular, the second robot 100b can move in a direction that reduces the distance from the first robot 100a.

此時,確認第一機器人100a與第二機器人100b之間的距離是否小於特定距離(S3)。在這種情況下,特定距離可以小於50 cm。特定距離可以表示將第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b一起驅動的同時用於清掃而設置的初始佈置的距離。換言之,當兩個機器人100a、100b以特定距離設置時,該兩個機器人隨後可以根據預定演算法一起執行清掃。At this time, it is confirmed whether or not the distance between the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b is smaller than a certain distance ( S3 ). In this case, the specific distance may be less than 50 cm. The specific distance may represent an initial arrangement distance set for cleaning while the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b are driven together. In other words, when two robots 100a, 100b are positioned at a certain distance, the two robots can then perform cleaning together according to a predetermined algorithm.

由於第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b能夠彼此直接通訊,可以看出,在第二機器人100b移動的同時,與第一機器人100a的距離也會減少。作為參考,對於第一機器人100a與第二機器人100b之間進行的通訊,第一機器人100a與第二機器人100b關於位置和面對方向的準確度不是很高,可以在之後增加提高準確度的技術。Since the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b can communicate directly with each other, it can be seen that the distance to the first robot 100a is also reduced while the second robot 100b is moving. For reference, for the communication between the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b, the accuracy of the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b with respect to the position and the facing direction is not very high, and a technology to improve the accuracy can be added later .

為了減少與第一機器人100a的距離,第二機器人100b可以在繪製圓形或螺旋形軌跡的同時移動。換言之,由於第二機器人100b不容易準確測量第一機器人100a的位置並移動到相關位置,因此可以在沿各個方向,如以圓形或螺旋形軌跡移動的同時找到減少距離的位置。In order to reduce the distance from the first robot 100a, the second robot 100b may move while drawing a circular or spiral trajectory. In other words, since it is not easy for the second robot 100b to accurately measure the position of the first robot 100a and move to the relevant position, it is possible to find a position of reduced distance while moving in various directions, such as in a circular or spiral trajectory.

當第一機器人100a與第二機器人100b之間的距離在特定距離內沒有減少時,第二機器人100b繼續移動直到第一機器人100a與第二機器人100b之間的距離在特定距離內。例如,第二機器人100b可以在繪製圓形軌跡的同時移動,並沿特定方向繼續移動,以檢查當沿相關方向移動且減少距離的同時距離是否確實減少。When the distance between the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b does not decrease within the certain distance, the second robot 100b continues to move until the distance between the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b is within the certain distance. For example, the second robot 100b may move while drawing a circular trajectory and continue to move in a certain direction to check whether the distance is indeed reduced while moving in the relevant direction and reducing the distance.

當第一機器人100a與第二機器人100b之間的距離在特定距離內減少時,將由第一機器人100a擷取的影像傳送給第二機器人100b(S4)。在這種情況下,與地圖資訊一樣,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b可以直接通訊或透過另一網路或伺服器進行通訊。When the distance between the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b decreases within a certain distance, the image captured by the first robot 100a is transmitted to the second robot 100b (S4). In this case, like the map information, the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b can communicate directly or through another network or server.

由於第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b位於特定距離內,因此由第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b擷取的影像可能彼此相似。特別是,當將設置在第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b中的相機分別朝前方上側設置時,當兩個機器人100a、100b的位置和方向相同,它們擷取的影像相同。因此,可以透過比較兩個機器人100a、100b擷取的影像,並調整兩個機器人100a、100b的位置和方向來對齊兩個機器人100a、100b開始清掃的初始位置和方向。Since the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b are located within a certain distance, the images captured by the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b may be similar to each other. In particular, when the cameras installed in the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b are respectively installed forward and upward, when the positions and directions of the two robots 100a and 100b are the same, the captured images are the same. Therefore, by comparing the images captured by the two robots 100a, 100b, and adjusting the positions and directions of the two robots 100a, 100b, the initial positions and directions of the two robots 100a, 100b to start cleaning can be aligned.

然後,將從第一機器人100a傳送的影像和由第二機器人100b擷取的影像彼此進行比較(S5)。參照圖8,將說明比較過程。Then, the image transmitted from the first robot 100a and the image captured by the second robot 100b are compared with each other (S5). 8, the comparison process will be explained.

圖8的(a)是用於說明第一機器人100a擷取影像的狀態的視圖;以及圖8的(b)是用於說明第二機器人100b擷取影像的狀態的視圖。(a) of FIG. 8 is a view for explaining a state in which the first robot 100 a captures an image; and (b) of FIG. 8 is a view for explaining a state in which the second robot 100 b captures an image.

將相機設置在第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b中以擷取前方的上側,並沿各圖中箭頭所示的方向進行擷取。Cameras are installed in the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b to capture the upper side of the front, and capture in the directions indicated by the arrows in each figure.

如圖8的(a)所示,在第一機器人100a擷取的影像中,特徵點a2和特徵點a1相對於箭頭方向分別佈置在左側和右側。換言之,可以從由第一機器人100a擷取的影像中選擇特徵點,但相對於相機擷取的前方,在左側和右側選擇不同的特徵點。因此,可以對由相機擷取的影像的左側和右側進行識別。As shown in FIG. 8( a ), in the image captured by the first robot 100 a , the feature point a2 and the feature point a1 are arranged on the left and right sides, respectively, with respect to the arrow direction. In other words, feature points may be selected from the image captured by the first robot 100a, but different feature points are selected on the left and right sides relative to the front captured by the camera. Therefore, the left and right sides of the image captured by the camera can be identified.

如圖8的(b)所示,在第二機器人100b中,最初基於虛線箭頭進行擷取。換言之,將設置在第二機器人100b中的相機設置為面向前方並朝上,特徵點a1和特徵點a4佈置在左側,並且特徵點a3佈置在相對於虛線箭頭的右側。因此,當透過設置在第二機器人100b中的控制單元對特徵點進行比較時,可以看出由兩個機器人100a、100b擷取的影像的特徵點存在差異。As shown in FIG. 8( b ), in the second robot 100 b , extraction is initially performed based on the dotted arrow. In other words, the camera provided in the second robot 100b is set to face forward and upward, the feature points a1 and a4 are arranged on the left, and the feature point a3 is arranged on the right with respect to the dotted arrow. Therefore, when the feature points are compared through the control unit provided in the second robot 100b, it can be seen that there are differences in the feature points of the images captured by the two robots 100a, 100b.

在這種情況下,當第二機器人100b如圖8的(b)所示逆時針旋轉時,可以類似地實現兩個機器人100a、100b所看到的影像。換言之,由於第二機器人100b逆時針旋轉,因此可以改變第二機器人100b的相機觀看的方向,如實線箭頭所示。此時,當查看第二機器人100b的相機擷取的影像時,特徵點a2佈置在左側,而特徵點a1佈置在右側。因此,可以將如圖8的(a)所示的第一機器人100a提供的影像和如圖8的(b)所示的第二機器人100b擷取的影像中的特徵點相似地佈置。透過此過程,可以將兩個機器人100a、100b的航向角相似地對齊。此外,當特徵點在兩個機器人100a、100b提供的影像中相似地佈置時,可以看出,兩個機器人100a、100b在當前狀態觀看特徵點的位置在特定距離內佈置為彼此相鄰,從而準確地指出彼此的位置。In this case, when the second robot 100b rotates counterclockwise as shown in (b) of FIG. 8 , the images seen by the two robots 100a, 100b can be similarly realized. In other words, since the second robot 100b rotates counterclockwise, the viewing direction of the camera of the second robot 100b can be changed, as indicated by the solid arrow. At this time, when viewing the image captured by the camera of the second robot 100b, the feature point a2 is arranged on the left side, and the feature point a1 is arranged on the right side. Therefore, the feature points in the image provided by the first robot 100 a as shown in FIG. 8( a ) and the image captured by the second robot 100 b as shown in FIG. 8( b ) can be similarly arranged. Through this process, the heading angles of the two robots 100a, 100b can be aligned similarly. Furthermore, when the feature points are arranged similarly in the images provided by the two robots 100a, 100b, it can be seen that the positions where the two robots 100a, 100b view the feature points in the current state are arranged adjacent to each other within a certain distance, so that Pinpoint each other's location exactly.

如上所述,可以從第二機器人100b擷取的影像和第一機器人100a擷取並傳送的影像,即該兩幅影像中,選擇相同的特徵點,並根據選擇的特徵點進行確認。此時,特徵點可以是特徵容易識別的大物體,或是特徵容易識別的大物體的一部分。例如,特徵點可以是諸如空氣化清淨機、門、電視等的物體,或諸如衣櫃的角落、床等物體的一部分。As described above, the same feature point can be selected from the image captured by the second robot 100b and the image captured and transmitted by the first robot 100a, that is, the two images, and confirmed according to the selected feature point. At this time, the feature point may be a large object that is easily recognized by the feature, or a part of the large object that is easily recognized by the feature. For example, a feature point may be an object such as an air purifier, a door, a TV, etc., or a part of an object such as a corner of a wardrobe, a bed, and the like.

在第二機器人100b的控制單元1800中,當特徵點在兩個影像中佈置在相似的位置時,可以確定第二機器人100b與第一機器人100a設置在開始行駛之前的初始位置。當第一機器人100a提供的影像與第二機器人100b當前擷取的影像存在差異時,可以透過移動或旋轉第二機器人100b改變由第二機器人100b的相機擷取的影像。在將第一機器人100a的相機擷取的影像與第二機器人100b提供的影像相互進行比較的情況下,當兩幅影像中特徵點的位置變化方向相似時,也可以確定第二機器人100b與第一機器人100a設置在開始行駛之前的初始位置。In the control unit 1800 of the second robot 100b, when the feature points are arranged at similar positions in the two images, it can be determined that the second robot 100b and the first robot 100a are set at the initial positions before starting to travel. When there is a difference between the image provided by the first robot 100a and the image currently captured by the second robot 100b, the image captured by the camera of the second robot 100b can be changed by moving or rotating the second robot 100b. In the case of comparing the image captured by the camera of the first robot 100a with the image provided by the second robot 100b, when the positional change directions of the feature points in the two images are similar, it can also be determined that the second robot 100b and the A robot 100a is set at an initial position before starting to travel.

另一方面,為了便於比較兩幅影像,較佳為選擇複數個特徵點,並將各個特徵點劃分並佈置在第一機器人100a或第二機器人100b的前方中心的左側和右側。將第二機器人100b和第一機器人100a的相機分別設置為面向前方,因為當不同的特徵點佈置在相對於相機的左側和右側時,第二機器人100b的控制單元1800能夠容易地感測另一個清掃機的位置和方向。第二機器人100b移動或旋轉,使得特徵點的左右佈置與從第一機器人100a傳送的特徵點相同,從而使第二機器人100b設置在第一機器人100a後方的直線上。特別是,可以將第二機器人100b和第一機器人100a的前端佈置為彼此重合,從而在之後一起清掃時容易選擇初始移動方向。On the other hand, in order to facilitate the comparison of the two images, it is preferable to select a plurality of feature points, and divide and arrange the respective feature points on the left and right sides of the front center of the first robot 100a or the second robot 100b. The cameras of the second robot 100b and the first robot 100a are respectively set to face forward, because when different feature points are arranged on the left and right sides with respect to the cameras, the control unit 1800 of the second robot 100b can easily sense the other The location and orientation of the sweeper. The second robot 100b moves or rotates so that the left-right arrangement of the feature points is the same as the feature points transferred from the first robot 100a, so that the second robot 100b is disposed on a straight line behind the first robot 100a. In particular, the front ends of the second robot 100b and the first robot 100a may be arranged to coincide with each other, so that the initial moving direction can be easily selected when cleaning together later.

透過上述過程,可以根據第二機器人100b共享的地圖資訊確認第一機器人100a的位置(S6)。Through the above process, the location of the first robot 100a can be confirmed according to the map information shared by the second robot 100b (S6).

此外,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b可以基於彼此共享的導航地圖及/或SLAM地圖,在移動的同時彼此交換位置資訊。In addition, the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b may exchange location information with each other while moving based on the navigation map and/or the SLAM map shared with each other.

第二機器人100b可以在移動的同時或移動預定距離之後透過感測單元1400獲取影像,並可以從取得的影像中提取區域特徵資訊。The second robot 100b may acquire images through the sensing unit 1400 while moving or after moving a predetermined distance, and may extract regional feature information from the acquired images.

控制單元1800可以基於取得的影像提取區域特徵資訊。此處,提取的區域特徵資訊可以包括基於取得的影像所識別的區域和事物的一組概率值。The control unit 1800 can extract regional feature information based on the acquired image. Here, the extracted region feature information may include a set of probability values for regions and things identified based on the acquired images.

同時,控制單元1800可以根據基於SLAM的當前位置節點資訊和提取的區域特徵資訊來確認當前位置。Meanwhile, the control unit 1800 may confirm the current location according to the current location node information based on SLAM and the extracted area feature information.

此處,基於SLAM的當前位置節點資訊可以在預儲存的節點特徵資訊中與從取得的影像所提取的特徵資訊最相似的節點對應。換言之,控制單元1800可以使用從每個節點提取的特徵資訊來執行位置識別,以選擇當前位置節點資訊。Here, the SLAM-based current location node information may correspond to a node most similar to the feature information extracted from the acquired image in the pre-stored node feature information. In other words, the control unit 1800 may perform location recognition using feature information extracted from each node to select current location node information.

此外,為了進一步提高位置估測的準確度,控制單元1800可以同時使用特徵資訊和區域特徵資訊進行位置識別,以提高位置識別的準確度。例如,控制單元1800可以藉由將提取的區域特徵資訊與預儲存的區域特徵資訊進行比較來選擇複數個候選SLAM節點,並在所選擇的複數個候選SLAM節點中,根據與基於SLAM的當前位置節點資訊最相似的候選SLAM節點資訊來確認當前位置。In addition, in order to further improve the accuracy of the position estimation, the control unit 1800 can use the feature information and the region feature information to perform position recognition at the same time, so as to improve the accuracy of the position recognition. For example, the control unit 1800 may select a plurality of candidate SLAM nodes by comparing the extracted regional feature information with pre-stored regional feature information, and among the selected plurality of candidate SLAM nodes, according to the current position based on the SLAM The node information most similar to the candidate SLAM node information to confirm the current position.

或者,控制單元1800可以確認基於SLAM的當前位置節點資訊,並根據提取的區域特徵資訊修正所確認的當前位置節點資訊,以確定最終的當前位置。Alternatively, the control unit 1800 may confirm the current location node information based on SLAM, and correct the confirmed current location node information according to the extracted area feature information to determine the final current location.

在這種情況下,控制單元1800可以根據基於SLAM的當前位置節點資訊,將存在於預定範圍內的節點的預儲存區域特徵資訊中與提取的區域特徵資訊最相似的節點確定為最終當前位置。In this case, the control unit 1800 may determine, according to the SLAM-based current location node information, the node that is most similar to the extracted area characteristic information among the pre-stored area characteristic information of the nodes existing in the predetermined range as the final current location.

對於使用影像估測位置的方法,可以使用描述物體整體形狀的全局特徵而不是局部特徵,也可以使用諸如角點的局部特徵點的位置估測方法,從而提取出對諸如照明/照度的環境變化具有健壯性的特徵。例如,控制單元1800可以在產生地圖時提取並儲存區域特徵資訊(例如,起居室:沙發、桌子、電視;廚房:餐桌、水槽;房間:床、書桌),然後在室內環境中利用各種區域特徵資訊估測第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b的位置。For the method of estimating position using images, global features that describe the overall shape of the object can be used instead of local features, or local feature points such as corners can be used to estimate the position, so as to extract environmental changes such as illumination/illuminance. Features robustness. For example, the control unit 1800 may extract and store regional feature information (eg, living room: sofa, table, TV; kitchen: dining table, sink; room: bed, desk) when generating the map, and then utilize various regional features in the indoor environment The information estimates the positions of the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b.

換言之,根據本發明,可以在儲存環境時以事物、物體和區域為單位儲存特徵,而不是僅使用影像中的特定點,從而使位置估測對照明/照度的變化具有健壯性。In other words, according to the present invention, features can be stored in units of things, objects and regions when storing the environment, rather than using only specific points in the image, thereby making the location estimation robust to changes in illumination/illuminance.

此外,當第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b的至少一部分進入諸如床或沙發的物體下方時,感測單元1400可能無法充分獲取包括諸如角點的特徵點的影像,因為視野被物體所遮擋。或者,在天花板較高的環境中,在特定位置使用天花板影像提取特徵點的準確度可能會降低。Also, when at least a part of the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b gets under an object such as a bed or a sofa, the sensing unit 1400 may not sufficiently acquire an image including feature points such as corner points because the field of view is blocked by the object. Alternatively, in environments with high ceilings, the accuracy of extracting feature points using ceiling imagery at specific locations may be reduced.

然而,根據本發明,在諸如床或沙發的物體覆蓋感測單元1400的情況下,即使特徵點的識別由於高天花板而較弱時,控制單元1800除了諸如角點的特徵點之外,也可以使用諸如沙發和起居室的區域特徵資訊來確認當前位置。However, according to the present invention, in the case where the sensing unit 1400 is covered by an object such as a bed or a sofa, even when the recognition of the feature points is weak due to a high ceiling, the control unit 1800 can control the feature points other than the feature points such as corner points Use information about area characteristics such as sofas and living rooms to confirm the current location.

然後,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b可以在一起行駛的同時進行清掃。換言之,第二機器人100b可以在與第一機器人100a行駛的同時進行清掃。Then, the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b may clean while traveling together. In other words, the second robot 100b can perform cleaning while traveling with the first robot 100a.

另一方面,在協作行駛期間,第一機器人100a與第二機器人100b之間的地圖資訊共享失敗的情況下,可以透過彼此通訊來確認位置。例如,如上所述,可以對包含在第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b各自中於UWB模組之間所傳送和接收的信號的時段進行測量,以獲得兩個機器人100a、100b之間的距離(分隔距離)。在這種情況下,兩個機器人100a、100b之間的距離(分隔距離)可以透過使用UWB模組之間所傳送和接收信號的位置座標的變換方程來獲得。On the other hand, during cooperative driving, when the map information sharing between the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b fails, the positions can be confirmed by communicating with each other. For example, as described above, the period of time included in the signals transmitted and received between the UWB modules in each of the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b may be measured to obtain the distance between the two robots 100a, 100b (separation distance). In this case, the distance (separation distance) between the two robots 100a, 100b can be obtained by using the transformation equation of the position coordinates of the transmitted and received signals between the UWB modules.

在下文中,參照圖9,將詳細說明透過變換方程計算第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b的位置的過程。此處,變換方程式表示將第一機器人100a的第一座標轉換為第二座標的方程式;其中,第一座標代表基於第一機器人100a的先前位置時,第一機器人100a的當前位置,而第二座標則表示基於第二機器人100b的主體位置時,第一機器人100a的當前位置。Hereinafter, referring to FIG. 9, a process of calculating the positions of the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b through the transformation equation will be described in detail. Here, the transformation equation represents an equation for converting the first coordinate of the first robot 100a into the second coordinate; wherein the first coordinate represents the current position of the first robot 100a based on the previous position of the first robot 100a, and the second coordinate The coordinates represent the current position of the first robot 100a based on the main body position of the second robot 100b.

在圖9中,第一機器人100a的先前位置由虛線表示,而當前位置由實線表示。另外,第二機器人100b的位置由實線表示。In FIG. 9, the previous position of the first robot 100a is indicated by a dotted line, and the current position is indicated by a solid line. In addition, the position of the second robot 100b is indicated by a solid line.

對變換方程的說明如下,並在以下的方程式1中表示為3x3矩陣。 <變換公式> M(基於第二機器人表示的第一機器人的當前位置[第二座標])= H(變換公式)×R(基於第一機器人的先前位置表示的第一機器人的當前位置[第一座標]) The transformation equations are described below and represented as a 3x3 matrix in Equation 1 below. <Conversion formula> M (the current position [second coordinates] of the first robot based on the second robot) = H (transformation formula) × R (the current position [first coordinates] of the first robot based on the previous position of the first robot)

對於更詳細的方程式,可以表示為以下方程式1。 <方程式1>

Figure 02_image001
For a more detailed equation, it can be expressed as Equation 1 below. <Equation 1>
Figure 02_image001

此處,Xr和Yr是第一座標,而Xm和Ym是第二座標。Here, Xr and Yr are the first coordinates, and Xm and Ym are the second coordinates.

可以基於使第一機器人100a移動的驅動單元1300提供的資訊來計算第一座標。由第一機器人100a的驅動單元1300提供的資訊是衍生自對旋轉滾輪的馬達的旋轉資訊進行測量的編碼器,該資訊由感測第一機器人100a的旋轉的陀螺儀感測器進行校準。The first coordinates may be calculated based on information provided by the driving unit 1300 that moves the first robot 100a. The information provided by the drive unit 1300 of the first robot 100a is derived from an encoder that measures the rotation information of the motor that rotates the rollers, which information is calibrated by a gyro sensor that senses the rotation of the first robot 100a.

驅動單元1300提供使第一機器人100a移動或旋轉的驅動力,並且即使在第二機器人100b無法接收到第一機器人100a提供的信號的情況下也可以計算出第一座標。因此,與透過在兩個機器人100a、100b之間傳送和接收信號計算出的位置資訊相比,可以確定相對準確的位置。此外,由於驅動單元1300包括關於第一機器人100a的實際運動的資訊,因此可以準確地描述第一機器人100a的位置變化。The driving unit 1300 provides a driving force to move or rotate the first robot 100a, and can calculate the first coordinates even when the second robot 100b cannot receive a signal provided by the first robot 100a. Therefore, a relatively accurate position can be determined compared to position information calculated by transmitting and receiving signals between the two robots 100a, 100b. Furthermore, since the driving unit 1300 includes information on the actual motion of the first robot 100a, the positional change of the first robot 100a can be accurately described.

例如,即使當編碼器感測到馬達在第一機器人100a中旋轉時,也可以藉由確定第一機器人100a的位置為旋轉而不是使用陀螺儀感測器移動,來準確地計算第一機器人100a的位置變化。即使當使滾輪旋轉的馬達旋轉時,由於第一機器人100a只能旋轉而不移動,因此馬達的旋轉不會無條件地移動另一個清掃機的位置。因此,在使用陀螺儀感測器的情況下,可以對下列情況進行識別:第一機器人100a的位置沒有任何改變而僅進行旋轉的情況、位置和旋轉均發生改變的情況、或者僅有位置改變而沒有旋轉的情況。因此,使用編碼器和陀螺儀感測器,第一機器人100a可以準確地計算從先前位置變換到當前位置的第一座標。此外,此資訊可以透過第一機器人100a的通訊單元1100傳送給網路,並可以透過網路傳送給第二機器人100b。For example, even when the encoder senses that the motor is rotating in the first robot 100a, the first robot 100a can be accurately calculated by determining the position of the first robot 100a as a rotation instead of moving using a gyro sensor position changes. Even when the motor that rotates the rollers is rotated, since the first robot 100a can only rotate without moving, the rotation of the motor does not unconditionally move the position of the other cleaning machine. Therefore, in the case of using the gyro sensor, it is possible to identify the following cases: the case where the first robot 100a only rotates without any change in the position, the case where both the position and the rotation are changed, or only the position is changed without rotation. Therefore, using the encoder and the gyro sensor, the first robot 100a can accurately calculate the first coordinates transformed from the previous position to the current position. In addition, this information can be transmitted to the network through the communication unit 1100 of the first robot 100a, and can be transmitted to the second robot 100b through the network.

透過在第一機器人100a與第二機器人100b之間傳送和接收的信號來測量第二座標(例如,可以使用UWB模組傳送和接收信號)。因為第一機器人100a存在於第二機器人100b的感測區域中,所以當傳送信號時可以計算出第二座標。The second coordinates are measured by signals transmitted and received between the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b (eg, a UWB module may be used to transmit and receive signals). Since the first robot 100a exists in the sensing area of the second robot 100b, the second coordinates can be calculated when the signal is transmitted.

參照圖9,可以看出兩個座標值可以用H等號表示。Referring to FIG. 9, it can be seen that two coordinate values can be represented by the H equal sign.

同時,為了獲得H,可以將第一機器人100a設置在第二機器人100b的感測區域中時的資料連續累積。此類資料如以下方程式2所示。當第一機器人100a位於感測區域中時,會累積大量資料。此時,資料是彼此對應的複數個第一座標和複數個第二座標。 <方程式2>

Figure 02_image003
Meanwhile, in order to obtain H, the data when the first robot 100a is placed in the sensing area of the second robot 100b may be continuously accumulated. Such information is shown in Equation 2 below. When the first robot 100a is located in the sensing area, a large amount of data is accumulated. At this time, the data are a plurality of first coordinates and a plurality of second coordinates corresponding to each other. <Equation 2>
Figure 02_image003

此處,為了獲得H,可以使用最小平方法,如以下方程式3所示。 <方程式3>

Figure 02_image005
Here, to obtain H, the least squares method can be used, as shown in Equation 3 below. <Equation 3>
Figure 02_image005

另一方面,在計算出H之後,當連續獲取第一座標和第二座標時,可以重新計算H以更新H。隨著計算H的資料量的增加,H具有更可靠的值。On the other hand, after H is calculated, when the first coordinate and the second coordinate are continuously acquired, H may be recalculated to update H. As the amount of data for calculating H increases, H has a more reliable value.

使用以這種方式計算的變換方程(H),即使當第二機器人100b和第一機器人100a難以直接傳送和接收信號時,第二機器人100b也可以跟隨第一機器人100a。當第二機器人100b由於第一機器人100a暫時離開第二機器人100b的感測區域,而不能透過感測單元直接接收關於第一機器人100a的位置的信號時,第二機器人100b可以透過使用經由網路傳送的第一機器人100a的行駛資訊的變換表達式,來計算與第二機器人100b的位置相比的第一機器人100a的位置。Using the transformation equation (H) calculated in this way, the second robot 100b can follow the first robot 100a even when it is difficult for the second robot 100b and the first robot 100a to directly transmit and receive signals. When the second robot 100b cannot directly receive the signal about the position of the first robot 100a through the sensing unit because the first robot 100a temporarily leaves the sensing area of the second robot 100b, the second robot 100b can use the A transformed expression of the transmitted travel information of the first robot 100a to calculate the position of the first robot 100a compared to the position of the second robot 100b.

當第二機器人100b透過變換方程確定第一機器人100a的位置時,對應於R的第一座標必須透過第二機器人100b的通訊單元1100進行傳送。換言之,由於R和H已知,因此可以計算M。M是第一機器人100a相對於第二機器人100b的位置。因此,第二機器人100b可以得知相對於第一機器人100a的相對位置,並且第二機器人100b可以在第一機器人100a的後方移動。When the second robot 100b determines the position of the first robot 100a through the transformation equation, the first coordinate corresponding to R must be transmitted through the communication unit 1100 of the second robot 100b. In other words, since R and H are known, M can be calculated. M is the position of the first robot 100a relative to the second robot 100b. Therefore, the second robot 100b can know the relative position with respect to the first robot 100a, and the second robot 100b can move behind the first robot 100a.

另一方面,基於上述技術,當第二機器人100b和第一機器人100a中的任一個首先接觸充電座然後開始充電時,另一個機器人在保存該任一個機器人的充電座的位置(已開始充電的機器人的第二座標或第一座標)後,移動到其自身的充電座。由於已保存位置,從下一次清掃開始,即使在感測區域外,兩個機器人也可以聚在一起進行後續清掃。On the other hand, based on the above technology, when either of the second robot 100b and the first robot 100a first contacts the charging base and then starts charging, the other robot is in the position where the charging base of either robot is saved (the one that has started charging After the second coordinate or the first coordinate of the robot), move to its own charging base. Since the position is saved, from the next sweep, even outside the sensing area, the two robots can come together for subsequent sweeps.

如上所述,可以在不使用地圖資訊的情況下使用彼此通訊的結果來獲得另一個機器人的位置,從而即使在第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b行駛的同時,也可以使用無地圖位置識別方法來獲得彼此的位置。As described above, the position of another robot can be obtained using the result of communication with each other without using map information, so that even while the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b are traveling, the mapless position recognition method can be used to get each other's positions.

如上所述,透過識別其各自的位置而行駛的第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b可以執行如圖10中所示的協作行駛。此時,如圖10中所示,可以將第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b行駛的待清掃區域劃分為一個或多個區Z1至Z3,以劃分的區為單元進行清掃。As described above, the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b that travel by recognizing their respective positions can perform cooperative travel as shown in FIG. 10 . At this time, as shown in FIG. 10 , the area to be cleaned where the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b travel may be divided into one or more zones Z1 to Z3, and cleaning is performed in units of the divided zones.

當開始執行協作行駛時,第一機器人100a可以開始對第一區Z1進行清掃,而第二機器人100b在第一機器人100a的初始位置附近待機。當第一機器人100a在預定參考位準以上完成第一區Z1的清掃時,第一機器人100a可以將可清掃區的資訊傳送給第二機器人100b。例如,第一機器人100a可以將第一區Z1的資訊,或者第一機器人100a在第一區Z1中已行駛過的路徑的資訊傳送給第二機器人100b,從而使第二機器人100b沿第一機器人100a的行駛路徑行駛。When the cooperative driving is started, the first robot 100a may start cleaning the first zone Z1, while the second robot 100b stands by near the initial position of the first robot 100a. When the first robot 100a finishes cleaning the first zone Z1 above the predetermined reference level, the first robot 100a may transmit the information of the cleanable zone to the second robot 100b. For example, the first robot 100a can transmit the information of the first zone Z1, or the information of the path the first robot 100a has traveled in the first zone Z1 to the second robot 100b, so that the second robot 100b can follow the first robot The travel path of 100a is driven.

第一機器人100a可以將可清掃區的資訊傳送給第二機器人100b,然後清掃第一區Z1的剩餘部分,或者移動到第二區Z2以清掃第二區Z2,而第二機器人100b可以基於從第一機器人100a接收到的資訊來清掃第一區Z1。在這種情況下,基於從第一機器人100a接收的資訊,第二機器人100b可以在沿第一機器人100a已行駛過的路徑行駛的同時進行清掃。The first robot 100a can transmit the information of the cleanable zone to the second robot 100b, and then clean the remaining part of the first zone Z1, or move to the second zone Z2 to clean the second zone Z2, and the second robot 100b can The information received by the first robot 100a cleans the first zone Z1. In this case, based on the information received from the first robot 100a, the second robot 100b can perform cleaning while traveling along the path that the first robot 100a has traveled.

在第二機器人100b清掃第一區Z1的同時,第一機器人100a清掃第二區Z2,然後移動到第三區Z3,其中,當第二區Z2的清掃完成後,第三區Z3是下一個未清掃區。此時,在第一機器人100a將第一區Z1的可清掃區的資訊傳送給第二機器人100b時,也可以將第二區Z2的可清掃區的資訊傳送給第二機器人100b。因此,在完成第一區Z1的清掃後,第二機器人100b可以移動到第二區Z2以進行第二區Z2的清掃。While the second robot 100b cleans the first zone Z1, the first robot 100a cleans the second zone Z2, and then moves to the third zone Z3, wherein after the cleaning of the second zone Z2 is completed, the third zone Z3 is the next Uncleaned area. At this time, when the first robot 100a transmits the information of the cleanable area of the first zone Z1 to the second robot 100b, the information of the cleanable area of the second zone Z2 may also be transmitted to the second robot 100b. Therefore, after completing the cleaning of the first zone Z1, the second robot 100b may move to the second zone Z2 to perform the cleaning of the second zone Z2.

然後,第一機器人100a可以清掃第三區Z3,而第二機器人100b可以在第一機器人100a清掃第三區Z3的同時清掃第二區Z2。當第一機器人100a完成第三區Z3的清掃時,同樣地,第二機器人100b可以在沿第一機器人100a已行駛過的路徑行駛的同時移動到第三區Z3,以清掃第三區Z3。Then, the first robot 100a may clean the third zone Z3, and the second robot 100b may clean the second zone Z2 while the first robot 100a is cleaning the third zone Z3. When the first robot 100a finishes cleaning the third zone Z3, likewise, the second robot 100b may move to the third zone Z3 to clean the third zone Z3 while traveling along the path that the first robot 100a has traveled.

如上所述,執行第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b的協作的系統1可以根據第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b的行駛狀態執行協作行駛。As described above, the system 1 that performs the cooperation of the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b can perform the cooperative driving according to the driving states of the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b.

例如,當第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b中的至少一個處於不允許協作行駛的行駛狀態時,或者當擔心第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b中的至少一個可能會導致協作行駛期間出現錯誤時,可以不執行協作行駛。For example, when at least one of the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b is in a driving state in which cooperative driving is not permitted, or when there is a fear that at least one of the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b may cause an error during cooperative driving , cooperative driving may not be performed.

作為具體的示例,由於第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b中的至少一個的電池充電容量不滿足預定參考容量而無法完成協作行駛的情況,或者由於第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b中的至少一個位於不允許識別彼此位置的區域,並且不對另一個機器人進行位置識別,而難以啟動協作行駛的情況下,則可以不執行協作行駛。As a specific example, the cooperative driving cannot be completed because the battery charging capacity of at least one of the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b does not meet the predetermined reference capacity, or because at least one of the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b cannot complete the cooperative driving If one is located in an area that does not allow each other's position to be recognized, and the other robot does not perform position recognition, and it is difficult to initiate cooperative driving, cooperative driving may not be performed.

換言之,當第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b的行駛狀態滿足預定參考狀態時,可以執行系統1的協作行駛。In other words, when the traveling states of the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b satisfy the predetermined reference state, the cooperative traveling of the system 1 can be performed.

在下文中,將說明根據初始行駛狀態執行協作行駛的系統1的實施方式。Hereinafter, an embodiment of the system 1 for performing cooperative driving according to the initial driving state will be explained.

系統1的實施方式可以包括:複數個移動式機器人100a、100b,其在待清掃區域中行駛的同時進行清掃;以及控制器600,其與複數個移動式機器人100a、100b進行通訊,並將用於遠程控制的控制指令傳送給複數個移動式機器人100a、100b。Embodiments of the system 1 may include: a plurality of mobile robots 100a, 100b that clean while traveling in an area to be cleaned; and a controller 600 that communicates with the plurality of mobile robots 100a, 100b and will use the The control command in the remote control is transmitted to the plurality of mobile robots 100a and 100b.

複數個移動式機器人100a、100b可以包括兩個機器人,較佳為第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b。The plurality of mobile robots 100a, 100b may include two robots, preferably a first robot 100a and a second robot 100b.

此處,第一機器人100a可以是在執行協作行駛的區域內向前行駛的同時吸入灰塵的機器人,而第二機器人100b可以是在第一機器人100a所行駛區域的後方行駛的同時擦拭灰塵的機器人。Here, the first robot 100a may be a robot that sucks dust while traveling forward in an area where cooperative traveling is performed, and the second robot 100b may be a robot that wipes dust while traveling behind the area where the first robot 100a travels.

換言之,對於協作行駛,第一機器人100a可以在向前行駛的同時吸入灰塵,而第二機器人100b可以進行清掃,以擦拭第一機器人100a在向前行駛時吸入灰塵的路徑上的灰塵。In other words, for cooperative driving, the first robot 100a may inhale dust while driving forward, and the second robot 100b may perform sweeping to wipe dust on a path where the first robot 100a inhales dust while driving forward.

在下文中,複數個移動式機器人100a、100b用於表示包含第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b兩者的複數個移動式機器人100a、100b。Hereinafter, the plurality of mobile robots 100a, 100b are used to represent the plurality of mobile robots 100a, 100b including both the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b.

控制器600可以是終端300、伺服器500的控制裝置、以及第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b的遠程控制器中的至少一個。The controller 600 may be at least one of the terminal 300, a control device of the server 500, and a remote controller of the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b.

因此,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b可以藉由接收來自終端300、伺服器500的控制裝置、以及第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b的遠程控制器中的至少一個的控制指令來驅動。Therefore, the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b can be driven by receiving a control command from at least one of the terminal 300, the control device of the server 500, and the remote controllers of the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b.

控制器600較佳可以為行動終端。The controller 600 can preferably be a mobile terminal.

因此,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b可以透過終端300執行協作行駛模式。Therefore, the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b can execute the cooperative driving mode through the terminal 300 .

系統1的協作行駛可以藉由從控制器600將用於協作行駛的控制指令傳送給第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b來執行。The cooperative travel of the system 1 can be performed by transmitting a control command for cooperative travel from the controller 600 to the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b.

在從控制器600接收到用於協作地清掃待清掃區域的協作行駛模式的控制指令之後,複數個移動式機器人100a、100b確認該複數個移動式機器人100a、100b的行駛狀態是否符合預設參考條件,並根據確認結果執行協作行駛模式的動作。After receiving from the controller 600 a control instruction of the cooperative travel mode for cooperatively cleaning the area to be cleaned, the plurality of mobile robots 100a, 100b confirm whether the travel states of the plurality of mobile robots 100a, 100b conform to the preset reference conditions, and execute the actions of the cooperative driving mode according to the confirmation result.

換言之,當接收到控制指令時,複數個移動式機器人100a、100b可以將各自的行駛狀態與參考條件進行比較,以根據比較結果執行協作行駛模式的動作。In other words, when a control command is received, the plurality of mobile robots 100a, 100b can compare the respective travel states with the reference conditions to execute the actions of the cooperative travel mode according to the comparison results.

協作行駛模式可以表示複數個移動式機器人100a、100b執行協作行駛的操作模式。The cooperative travel mode may represent an operation mode in which the plurality of mobile robots 100a, 100b perform cooperative travel.

協作行駛模式可以是複數個移動式機器人100a、100b在被依序驅動的同時進行清掃的模式。The cooperative travel mode may be a mode in which a plurality of mobile robots 100a and 100b are sequentially driven while cleaning.

例如,協作行駛模式可以是第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b在被依序驅動的同時在預定區域內進行清掃的模式。For example, the cooperative travel mode may be a mode in which the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b are sequentially driven while cleaning within a predetermined area.

協作行駛模式可以是複數個移動式機器人100a、100b中的任一個在另一個機器人向前行駛時已清掃過的區域的後方行駛的同時進行清掃的模式。The cooperative travel mode may be a mode in which any one of the plurality of mobile robots 100a and 100b cleans while traveling behind the area that has been cleaned when the other robot travels forward.

例如,可以在第一機器人100a向前行駛而第二機器人100b在其後方行駛的同時進行清掃。For example, cleaning may be performed while the first robot 100a is traveling forward and the second robot 100b is traveling behind it.

在系統1中執行協作行駛模式的流程可以如圖12所示。此外,根據圖12所示流程,在系統1中執行協作行駛模式的條件可以如圖13所示。The flow of executing the cooperative driving mode in the system 1 can be as shown in FIG. 12 . Furthermore, according to the flow shown in FIG. 12 , the conditions for executing the cooperative driving mode in the system 1 may be as shown in FIG. 13 .

首先,當複數個移動式機器人100a、100b接收到用於執行協作行駛模式的控制指令時(S10),複數個移動式機器人100a、100b可以停止在當前位置執行的操作以確認行駛狀態(S20)。此處,當接收到控制指令時,複數個移動式機器人100a、100b可能已經在執行另一種操作模式,或者可能分別與充電座400a、400b對接。無論是否已經在執行另一種操作模式或者是否與充電座400a、400b對接,複數個移動式機器人100a、100b可以接收控制指令,以確認在當前位置的行駛狀態(S20)。First, when the plurality of mobile robots 100a, 100b receive a control instruction for executing the cooperative travel mode (S10), the plurality of mobile robots 100a, 100b may stop the operation performed at the current position to confirm the travel state (S20) . Here, when the control instruction is received, the plurality of mobile robots 100a, 100b may already be executing another operation mode, or may be docked with the charging bases 400a, 400b, respectively. Regardless of whether another operation mode is already being executed or whether it is docked with the charging stand 400a, 400b, the plurality of mobile robots 100a, 100b can receive control commands to confirm the driving state at the current position (S20).

行駛狀態可以表示用於執行複數個移動式機器人100a、100b中的每一個的協作行駛的狀態。此外,行駛狀態可以包括複數個移動式機器人100a、100b與參考條件相比具有至少一個狀態資訊的含義。The travel state may represent a state for performing cooperative travel of each of the plurality of mobile robots 100a, 100b. Furthermore, the driving state may include a meaning that the plurality of mobile robots 100a, 100b have at least one state information compared to the reference condition.

如圖13所示,行駛狀態可以包括複數個移動式機器人100a、100b各自的地圖共享狀態(行駛狀態1)、電池充電狀態(行駛狀態2)、以及另一個機器人的充電座位置資訊狀態(行駛狀態3)中的至少一種。換言之,在確認行駛狀態(S20)時,可以對複數個移動式機器人100a、100b各自的地圖共享狀態(行駛狀態1)、電池充電狀態(行駛狀態2)、以及另一個機器人的充電座位置資訊狀態(行駛狀態3)中的至少一種進行確認。As shown in FIG. 13 , the driving state may include a map sharing state (driving state 1 ), a battery charging state (driving state 2 ) of each of the plurality of mobile robots 100 a and 100 b , and a charging stand position information state (driving state 2 ) of another robot. at least one of state 3). In other words, when confirming the travel state ( S20 ), the map of each of the plurality of mobile robots 100 a and 100 b can be shared with the state (the travel state 1 ), the battery charging state (the travel state 2 ), and the position information of the charging stand of the other robot. At least one of the states (driving state 3) is confirmed.

地圖共享狀態可以表示複數個移動式機器人100a、100b各自的地圖資訊是否彼此共享的狀態。換言之,地圖共享狀態可以是第二機器人100b的地圖資訊是否與第一機器人100a共享以及第一機器人100a的地圖資訊是否與第二機器人100b共享的狀態。The map sharing state may indicate a state in which map information of each of the plurality of mobile robots 100a and 100b is shared with each other. In other words, the map sharing state may be a state of whether the map information of the second robot 100b is shared with the first robot 100a and whether the map information of the first robot 100a is shared with the second robot 100b.

電池充電狀態可以表示複數個移動式機器人100a、100b各自的電池充電容量狀態。換言之,電池充電狀態可以是第一機器人100a的電池充電容量和第二機器人100b的電池充電容量各自的狀態。The battery charge state may represent the battery charge capacity state of each of the plurality of mobile robots 100a and 100b. In other words, the battery charging state may be the respective states of the battery charging capacity of the first robot 100a and the battery charging capacity of the second robot 100b.

另一個機器人的充電座位置資訊狀態可以表示另一個機器人的充電座位置資訊是否儲存在複數個移動式機器人100a、100b的每一個中的狀態。換言之,充電座位置資訊狀態可以是第二機器人100b的充電座400b的位置資訊是否儲存在作為配對機器人的第一機器人100a中、以及第一機器人100a的充電座400a的位置資訊是否儲存在作為配對機器人的第二機器人100b中的狀態。The state of the position information of the charging stand of the other robot may indicate a state of whether the position information of the charging stand of the other robot is stored in each of the plurality of mobile robots 100a, 100b. In other words, the position information status of the charging stand may be whether the location information of the charging stand 400b of the second robot 100b is stored in the first robot 100a as the paired robot, and whether the location information of the charging stand 400a of the first robot 100a is stored in the paired robot The state in the second robot 100b of the robot.

行駛狀態可以包括下列所有狀態:複數個移動式機器人100a、100b各自的地圖共享狀態、電池充電狀態、以及另一個機器人的充電座位置資訊狀態。The driving state may include all of the following states: the respective map sharing state of the plurality of mobile robots 100a, 100b, the battery charging state, and the charging stand position information state of another robot.

在複數個移動式機器人100a、100b各自確認行駛狀態(S20)後,複數個移動式機器人100a、100b可以彼此通訊以共享確認結果。因此,複數個移動式機器人100a、100b各自可以識別所有複數個移動式機器人100a、100b的行駛狀態。然後,複數個移動式機器人100a、100b中的至少一個可以將行駛狀態與參考條件進行比較,以確認行駛狀態是否符合參考條件(S30至S50)。After each of the plurality of mobile robots 100 a and 100 b confirms the traveling state ( S20 ), the plurality of mobile robots 100 a and 100 b may communicate with each other to share the confirmation result. Therefore, each of the plurality of mobile robots 100a and 100b can recognize the traveling states of all the plurality of mobile robots 100a and 100b. Then, at least one of the plurality of mobile robots 100a, 100b may compare the travel state with the reference condition to confirm whether the travel state meets the reference condition (S30 to S50).

參考條件可以是可執行協作行駛模式的行駛狀態的條件。換言之,參考條件可以表示可執行協作行駛模式的初始狀態條件。因此,可以將參考條件預設為與行駛狀態符合的條件。The reference condition may be a condition of a travel state in which the cooperative travel mode can be executed. In other words, the reference condition may represent an initial state condition in which the cooperative driving mode can be executed. Therefore, the reference condition can be preset as a condition conforming to the driving state.

參考條件可以包括下列條件中的至少一個:第一條件為複數個移動式機器人100a、100b各自共享地圖;第二條件為複數個移動式機器人100a、100b各自的電池充電容量高於預設參考容量;以及第三條件為將另一個機器人的充電座位置資訊儲存在複數個移動式機器人100a、100b的每一個中。The reference condition may include at least one of the following conditions: the first condition is that each of the plurality of mobile robots 100a, 100b share a map; the second condition is that the battery charging capacity of each of the plurality of mobile robots 100a, 100b is higher than the preset reference capacity ; and the third condition is that the charging stand position information of the other robot is stored in each of the plurality of mobile robots 100a, 100b.

參考條件較佳可以包括所有第一條件至第三條件。因此,複數個移動式機器人100a、100b可以將行駛狀態與參考條件(S30至S50)進行比較,以確認複數個移動式機器人100a、100b各自的地圖共享狀態是否符合第一條件(S30),並確認複數個移動式機器人100a、100b各自的電池充電狀態是否符合第二條件(S40),並確認複數個移動式機器人100a、100b中的每一個的另一個機器人的充電座位置資訊狀態是否符合第三條件(S50)。The reference conditions may preferably include all of the first to third conditions. Therefore, the plurality of mobile robots 100a, 100b may compare the traveling states with the reference conditions (S30 to S50) to confirm whether the respective map sharing states of the plurality of mobile robots 100a, 100b meet the first condition (S30), and Confirm whether the respective battery charging states of the plurality of mobile robots 100a, 100b meet the second condition (S40), and confirm whether the charging base position information state of the other robot of each of the plurality of mobile robots 100a, 100b meets the first condition. Three conditions (S50).

作為確認行駛狀態是否符合參考條件(S30至S50)的結果,當複數個移動式機器人100a、100b各自共享地圖,並且複數個移動式機器人100a、100b各自的電池充電容量高於預設參考容量時,複數個移動式機器人100a、100b可以根據另一個機器人的充電座位置資訊是否儲存在複數個移動式機器人100a、100b的每一個中的確認結果來執行協作行駛模式的動作(S50)。As a result of confirming whether the traveling state complies with the reference conditions ( S30 to S50 ), when each of the plurality of mobile robots 100 a , 100 b shares a map and the battery charging capacity of each of the plurality of mobile robots 100 a , 100 b is higher than the preset reference capacity , the plurality of mobile robots 100a, 100b may execute the action of the cooperative driving mode according to the confirmation result of whether the position information of the charging stand of the other robot is stored in each of the plurality of mobile robots 100a, 100b (S50).

作為確認複數個移動式機器人100a、100b各自的地圖共享狀態是否符合第一條件的結果(S30),當複數個移動式機器人100a、100b各自的地圖共享狀態符合第一條件時,複數個移動式機器人100a、100b可以確認複數個移動式機器人100a、100b各自的電池充電容量狀態是否符合第二條件(S40)。然後,作為確認複數個移動式機器人100a、100b各自的地圖共享狀態是否符合第一條件的結果(S30),當複數個移動式機器人100a、100b各自的地圖共享狀態不符合第一條件,複數個移動式機器人100a、100b可以不執行協作行駛模式(R2)。換言之,當複數個移動式機器人100a、100b各自共享地圖時,可以確定複數個移動式機器人100a、100b能夠透過共享地圖執行協作行駛模式,而當移動式機器人100a、100b各自不共享地圖時,可以確定複數個移動式機器人100a、100b由於不共享地圖資訊導致同一區域的協作清掃受到限制而無法執行協作行駛模式,從而不執行協作行駛模式(R2)。As a result of confirming whether the map sharing states of the plurality of mobile robots 100 a and 100 b satisfy the first condition ( S30 ), when the map sharing states of the plurality of mobile robots 100 a and 100 b satisfy the first condition, the plurality of mobile robots 100 a and 100 b satisfy the first condition. The robots 100a and 100b can confirm whether or not the respective battery charge capacity states of the plurality of mobile robots 100a and 100b satisfy the second condition ( S40 ). Then, as a result of confirming whether the map sharing states of the plurality of mobile robots 100 a and 100 b satisfy the first condition ( S30 ), when the map sharing states of the plurality of mobile robots 100 a and 100 b do not satisfy the first condition, the plurality of mobile robots 100 a and 100 b The mobile robots 100a, 100b may not execute the cooperative driving mode (R2). In other words, when the plurality of mobile robots 100a, 100b each share a map, it can be determined that the plurality of mobile robots 100a, 100b can execute the cooperative driving mode by sharing the map, and when the mobile robots 100a, 100b do not share the map, they can It is determined that the plurality of mobile robots 100 a and 100 b cannot execute the cooperative driving mode because the cooperative cleaning of the same area is restricted because the map information is not shared, and thus the cooperative driving mode ( R2 ) is not executed.

作為確認複數個移動式機器人100a、100b各自的電池充電容量狀態是否符合第二條件的結果(S40),當複數個移動式機器人100a、100b各自的電池充電容量符合第二條件時,複數個移動式機器人100a、100b可以確認複數個移動式機器人100a、100b各自的充電座位置資訊狀態是否符合第三條件(S50)。此外,作為確認複數個移動式機器人100a、100b各自的電池充電容量狀態是否符合第二條件(S40)的結果,當複數個移動式機器人100a、100b各自的電池充電容量不符合第二條件,則複數個移動式機器人100a、100b可以不執行協作行駛模式(R2)。換言之,當複數個移動式機器人100a、100b各自的電池充電容量狀態高於參考容量時,可以確定複數個移動式機器人100a、100b能夠以該充電容量執行協作行駛模式,並且當複數個移動式機器人100a、100b各自的電池充電容量狀態低於參考容量時,可以確定複數個移動式機器人100a、100b由於充電容量不足而無法執行協作行駛模式,從而不執行協作行駛模式(R2)。在這種情況下,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b中的至少一個可以輸出關於電池的充電容量不足的通知。例如,可以從充電容量低於參考容量的機器人中輸出需要充電的通知。As a result of confirming whether the battery charging capacity states of the plurality of mobile robots 100 a and 100 b meet the second condition ( S40 ), when the battery charging capacities of the plurality of mobile robots 100 a and 100 b meet the second condition, the plurality of mobile robots 100 a and 100 b are moved. The mobile robots 100a and 100b can confirm whether the position information states of the respective charging bases of the plurality of mobile robots 100a and 100b meet the third condition ( S50 ). In addition, as a result of confirming whether the battery charging capacity states of the plurality of mobile robots 100a and 100b meet the second condition ( S40 ), when the battery charging capacities of the plurality of mobile robots 100a and 100b do not meet the second condition, then The plurality of mobile robots 100a, 100b may not execute the cooperative driving mode (R2). In other words, when the respective battery charging capacity states of the plurality of mobile robots 100a, 100b are higher than the reference capacity, it can be determined that the plurality of mobile robots 100a, 100b can execute the cooperative travel mode at the charging capacity, and when the plurality of mobile robots 100a, 100b When the respective battery charging capacity states of 100a and 100b are lower than the reference capacity, it can be determined that the plurality of mobile robots 100a and 100b cannot execute the cooperative driving mode due to insufficient charging capacity, so that the cooperative driving mode ( R2 ) is not executed. In this case, at least one of the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b may output a notification that the charging capacity of the battery is insufficient. For example, a notification that charging is required can be output from a robot whose charging capacity is lower than a reference capacity.

對於複數個移動式機器人100a、100b而言,作為確認另一個機器人的充電座400a、400b的位置資訊是否儲存在複數個移動式機器人100a、100b的每一個中的結果(S50),當另一個機器人的充電座400a、400b的位置資訊儲存在移動式機器人100a、100b的每一個中時,需在前方行駛的機器人可以移動到與另一個機器人預定距離內的位置,以執行協作行駛模式(R1)。作為確認另一個機器人的充電座400a、400b的位置資訊是否儲存在複數個移動式機器人100a、100b的每一個中的結果(S50),當另一個機器人的充電座400a、400b的位置資訊未儲存在複數個移動式機器人100a、100b的每一個中時,複數個移動式機器人100a、100b可以識別彼此的位置(S60),以根據識別結果執行協作行駛模式的動作。For the plurality of mobile robots 100a, 100b, as a result of confirming whether the position information of the charging stand 400a, 400b of the other robot is stored in each of the plurality of mobile robots 100a, 100b (S50), when the other When the position information of the charging stand 400a, 400b of the robot is stored in each of the mobile robots 100a, 100b, the robot that needs to drive ahead can move to a position within a predetermined distance from the other robot to execute the cooperative driving mode (R1 ). As a result of confirming whether the location information of the charging stand 400a, 400b of the other robot is stored in each of the plurality of mobile robots 100a, 100b (S50), when the location information of the charging stand 400a, 400b of the other robot is not stored In each of the plurality of mobile robots 100a, 100b, the plurality of mobile robots 100a, 100b may recognize each other's positions (S60) to perform the action of the cooperative driving mode according to the recognition result.

作為確認複數個移動式機器人100a、100b中的每一個的充電座400a、400b的位置資訊狀態是否符合第三條件的結果(S50),當複數個移動式機器人100a、100b中的每一個的充電座400a、400b的位置資訊狀態符合第三條件時,第一機器人100a可以移動到第二機器人100b的前方預定距離內的位置,以執行協作行駛模式(R1)。例如,第一機器人100a可以移動到第二機器人100b的前方1m處的點,以透過引導第二機器人100b來執行協作行駛模式。然後,作為確認複數個移動式機器人100a、100b中的每一個的另一個機器人的充電座400a、400b的位置資訊狀態是否符合第三條件的結果(S50),當複數個移動式機器人100a、100b中的每一個的另一個機器人的充電座400a、400b的位置資訊狀態不符合第三條件時,則複數個移動式機器人100a、100b中的每一個可以執行識別彼此位置的操作(S60)。換言之,當將另一個機器人的充電座400a、400b的位置資訊儲存在複數個移動式機器人100a、100b的每一個中時,可以確定複數個移動式機器人100a、100b能夠以儲存的位置資訊執行協作行駛模式,使得第一機器人100a移動到第二機器人100b的前方預定距離內的位置以執行協作行駛模式(R1),並且當另一個機器人的充電座400a、400b的位置資訊未儲存在複數個移動式機器人100a、100b的每一個中時,可以確定由於無法識別另一個機器人的充電座400a、400b的位置而無法識別對方機器人的初始位置和結束位置,因此執行識別彼此位置的操作(S60)。As a result of confirming whether the position information state of the charging stand 400a, 400b of each of the plurality of mobile robots 100a, 100b meets the third condition (S50), when the charging of each of the plurality of mobile robots 100a, 100b When the position information states of the seats 400a and 400b meet the third condition, the first robot 100a can move to a position within a predetermined distance in front of the second robot 100b to execute the cooperative driving mode ( R1 ). For example, the first robot 100a may move to a point 1 m in front of the second robot 100b to perform the cooperative driving mode by guiding the second robot 100b. Then, as a result of confirming whether the position information state of the charging stand 400a, 400b of the other robot of each of the plurality of mobile robots 100a, 100b satisfies the third condition (S50), when the plurality of mobile robots 100a, 100b When the position information status of the charging base 400a, 400b of the other robot of each of them does not meet the third condition, then each of the plurality of mobile robots 100a, 100b may perform an operation of recognizing each other's positions (S60). In other words, when the position information of the charging stand 400a, 400b of another robot is stored in each of the plurality of mobile robots 100a, 100b, it can be determined that the plurality of mobile robots 100a, 100b can perform cooperation with the stored position information driving mode, so that the first robot 100a moves to a position within a predetermined distance in front of the second robot 100b to execute the cooperative driving mode (R1), and when the position information of the charging stand 400a, 400b of the other robot is not stored in the plurality of movements In each of the two robots 100a and 100b, since the position of the charging stand 400a and 400b of the other robot cannot be recognized and the initial position and the end position of the other robot cannot be recognized, the operation of recognizing each other's positions is performed (S60).

對於複數個移動式機器人100a、100b而言,作為識別彼此位置的結果(S60),當識別到彼此的位置時(S70),需在前方行駛的機器人可以移動到與另一個機器人預定距離內的位置,以執行協作行駛模式(R1)。對於複數個移動式機器人100a、100b而言,作為識別彼此位置的結果(S60),當任一個機器人未識別到另一個機器人的位置時(S80),可以從複數個移動式機器人100a、100b中的至少一個輸出通知,通知未被識別的機器人移動到另一個機器人的附近,然後可以根據移動結果執行協作行駛模式的動作。當未被識別的機器人移動到另一個機器人的附近區域時,未被識別的機器人可以利用與另一個機器人的通訊結果執行用於識別另一個機器人的位置的位置識別操作,然後可以根據預設行駛參考執行協作行駛模式(R3)。對於複數個移動式機器人100a、100b而言,作為識別彼此位置的結果(S60),當所有的複數個移動式機器人100a、100b均未識別到位置(S80)時,第一機器人100a可以移動到第二機器人100b的附近預定距離內的位置,以執行用於執行協作行駛模式的動作(R4)。For the plurality of mobile robots 100a, 100b, as a result of recognizing the positions of each other ( S60 ), when the positions of each other are recognized ( S70 ), the robot that needs to travel in front can move to another robot within a predetermined distance. position to execute the cooperative driving mode (R1). For the plurality of mobile robots 100 a and 100 b, as a result of recognizing the positions of each other ( S60 ), when either one of the robots does not recognize the position of the other robot ( S80 ), the mobile robots 100 a and 100 b can be selected from the plurality of mobile robots 100 a and 100 b . At least one of the output notifications informs the unidentified robot to move to the vicinity of another robot, and then can perform the actions of the cooperative driving mode according to the result of the movement. When the unrecognized robot moves to the vicinity of another robot, the unrecognized robot can perform a position recognition operation for recognizing the position of the other robot using the communication result with the other robot, and then can drive according to the preset Refer to Executing the Cooperative Driving Mode (R3). For the plurality of mobile robots 100a, 100b, as a result of recognizing the positions of each other (S60), when all the plurality of mobile robots 100a, 100b do not recognize the position (S80), the first robot 100a may move to A position within a predetermined distance in the vicinity of the second robot 100b to perform an action for executing the cooperative travel mode ( R4 ).

對於複數個移動式機器人100a、100b而言,作為識別彼此位置的結果(S60),當識別到彼此的位置時(S70),第一機器人100a可以移動到第二機器人100b的前方預定距離內的位置,以執行協作行駛模式(R1)。例如,第一機器人100a可以移動到第二機器人100b的前方1m處的點,以藉由引導第二機器人100b來執行協作行駛模式。此外,當複數個移動式機器人100a、100b中的任一個未識別到另一個機器人的位置時(S80),可以從複數個移動式機器人100a、100b中的至少一個輸出通知,通知未被識別的機器人移動到另一個機器人的附近區域,然後,當未被識別的機器人被使用者移動到另一個機器人的附近時,未被識別的機器人可以根據圖9所示的無地圖位置識別方法,利用與另一個機器人的通訊結果執行用於識別另一個機器人的位置的位置識別操作,然後根據行駛參考執行協作行駛模式(R3)。例如,當第一機器人100a未識別到第二機器人100b的位置時,第一機器人100a可以移動到第二機器人100b的半徑50 cm內的位置,然後根據圖9所示的無地圖位置識別方法對第二機器人100b的位置進行識別。相反地,當第二機器人100b未識別到第一機器人100a的位置時,第二機器人100b可以移動到第一機器人100a的半徑50 cm內的位置,然後根據圖9所示的無地圖位置識別方法對第一機器人100a的位置進行識別。此處,另一個機器人的附近區域可以表示視角與另一個機器人的相機131重疊的距離,並可以是另一個機器人的半徑50 cm或大約50 cm。然後,複數個移動式機器人100a、100b可以根據行駛參考執行協作行駛模式(R3)。此處,行駛參考可以是改變或限制協作行駛模式的設置的參考。例如,可以將在協作行駛模式下設置的區域劃分為兩個或多個待行駛的小區域。因此,即使在協作行駛模式的執行期間,複數個移動式機器人100a、100b也可以嘗試識別彼此的位置,並可以根據嘗試結果對位置識別的結果進行校正。如果所有的複數個移動式機器人100a、100b均未識別到位置(S80),第一機器人100a可以移動到第二機器人100b的附近預定距離內的位置,然後第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b各自可以根據圖9所示的無地圖位置識別方法識別另一個機器人的位置,然後執行用於執行協作行駛模式的動作(R4)。For the plurality of mobile robots 100a, 100b, as a result of recognizing the positions of each other (S60), when the positions of each other are recognized (S70), the first robot 100a may move to a predetermined distance in front of the second robot 100b. position to execute the cooperative driving mode (R1). For example, the first robot 100a may move to a point 1 m in front of the second robot 100b to perform the cooperative driving mode by guiding the second robot 100b. In addition, when any one of the plurality of mobile robots 100a, 100b does not recognize the position of the other robot (S80), a notification may be output from at least one of the plurality of mobile robots 100a, 100b notifying the unrecognized The robot moves to the vicinity of another robot, and then, when the unrecognized robot is moved to the vicinity of another robot by the user, the unrecognized robot can use the The communication result of the other robot performs a position recognition operation for recognizing the position of the other robot, and then performs the cooperative driving mode (R3) according to the driving reference. For example, when the first robot 100a does not recognize the position of the second robot 100b, the first robot 100a can move to a position within a radius of 50 cm of the second robot 100b, and then according to the map-free position identification method shown in FIG. The position of the second robot 100b is identified. Conversely, when the second robot 100b does not recognize the position of the first robot 100a, the second robot 100b can move to a position within a radius of 50 cm of the first robot 100a, and then use the map-free position identification method shown in FIG. 9 . The position of the first robot 100a is recognized. Here, the nearby area of the other robot may represent a distance where the viewing angle overlaps with the camera 131 of the other robot, and may be a radius of 50 cm or about 50 cm of the other robot. Then, the plurality of mobile robots 100a, 100b may execute the cooperative driving mode ( R3 ) according to the driving reference. Here, the driving reference may be a reference for changing or restricting the setting of the cooperative driving mode. For example, the area set in the cooperative driving mode may be divided into two or more small areas to be driven. Therefore, even during the execution of the cooperative driving mode, the plurality of mobile robots 100a, 100b can try to recognize each other's positions, and can correct the results of the position recognition according to the results of the attempts. If all the plurality of mobile robots 100a, 100b do not recognize the position (S80), the first robot 100a may move to a position within a predetermined distance in the vicinity of the second robot 100b, and then the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b respectively The position of the other robot can be recognized according to the map-free position recognition method shown in FIG. 9 , and then the action ( R4 ) for executing the cooperative driving mode can be performed.

其中根據行駛狀態是否符合參考條件而執行協作行駛模式的系統1可以使用如圖14所示的執行協作行駛的方法來執行協作行駛。The system 1 in which the cooperative travel mode is executed according to whether the travel state meets the reference condition may use the method for executing cooperative travel as shown in FIG. 14 to execute cooperative travel.

執行協作行駛的方法(下文稱為實施方法)是由第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b執行協作行駛的方法,如圖14所示,該方法可以包括:由第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b接收執行協作行駛的指令(S100);由第一機器人將第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b的行駛狀態與預設參考條件進行比較(S200);以及由第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b各自根據比較結果執行協作行駛的動作(S300)。The method for performing cooperative driving (hereinafter referred to as the implementation method) is a method for performing cooperative driving by the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b. As shown in FIG. 14 , the method may include: the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b receiving an instruction to perform cooperative driving (S100); comparing the driving states of the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b with a preset reference condition by the first robot (S200); and the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b each An action of cooperative driving is performed according to the comparison result ( S300 ).

此處,第一機器人100a可以在執行協作行駛的區域內向前行駛的同時吸入灰塵,而第二機器人100b可以在第一機器人100a所行駛區域的後方行駛的同時擦拭灰塵。換言之,當根據執行方法執行協作行駛時,第一機器人100a可以在引導第二機器人100b的同時吸入灰塵,並且第二機器人100b可以在跟隨第一機器人100a的同時擦拭灰塵。Here, the first robot 100a may inhale dust while driving forward in an area where cooperative driving is performed, and the second robot 100b may wipe dust while driving behind the area where the first robot 100a is driving. In other words, when cooperative driving is performed according to the execution method, the first robot 100a can inhale dust while guiding the second robot 100b, and the second robot 100b can wipe the dust while following the first robot 100a.

接收用於執行協作行駛的指令(S100)可以接收由第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b各自執行協作行駛的指令。Receiving an instruction for performing cooperative driving ( S100 ) may receive an instruction for each of the first robot 100 a and the second robot 100 b to perform cooperative driving.

接收用於執行協作行駛的指令(S100)可以停止由第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b在當前位置執行的操作。Receiving the instruction for performing cooperative driving ( S100 ) may stop the operation performed by the first robot 100 a and the second robot 100 b at the current position.

行駛狀態與預設參考條件的比較(S200)可以將行駛狀態與第一機器人100a的預設參考條件進行比較。Comparison of Traveling State with Preset Reference Conditions (S200) The traveling state may be compared with preset reference conditions of the first robot 100a.

行駛狀態與預設參考條件的比較(S200)可以包括將第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b各自的地圖共享狀態和電池充電容量狀態分別與參考條件中的第一條件和第二條件進行比較(S210),並根據與第一條件和第二條件的比較結果,將第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b各自的另一個機器人的充電座位置資訊的儲存狀態與參考條件中的第三條件進行比較(S220)。The comparison of the driving state with the preset reference condition ( S200 ) may include comparing the map sharing state and the battery charging capacity state, respectively, of the first robot 100 a and the second robot 100 b with the first and second conditions in the reference conditions ( S210), and according to the comparison result with the first condition and the second condition, compare the storage state of the position information of the charging stand of the other robot of the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b with the third condition in the reference condition (S220).

執行協作行駛的動作(S300)可以由第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b中的至少一個根據將行駛狀態與預設參考條件進行比較的比較結果來執行協作行駛的動作(S200)。The action of performing cooperative driving ( S300 ) may be performed by at least one of the first robot 100 a and the second robot 100 b according to a comparison result of comparing the driving state with a preset reference condition ( S200 ).

執行協作行駛的動作(S300)可以在行駛狀態符合所有第一條件至第三條件時,由第一機器人100a移動到與第二機器人100b預定距離內的位置。The act of performing cooperative driving ( S300 ) may be moved by the first robot 100 a to a position within a predetermined distance from the second robot 100 b when the driving state meets all the first to third conditions.

在這種情況下,第一機器人100a可以移動到第二機器人100b的前方x m內的位置,以啟動協作行駛。In this case, the first robot 100a may move to a position within x m in front of the second robot 100b to initiate cooperative driving.

執行協作行駛的動作(S300)可以在行駛狀態符合第一條件和第二條件時,由第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b各自識別彼此的位置,從而由第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b中的至少一個根據識別結果執行協作行駛的動作。The act of performing cooperative driving ( S300 ) may allow the first robot 100 a and the second robot 100 b to recognize each other’s positions when the driving state meets the first condition and the second condition, so that the first robot 100 a and the second robot 100 b At least one of the actions performs cooperative driving according to the recognition result.

執行協作行駛的動作(S300)可以在任一個機器人未識別到另一個機器人的位置作為識別彼此位置的結果時,由第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b中的至少一個輸出通知,通知未被識別的機器人移動到另一個機器人的附近,然後根據移動結果執行協作行駛的動作。The act of performing cooperative driving ( S300 ) may output a notification by at least one of the first robot 100 a and the second robot 100 b when either one of the robots does not recognize the position of the other robot as a result of recognizing each other’s positions, notifying the unrecognized The robot moves to the vicinity of another robot, and then performs cooperative driving according to the result of the movement.

在這種情況下,未被識別的機器人可以在另一個機器人的半徑y cm內移動,以執行協作行駛的動作。In this case, the unidentified robot can move within the radius y cm of the other robot to perform cooperative driving maneuvers.

執行協作行駛的動作(S300)可以由未被識別的機器人執行位置識別操作,用於在未被識別的機器人移動到另一個機器人附近時,利用與另一個機器人的通訊結果來識別另一個機器人的位置,然後根據預設行駛參考執行協作行駛。The action of performing cooperative driving (S300) may be performed by the unrecognized robot to perform a position recognition operation for recognizing another robot's position by using the communication result with the other robot when the unrecognized robot moves to the vicinity of the other robot. position and then perform cooperative driving according to the preset driving reference.

可以將包含接收執行協作行駛的指令(S100)、行駛狀態與預設參考條件的比較(S200)、以及執行協作行駛的動作(S300)的執行方法作為電腦可讀代碼實施在程式記錄介質上。電腦可讀介質包括所有類型的記錄裝置,其中儲存有電腦系統可讀的資料。電腦可讀介質的示例包括硬碟驅動器(HDD)、固態硬碟(SSD)、矽碟驅動器 (silicon disk drive,SDD)、ROM、RAM、CD-ROM、磁帶、軟碟、光資料儲存裝置等,也可以以載波的形式實現(例如,透過網際網路傳送)。此外,電腦可以包括控制單元1800。An execution method including receiving an instruction to perform cooperative driving ( S100 ), comparing a driving state with a preset reference condition ( S200 ), and performing an action of cooperative driving ( S300 ) can be implemented on a program recording medium as computer-readable codes. The computer-readable medium includes all types of recording devices in which data readable by a computer system are stored. Examples of computer readable media include hard disk drives (HDDs), solid state drives (SSDs), silicon disk drives (SDDs), ROM, RAM, CD-ROMs, magnetic tapes, floppy disks, optical data storage devices, etc. , can also be implemented in the form of a carrier wave (eg, transmitted over the Internet). Also, the computer may include the control unit 1800 .

在下文中,將參考圖16至圖21說明移動式機器人系統1的實施方式1,該系統1回應在執行協作行駛時發生的陷阱狀態而執行預設場景。Hereinafter, an embodiment 1 of a mobile robot system 1 that executes a preset scene in response to a trap state that occurs when cooperative driving is executed will be described with reference to FIGS. 16 to 21 .

參照圖16,當第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b進入協作行駛模式並識別彼此的位置資訊時,第一機器人100a可以在第二機器人100b前方的待清掃區域中吸入污染物。另外,如圖式所示,可以將待清掃區劃分為一個或多個區Z4至Z6,以劃分區域為單元進行清掃。16 , when the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b enter the cooperative driving mode and recognize each other's position information, the first robot 100a may inhale pollutants in the area to be cleaned in front of the second robot 100b. In addition, as shown in the drawings, the area to be cleaned can be divided into one or more areas Z4 to Z6, and the divided areas are used as units for cleaning.

第四區Z4是指在第一機器人100a完成行駛後,第二機器人100b預期在其中行駛的清掃區。第五區Z5是指第一機器人100a預期在其中行駛的清掃區。第六區Z6是指第一機器人100a在第五區Z5的清掃完成後,預期在其中行駛的清掃區。The fourth zone Z4 refers to a cleaning zone in which the second robot 100b is expected to travel after the first robot 100a finishes traveling. The fifth zone Z5 refers to a cleaning zone in which the first robot 100a is expected to travel. The sixth zone Z6 refers to a cleaning zone in which the first robot 100a is expected to travel after the cleaning of the fifth zone Z5 is completed.

此時,在圖式中,第四區Z4至第六區Z6由作為邊界的外牆和入口D1、D2劃分。然而,本實施方式不限於此,第四區Z4至第六區Z6可以基於預定大小來劃分,或基於外牆、角落、傢俱等來劃分,也可以由如上所述的有效執行移動式機器人系統1的協作行駛的方法來劃分。At this time, in the drawing, the fourth zone Z4 to the sixth zone Z6 are divided by the outer walls as boundaries and the entrances D1 and D2. However, the present embodiment is not limited thereto, and the fourth zone Z4 to the sixth zone Z6 may be divided based on a predetermined size, or may be divided based on outer walls, corners, furniture, etc., and can also be effectively executed by the mobile robot system as described above. 1. The cooperative driving method is divided.

在移動式機器人系統1的協作行駛期間,第一機器人100a可以沿第一行駛路徑L1行駛,而第二機器人100b可以沿第二行駛路徑L2行駛。在這種情況下,第一路徑L1是指第一機器人100a清掃待清掃區的所有路徑,例如繞過障礙物。另外,第二行駛路徑L2是指第二機器人100b清掃待清掃區的所有路徑,並可以將其設置為與第一機器人100a已行駛過的行駛路徑相同。然而,當第一機器人100a的行駛期間並不存在的障礙物出現時,第二機器人100b可以行駛在修改的路徑上,例如繞道。During cooperative travel of the mobile robot system 1, the first robot 100a may travel along the first travel path L1, and the second robot 100b may travel along the second travel path L2. In this case, the first path L1 refers to all paths for the first robot 100a to clean the area to be cleaned, such as bypassing obstacles. In addition, the second travel path L2 refers to all paths in which the second robot 100b cleans the area to be cleaned, and may be set to be the same as the travel path that the first robot 100a has traveled. However, when an obstacle that does not exist during the travel of the first robot 100a appears, the second robot 100b may travel on a modified path, such as a detour.

在下文中,將參照圖17和圖18說明根據陷阱狀態的場景和第一機器人100a處於陷阱狀態的情況。Hereinafter, a scenario according to a trap state and a case where the first robot 100a is in a trap state will be explained with reference to FIGS. 17 and 18 .

參照圖17,示出第一機器人100a完成第五區Z5的清掃、以及第二機器人100b完成第四區Z4的清掃的狀態。此外,示出允許機器人從第五區Z5移動到第六區Z6的入口D1被關閉的狀態。因此,其指的是第一機器人100a處於陷阱狀態的情況。17 , the first robot 100a shows a state in which the fifth zone Z5 has been cleaned and the second robot 100b has completed the fourth zone Z4. Further, a state is shown in which the entrance D1 that allows the robot to move from the fifth zone Z5 to the sixth zone Z6 is closed. Therefore, it refers to the case where the first robot 100a is in a trap state.

陷阱狀態是指第一機器人100a或第二機器人100b無法進入未行駛過的待清掃區的情況。換言之,是指第一機器人100a及/或第二機器人100b無法進入未清掃區域的情況。因此,圖17中的第一機器人100a的陷阱狀態是指第一機器人100a完成第五區Z5的清掃,但無法進入第六區Z6,即預期清掃區的狀態。The trap state refers to a situation in which the first robot 100a or the second robot 100b cannot enter the area to be cleaned that has not been driven. In other words, it refers to the case where the first robot 100a and/or the second robot 100b cannot enter the uncleaned area. Therefore, the trap state of the first robot 100a in FIG. 17 refers to the state where the first robot 100a has completed the cleaning of the fifth zone Z5, but cannot enter the sixth zone Z6, that is, the expected cleaning zone.

此外,為了表示清掃區域的劃分以及是否能夠移動到清掃區,透過打開和關閉第一入口D1和第二入口D2來顯示是否允許在清掃區之間的移動,但實施方式不限於此,並且陷阱狀態包括第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b因各種障礙物諸如除了門之外的椅子、桌子、傢俱等,而無法進入未行駛過的待清掃區的情況。In addition, in order to indicate the division of the cleaning area and whether it is possible to move to the cleaning area, it is displayed whether the movement between the cleaning areas is permitted by opening and closing the first entrance D1 and the second entrance D2, but the embodiment is not limited thereto, and traps The state includes a situation in which the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b cannot enter an area to be cleaned that has not been driven due to various obstacles such as chairs, tables, furniture, and the like other than doors.

當第一機器人100a執行移動式機器人系統1的協作行駛模式的同時發生陷阱狀態時,第一機器人100a執行陷阱脫離行駛。陷阱脫離行駛是指第一機器人100a沿清掃區的外周或邊界行駛的行駛方法。換言之,陷阱脫離行駛是指第一機器人100a或第二機器人100b在推動已行駛過的清掃區的外周或邊界的同時進行行駛的行駛方法。第三路徑L3是指在執行陷阱脫離行駛時,第一機器人100a或第二機器人100b在推動清掃區的外周或邊界的同時行駛的所有路徑。When a trap state occurs while the first robot 100a is executing the cooperative travel mode of the mobile robot system 1, the first robot 100a executes the trap escape travel. Trap escape travel refers to a travel method in which the first robot 100a travels along the outer periphery or boundary of the cleaning area. In other words, the trap escape travel refers to a travel method in which the first robot 100a or the second robot 100b travels while pushing the outer periphery or boundary of the cleaning area that has been traveled. The third path L3 refers to all paths that the first robot 100a or the second robot 100b travels while pushing the outer periphery or boundary of the cleaning area when the trap escape travel is performed.

從陷阱狀態脫離的情況表示第一機器人100a及/或第二機器人100b進入了一直無法進入的未清掃區。因此,在第一機器人100a處於陷阱狀態而第二機器人100b未處於陷阱狀態的情況下,當第一機器人100a執行陷阱脫離行駛以從陷阱狀態脫離,即,當第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b均未處於陷阱狀態時,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b再次執行協作行駛。The state of being released from the trap state means that the first robot 100a and/or the second robot 100b have entered an uncleaned area that has never been able to enter. Therefore, in the case where the first robot 100a is in the trap state and the second robot 100b is not in the trap state, when the first robot 100a performs the trap escape travel to escape from the trap state, that is, when the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b When neither is in the trap state, the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b perform cooperative driving again.

此外,當第一機器人100a處於陷阱狀態而第二機器人100b未處於陷阱狀態時,第二機器人100b可以在預設第一時段內原地待機。另外,第二機器人100b可以結束正在清掃的第四區Z4的行駛,然後在預設第一時段內在結束點待機。當第二機器人100b在待機的同時第一機器人100a從陷阱狀態脫離時,第二機器人100b解除待機狀態以與第一機器人100a執行協作行駛。In addition, when the first robot 100a is in the trap state and the second robot 100b is not in the trap state, the second robot 100b may stand by for a preset first period of time. In addition, the second robot 100b may end the traveling of the fourth zone Z4 being cleaned, and then stand by at the end point within a preset first period of time. When the first robot 100a escapes from the trap state while the second robot 100b is on standby, the second robot 100b releases the standby state to perform cooperative travel with the first robot 100a.

此外,當第一機器人100a處於陷阱狀態而第二機器人100b未處於陷阱狀態時,第二機器人100b可以在預設第一時段內待機,然後在已清掃過的第四區Z4中沿第四路徑L4再次進行重新清掃。在這種情況下,可以將重新清掃時段設定為預設第二時段。第四路徑L4是指對待清掃區域進行重新清掃的所有路徑,例如返回到已行駛過的第二路徑L2,或行駛時避開障礙物,以進行重新清掃。當第一機器人100a脫離陷阱狀態而第二機器人100b在已清掃過的第四區Z4進行重新清掃時,第二機器人100b和第一機器人100a再次執行協作行駛。In addition, when the first robot 100a is in the trap state and the second robot 100b is not in the trap state, the second robot 100b may stand by for a preset first period of time, and then follow the fourth path in the cleaned fourth zone Z4 L4 is re-cleaned again. In this case, the re-cleaning period may be set as a preset second period. The fourth path L4 refers to all paths for re-cleaning the area to be cleaned, for example, returning to the second path L2 that has been traveled, or avoiding obstacles during driving to perform re-cleaning. When the first robot 100a is released from the trap state and the second robot 100b performs re-cleaning in the cleaned fourth zone Z4, the second robot 100b and the first robot 100a perform cooperative driving again.

第一時段可以設定為1分鐘,第二時段可以設定為9分鐘,但本實施方式不限於此。由於當第二機器人100b的待機時段變長時,水可能積聚在地板上,因此可以將第一時段設定為適當的時段以防止積水。此外,可以將第二時段設定為第二機器人100b進行重新清掃和等待第一機器人100a脫離陷阱狀態的適當時段。The first period of time may be set to 1 minute, and the second period of time may be set to be 9 minutes, but the embodiment is not limited thereto. Since water may accumulate on the floor when the standby period of the second robot 100b becomes longer, the first period may be set to an appropriate period to prevent the accumulation of water. In addition, the second period may be set as an appropriate period for the second robot 100b to perform re-cleaning and wait for the first robot 100a to come out of the trap state.

當第二機器人100b在第二時段內進行重新清掃的同時,第一機器人100a從陷阱狀態脫離,第二機器人100b停止重新清掃以再次與第一機器人100a執行協作行駛。While the second robot 100b is re-cleaning within the second period, the first robot 100a is disengaged from the trap state, and the second robot 100b stops re-cleaning to perform cooperative driving with the first robot 100a again.

圖18示出在第一機器人100a處於陷阱狀態而第二機器人100b未處於陷阱狀態的情況下,經過第二機器人100b待機的第一時段和第二機器人100b進行重新清掃的第二時段的視圖。18 is a view showing the passage of a first period in which the second robot 100b stands by and a second period in which the second robot 100b performs re-cleaning when the first robot 100a is in the trap state and the second robot 100b is not in the trap state.

當第一機器人100a在第一時段和第二時段內未能脫離陷阱狀態時,第二機器人100b解除協作行駛模式以返回第二充電座400b。此時,第二機器人100b返回第二充電座400b的第五路徑L5是指經過第二機器人100b待機的第一時段和進行重新清掃的第二時段之後返回第二充電座400b的所有路徑。When the first robot 100a fails to escape from the trap state within the first period and the second period, the second robot 100b releases the cooperative driving mode to return to the second charging stand 400b. At this time, the fifth path L5 for the second robot 100b to return to the second charging stand 400b refers to all paths returning to the second charging stand 400b after the second robot 100b stands by for the first period and the second period of re-cleaning.

此外,當第一機器人100a處於陷阱狀態而第二機器人100b未處於陷阱狀態時,第二機器人100b可以立即解除協作行駛模式以返回第二充電座400b,而無需在第一時段內待機,或在第一機器人100a處於陷阱狀態時在第二時段內進行重新清掃。In addition, when the first robot 100a is in the trap state and the second robot 100b is not in the trap state, the second robot 100b can immediately release the cooperative driving mode to return to the second charging stand 400b without waiting for the first period of time, or in the When the first robot 100a is in the trap state, re-cleaning is performed within the second period of time.

另外,當僅第一機器人100a處於陷阱狀態時,第二機器人100b在不解除協作行駛模式的情況下返回第二充電座400b,然後在第一機器人100a脫離陷阱狀態時根據協作行駛模式進行清掃。當第二機器人100b返回第二充電座400b後,第一機器人100a在預設時段內未能脫離陷阱狀態時,第二機器人100b可以解除協作行駛模式以結束清掃。In addition, when only the first robot 100a is in the trap state, the second robot 100b returns to the second charging stand 400b without releasing the cooperative travel mode, and then cleans according to the cooperative travel mode when the first robot 100a leaves the trap state. After the second robot 100b returns to the second charging base 400b, when the first robot 100a fails to escape the trap state within a preset period of time, the second robot 100b may cancel the cooperative driving mode to end cleaning.

另外,當第一機器人100a處於陷阱狀態而第二機器人100b未處於陷阱狀態時,第二機器人100b可以對第一機器人100a已清掃完成但在第一機器人100a執行陷阱脫離行駛時尚未行駛過的第五區Z5進行清掃。In addition, when the first robot 100a is in the trap state and the second robot 100b is not in the trap state, the second robot 100b can clean the first robot 100a but has not yet traveled when the first robot 100a performs the trap escape travel. Five areas Z5 are cleaned.

在下文中,將參照圖19說明根據第二機器人100b處於陷阱狀態的情況的場景。Hereinafter, a scenario according to a case where the second robot 100b is in a trap state will be explained with reference to FIG. 19 .

參照圖19,第一機器人100a處於第五區Z5的清掃完成的狀態,第二機器人100b處於第四區Z4的清掃完成的狀態。另外,示出允許機器人從第四區Z4移動到第五區Z5的入口D2被關閉的狀態。因此,其指的是第二機器人100b處於陷阱狀態的情況。19 , the first robot 100a is in a state where the cleaning of the fifth zone Z5 is completed, and the second robot 100b is in a state where the cleaning of the fourth zone Z4 is completed. In addition, a state is shown in which the entrance D2 that allows the robot to move from the fourth zone Z4 to the fifth zone Z5 is closed. Therefore, it refers to the case where the second robot 100b is in a trap state.

當第一機器人100a未處於陷阱狀態而第二機器人100b處於陷阱狀態時,第二機器人100b沿第三路徑L3執行陷阱脫離行駛。如上所述,沿第三路徑L3的陷阱脫離行駛是指第二機器人100b在推動已行駛過的清掃區的外周或邊界的同時行駛的行駛方法。When the first robot 100a is not in the trap state and the second robot 100b is in the trap state, the second robot 100b performs the trap escape travel along the third path L3. As described above, the trap escape travel along the third path L3 refers to a travel method in which the second robot 100b travels while pushing the outer periphery or boundary of the cleaning area that has traveled.

當第二機器人100b執行陷阱脫離行駛時,第一機器人100a可以在第一時段內原地待機。此外,第一機器人100a可以結束正在清掃的第五區Z5的行駛,然後在第一時段內在結束點待機。當第一機器人100a在待機的同時第二機器人100b從陷阱狀態脫離時,第一機器人100a解除待機狀態以與第二機器人100b執行協作行駛。When the second robot 100b performs the trap escape travel, the first robot 100a may stand by for a first period of time. In addition, the first robot 100a may end the traveling of the fifth zone Z5 being cleaned, and then stand by at the end point for the first period of time. When the second robot 100b is released from the trap state while the first robot 100a is on standby, the first robot 100a releases the standby state to perform cooperative travel with the second robot 100b.

此外,當第一機器人100a未處於陷阱狀態而第二機器人100b處於陷阱狀態時,第一機器人100a可以在預設第一時段內待機,然後在已清掃過的第五區Z5中沿第四路徑L4再次進行重新清掃。此時,可以將重新清掃時段設定為預設第二時段,並且第四路徑L4是指對清掃區進行重新清掃的所有路徑,例如返回到已行駛過的第一路徑L1,或行駛時避開障礙物,以進行重新清掃。當第二機器人100b脫離陷阱狀態而第一機器人100a在已清掃過的第五區Z5進行重新清掃時,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b再次執行協作行駛。In addition, when the first robot 100a is not in the trap state and the second robot 100b is in the trap state, the first robot 100a may stand by for a preset first period of time, and then follow the fourth path in the cleaned fifth zone Z5 L4 is re-cleaned again. At this time, the re-cleaning period can be set as a preset second period, and the fourth path L4 refers to all paths for re-cleaning the cleaning area, such as returning to the first path L1 that has been traveled, or avoiding the travel obstacles for re-cleaning. When the second robot 100b leaves the trap state and the first robot 100a re-cleans the cleaned fifth zone Z5, the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b perform cooperative driving again.

在下文中,將參照圖20說明根據第二機器人100b處於陷阱狀態的情況的場景。Hereinafter, a scenario according to a case where the second robot 100b is in a trap state will be explained with reference to FIG. 20 .

圖20示出從第二機器人100b處於陷阱狀態而第一機器人100a未處於陷阱狀態的情況下,經過第一機器人100a待機的第一時段和第一機器人100a進行重新清掃的第二時段的視圖。20 is a view showing the passage of a first period in which the first robot 100a stands by and a second period in which the first robot 100a performs re-cleaning from the case where the second robot 100b is in the trap state and the first robot 100a is not in the trap state.

當第一機器人100a處於如上所述的陷阱狀態時,在第二機器人100b待機的第一時段和第二機器人100b進行重新清掃的第二時段期間,第一機器人100a未能從陷阱狀態中脫離的情況下,第一機器人100a解除協作行駛模式以執行獨立行駛,而不是在第二機器人100b處於陷阱狀態的情況下,經過第一時段和第二時段使第二機器人100b解除協作行駛以返回第二充電座400b。When the first robot 100a is in the trap state as described above, during the first period in which the second robot 100b stands by and the second period in which the second robot 100b performs re-cleaning, the first robot 100a fails to escape from the trap state. In this case, the first robot 100a releases the cooperative driving mode to perform independent driving, instead of causing the second robot 100b to release the cooperative driving to return to the second robot 100b after the first period and the second period when the second robot 100b is in the trap state. Charging stand 400b.

換言之,當第一機器人100a未處於陷阱狀態但第二機器人100b處於陷阱狀態時,在經過第一機器人100a待機的第一時段和第一機器人100a進行重新清掃的第二時段的情況下,第一機器人100a解除協作行駛模式,並進入獨立行駛模式以執行獨立行駛。因此,第一機器人100a在作為預期清掃區的第六區Z6中行駛。在這種情況下,第一機器人100a在第六區Z6中行駛的第一路徑L1是指用於清掃清掃區的所有路徑。In other words, when the first robot 100a is not in the trap state but the second robot 100b is in the trap state, when the first period in which the first robot 100a waits and the second period in which the first robot 100a performs re-cleaning has elapsed, the first The robot 100a releases the cooperative travel mode and enters the independent travel mode to perform independent travel. Therefore, the first robot 100a travels in the sixth zone Z6 which is the intended cleaning zone. In this case, the first route L1 that the first robot 100a travels in the sixth zone Z6 refers to all routes for cleaning the cleaning zone.

此外,在第一機器人100a未處於陷阱狀態而第二機器人100b處於陷阱狀態的情況下,第一機器人100a可以在第二機器人100b發生陷阱狀態時立即解除協作行駛模式,並進入獨立行駛模式,以在作為預期清掃區的第六區Z6中行駛。In addition, in the case where the first robot 100a is not in the trap state and the second robot 100b is in the trap state, the first robot 100a can immediately cancel the cooperative driving mode when the second robot 100b is in the trap state, and enter the independent driving mode to Driving in the sixth zone Z6 as the intended cleaning zone.

此外,當第一機器人100a處於陷阱狀態而第二機器人100b未處於陷阱狀態時,第二機器人100b可以立即解除協作行駛模式以返回第二充電座400b,而無需在第一時段內待機,或在第二時段內進行重新清掃。換言之,當第一機器人100a未處於陷阱狀態時,第一機器人100a可以在第二機器人100b處於陷阱狀態時立即解除協作行駛模式以返回第一充電座400a。In addition, when the first robot 100a is in the trap state and the second robot 100b is not in the trap state, the second robot 100b can immediately release the cooperative driving mode to return to the second charging stand 400b without waiting for the first period of time, or in the Re-clean in the second period. In other words, when the first robot 100a is not in the trap state, the first robot 100a can immediately release the cooperative driving mode to return to the first charging stand 400a when the second robot 100b is in the trap state.

另外,當僅第二機器人100b處於陷阱狀態時,第一機器人100a可以在不解除協作行駛模式的情況下返回第一充電座400a,然後在第二機器人100b脫離陷阱狀態時再次執行協作行駛模式,以執行協作行駛。當第一機器人100a返回第一充電座400a後,第二機器人100b在預設時段內未能脫離陷阱狀態時,第一機器人100a可以解除協作行駛模式以結束清掃。In addition, when only the second robot 100b is in the trap state, the first robot 100a can return to the first charging stand 400a without releasing the cooperative travel mode, and then execute the cooperative travel mode again when the second robot 100b leaves the trap state, to perform cooperative driving. After the first robot 100a returns to the first charging base 400a and the second robot 100b fails to escape the trap state within a preset period of time, the first robot 100a may cancel the cooperative driving mode to end cleaning.

在下文中,參照圖21將說明根據第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b處於陷阱狀態的情況的場景。Hereinafter, with reference to FIG. 21, a scenario according to a case where the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b are in a trap state will be explained.

參照圖21,示出第一入口D1和第二入口D2均關閉的狀態,並且第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b均處於陷阱狀態。然而,這是為了便於說明而進行劃分,本實施方式不限於此,而是指第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b處於陷阱狀態的所有情況,包括第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b在同一清掃區中行駛時發生陷阱狀態的情況。Referring to FIG. 21 , a state is shown in which both the first entrance D1 and the second entrance D2 are closed, and both the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b are in a trap state. However, this is for the convenience of description, and the present embodiment is not limited to this, but refers to all cases where the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b are in the trap state, including the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b cleaning in the same A trap condition occurs while driving in the zone.

當第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b均處於陷阱狀態時,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b分別執行陷阱脫離行駛。此外,當僅第一機器人100a根據陷阱脫離行駛從陷阱狀態中脫離時,其根據前述第一機器人100a未處於陷阱狀態而第二機器人100b處於陷阱狀態的場景進行操作。另外,當僅第二機器人100b根據陷阱脫離行駛從陷阱狀態中脫離時,其根據前述第一機器人100a處於陷阱狀態而第二機器人100b未處於陷阱狀態的場景進行操作。When both the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b are in the trap state, the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b respectively perform the trap escape travel. Further, when only the first robot 100a escapes from the trap state according to the trap escape travel, it operates according to the aforementioned scenario in which the first robot 100a is not in the trap state and the second robot 100b is in the trap state. In addition, when only the second robot 100b escapes from the trap state according to the trap escape travel, it operates according to the aforementioned scenario in which the first robot 100a is in the trap state and the second robot 100b is not in the trap state.

在下文中,將參考圖22說明當發生陷阱狀態時執行移動式機器人系統1的協作行駛的方法。Hereinafter, a method of performing cooperative travel of the mobile robot system 1 when a trap state occurs will be explained with reference to FIG. 22 .

圖22是當發生陷阱狀態時執行移動式機器人系統1的協作行駛的方法的流程圖。FIG. 22 is a flowchart of a method of performing cooperative travel of the mobile robot system 1 when a trap state occurs.

參照圖22,步驟S1100是指第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b透過識別彼此的位置資訊進入協作行駛模式並執行協作行駛的過程。此時,可以將待清掃區劃分為一個或多個區Z4至Z6,以劃分區域為單元進行清掃。Referring to FIG. 22 , step S1100 refers to a process in which the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b enter the cooperative driving mode by identifying each other's position information and perform cooperative driving. At this time, the area to be cleaned can be divided into one or more areas Z4 to Z6, and the divided areas are used as a unit for cleaning.

在步驟S1200中,確定第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b是否處於陷阱狀態。此時,根據陷阱狀態,分為三種情況以執行場景。首先,情況A表示第一機器人100a處於陷阱狀態而第二機器人100b未處於陷阱狀態的情況。情況B表示第一機器人100a未處於陷阱狀態而第二機器人100b處於陷阱狀態的情況。情況C表示第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b均處於陷阱狀態的情況。In step S1200, it is determined whether the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b are in a trap state. At this time, according to the trap status, there are three cases to execute the scenario. First, the case A represents the case where the first robot 100a is in the trap state and the second robot 100b is not in the trap state. Case B represents a case where the first robot 100a is not in a trap state and the second robot 100b is in a trap state. Case C represents a case where both the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b are in a trap state.

在步驟S1300中,執行根據情況A的陷阱場景。如前述的圖17和圖18的揭露,根據情況A的陷阱場景是指當第一機器人100a是陷阱狀態並且第二機器人100b不是陷阱狀態時,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b的行駛情況。In step S1300, the trap scenario according to the case A is performed. 17 and 18 , the trap scene according to Case A refers to the driving situations of the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b when the first robot 100a is in a trap state and the second robot 100b is not in a trap state.

因此,根據情況A的陷阱場景,當僅第一機器人100a處於陷阱狀態時,第一機器人100a執行陷阱脫離行駛。當第一機器人100a執行陷阱脫離行駛時,第二機器人100b可以在預設第一時段內原地待機。此外,第二機器人100b可以結束正在清掃的清掃區的行駛,然後在第一時段內在清掃結束的點待機。當第一機器人100a脫離陷阱狀態而第二機器人100b處於待機狀態時,第二機器人100b解除待機狀態以與第一機器人100a再次執行協作行駛。Therefore, according to the trap scene of the case A, when only the first robot 100a is in the trap state, the first robot 100a performs the trap escape travel. When the first robot 100a performs the trap escape travel, the second robot 100b may stand by for a preset first period of time. In addition, the second robot 100b may end the traveling of the cleaning area being cleaned, and then stand by at the point where the cleaning ends within the first period of time. When the first robot 100a is released from the trap state and the second robot 100b is in the standby state, the second robot 100b releases the standby state to perform cooperative travel with the first robot 100a again.

另外,在第一機器人100a執行陷阱脫離行駛的同時,第二機器人100b可以在第一時段內待機,然後在已清掃過的清掃區進行重新清掃。在這種情況下,可以將重新清掃時段設定為預設第二時段。當第二機器人100b在第二時段內進行重新清掃的同時第一機器人100a從陷阱狀態脫離,第二機器人100b停止重新清掃以與第一機器人100a再次執行協作行駛。In addition, while the first robot 100a is performing the trap escape driving, the second robot 100b may wait for a first period of time, and then re-clean the cleaning area that has been cleaned. In this case, the re-cleaning period may be set as a preset second period. When the second robot 100b is re-cleaning in the second period and the first robot 100a is detached from the trap state, the second robot 100b stops re-cleaning to perform cooperative driving again with the first robot 100a.

此外,當第一機器人100a在第二機器人100b待機的第一時段和第二機器人100b進行重新清掃的第二時段內未能脫離陷阱狀態時,第二機器人100b解除協作行駛模式以返回第二充電座400b。In addition, when the first robot 100a fails to escape the trap state during the first period when the second robot 100b is on standby and the second period when the second robot 100b is re-cleaning, the second robot 100b releases the cooperative driving mode to return to the second charging Block 400b.

另外,當僅第一機器人100a處於陷阱狀態時,第二機器人100b可以立即解除協作行駛模式以返回第二充電座400b,而無需在第一時段內待機,或在第一機器人100a處於陷阱狀態時在第二時段內進行重新清掃。In addition, when only the first robot 100a is in the trap state, the second robot 100b can immediately release the cooperative driving mode to return to the second charging stand 400b without waiting for the first period of time, or when the first robot 100a is in the trap state Reclean in the second period.

此外,雖然圖22的流程圖中僅示出代表性場景,但當僅第一機器人100a處於陷阱狀態時,第二機器人100b可以在不解除協作行駛模式的情況下返回第二充電座400b,然後在第一機器人100a脫離陷阱狀態時,再次執行協作行駛模式以進行清掃。當第二機器人100b返回第二充電座400b後,第一機器人100a在預設時段內未能脫離陷阱狀態時,第二機器人100b可以解除協作行駛模式以結束清掃。Furthermore, although only a representative scenario is shown in the flowchart of FIG. 22 , when only the first robot 100a is in the trap state, the second robot 100b can return to the second charging stand 400b without releasing the cooperative driving mode, and then When the first robot 100a is out of the trap state, the cooperative travel mode is executed again for cleaning. After the second robot 100b returns to the second charging base 400b, when the first robot 100a fails to escape the trap state within a preset period of time, the second robot 100b may cancel the cooperative driving mode to end cleaning.

另外,當僅第一機器人100a處於陷阱狀態時,第二機器人100b可以進行第一機器人100a已清掃完成但第二機器人100b還未行駛過的清掃區域的清掃。In addition, when only the first robot 100a is in the trap state, the second robot 100b can perform cleaning of the cleaning area where the first robot 100a has completed cleaning but the second robot 100b has not yet traveled.

在步驟S1310中,作為第一機器人100a執行陷阱脫離行駛的結果,確認第一機器人100a是否已從陷阱狀態中脫離。當第一機器人100a脫離陷阱狀態時,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b均不處於陷阱狀態。因此,執行協作行駛(S1100)。然而,當第一機器人100a未能從陷阱狀態脫離時,第二機器人100b返回第二充電座400b(S1600)。In step S1310, as a result of the first robot 100a executing the trap escape travel, it is confirmed whether or not the first robot 100a has escaped from the trap state. When the first robot 100a is out of the trap state, neither the first robot 100a nor the second robot 100b is in the trap state. Therefore, cooperative driving is performed ( S1100 ). However, when the first robot 100a fails to escape from the trap state, the second robot 100b returns to the second charging stand 400b (S1600).

在步驟S1400中,執行根據情況B的陷阱場景。如前述的圖19和圖20的揭露,根據情況B的陷阱場景是指當第二機器人100b是陷阱狀態並且第一機器人100a不是陷阱狀態時,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b的行駛情況。In step S1400, the trap scenario according to the case B is performed. As disclosed in FIGS. 19 and 20 , the trap scene according to Case B refers to the driving situations of the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b when the second robot 100b is in a trap state and the first robot 100a is not in a trap state.

因此,根據情況B的陷阱場景,當僅第二機器人100b處於陷阱狀態時,第二機器人100b執行陷阱脫離行駛。當第二機器人100b執行陷阱脫離行駛時,第一機器人100a可以在預設第一時段內原地待機。此外,第一機器人100a可以結束正在清掃的清掃區的行駛,然後在第一時段內在清掃結束的點待機。當第二機器人100b脫離陷阱狀態而第一機器人100a處於待機狀態時,第一機器人100a解除待機狀態以與第二機器人100b再次執行協作行駛。Therefore, according to the trap scene of the case B, when only the second robot 100b is in the trap state, the second robot 100b performs the trap escape travel. When the second robot 100b performs the trap escape travel, the first robot 100a may stand by for a preset first period of time. In addition, the first robot 100a may end the traveling of the cleaning area being cleaned, and then stand by at the point where the cleaning ends within the first period of time. When the second robot 100b is released from the trap state and the first robot 100a is in the standby state, the first robot 100a releases the standby state to perform cooperative travel with the second robot 100b again.

另外,在第二機器人100b執行陷阱脫離行駛的同時,第一機器人100a可以在第一時段內待機,然後在已清掃過的清掃區中進行重新清掃。在這種情況下,可以將重新清掃時段設定為預設第二時段。當第一機器人100a在第二時段內進行重新清掃的同時第二機器人100b從陷阱狀態中脫離,第一機器人100a停止重新清掃以與第二機器人100b再次執行協作行駛。In addition, while the second robot 100b performs the trap escape travel, the first robot 100a may wait for a first period of time, and then perform re-cleaning in the cleaning area that has been cleaned. In this case, the re-cleaning period may be set as a preset second period. When the second robot 100b is released from the trap state while the first robot 100a performs re-cleaning within the second period, the first robot 100a stops re-cleaning to perform cooperative driving again with the second robot 100b.

此外,當第二機器人100b在第二機器人100b待機的第一時段和第二機器人100b進行重新清掃的第二時段內未能脫離陷阱狀態時,第一機器人100a可以解除協作行駛,並進入獨立行駛模式,以執行獨立行駛。換言之,在第二機器人100b執行陷阱脫離行駛的同時,第一機器人100a可以在第一時段內待機,並在第二時段內進行重新清掃,然後根據獨立行駛模式執行獨立行駛。In addition, when the second robot 100b fails to escape the trap state during the first period when the second robot 100b is on standby and the second period when the second robot 100b is re-cleaning, the first robot 100a can cancel the cooperative driving and enter the independent driving mode to perform independent driving. In other words, while the second robot 100b performs the trap escape travel, the first robot 100a may stand by for the first period, perform re-cleaning within the second period, and then perform the independent travel according to the independent travel mode.

另外,雖然圖22的流程圖中僅示出代表性場景,但當僅第二機器人100b處於陷阱狀態時,第一機器人100a可以立即解除協作行駛模式以返回第一充電座400a,而無需在第二機器人100b處於陷阱狀態時,在第一時段內待機或在第二時段內進行重新清掃。In addition, although only a representative scenario is shown in the flowchart of FIG. 22 , when only the second robot 100b is in the trap state, the first robot 100a can immediately release the cooperative driving mode to return to the first charging stand 400a without having to When the two robots 100b are in the trap state, they stand by in the first period of time or perform re-cleaning in the second period of time.

此外,當僅第二機器人100b處於陷阱狀態時,第一機器人100a可以在不解除協作行駛模式的情況下返回第一充電座400a,然後在第二機器人100b脫離陷阱狀態時再次執行協作行駛。當第一機器人100a返回第一充電座400a後,第二機器人100b在預設時段內未能脫離陷阱狀態時,第一機器人100a可以解除協作行駛模式以結束清掃。Also, when only the second robot 100b is in the trap state, the first robot 100a can return to the first charging stand 400a without releasing the cooperative travel mode, and then perform cooperative travel again when the second robot 100b leaves the trap state. After the first robot 100a returns to the first charging base 400a and the second robot 100b fails to escape the trap state within a preset period of time, the first robot 100a may cancel the cooperative driving mode to end cleaning.

在步驟S1410中,作為第二機器人100b執行陷阱脫離行駛的結果,確認第二機器人100b是否已從陷阱狀態中脫離。當第二機器人100b脫離陷阱狀態時,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b均不處於陷阱狀態。因此,執行協作行駛(S1100)。然而,當第二機器人100b未能脫離陷阱狀態時,第一機器人100a根據獨立行駛模式執行獨立行駛(S1700)。In step S1410, as a result of the second robot 100b executing the trap escape travel, it is checked whether or not the second robot 100b has escaped from the trap state. When the second robot 100b is out of the trap state, neither the first robot 100a nor the second robot 100b is in the trap state. Therefore, cooperative driving is performed ( S1100 ). However, when the second robot 100b fails to escape from the trap state, the first robot 100a performs independent travel according to the independent travel mode (S1700).

在步驟S1500中,針對第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b均處於陷阱狀態的情況C,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b分別執行陷阱脫離行駛。然後,在步驟S1510中,確認第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b是否分別從陷阱狀態中脫離。當僅第二機器人100b脫離陷阱狀態時,由於其對應於情況A,因此執行情況A的陷阱場景(S1300)。當僅第一機器人100a脫離陷阱狀態時,由於其對應於情況B,因此執行情況B的陷阱場景(S1400)。此外,當第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b均脫離陷阱狀態時,可以執行協作行駛(S1100)。In step S1500, for the case C in which both the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b are in the trap state, the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b respectively perform trap escape travel. Then, in step S1510, it is checked whether or not the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b have escaped from the trap state, respectively. When only the second robot 100b is out of the trap state, since it corresponds to the case A, the trap scene of the case A is executed ( S1300 ). When only the first robot 100 a is out of the trap state, since it corresponds to the case B, the trap scene of the case B is executed ( S1400 ). Also, when both the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b are out of the trap state, cooperative driving may be performed ( S1100 ).

在下文中,將參考圖23至圖29說明移動式機器人系統1的實施方式2,該系統1回應在執行協作行駛時發生的錯誤而執行預設場景。Hereinafter, Embodiment 2 of the mobile robot system 1 that executes a preset scene in response to an error that occurs when executing cooperative driving will be described with reference to FIGS. 23 to 29 .

第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b可以利用網路50進入協作行駛模式。參照圖23,當第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b進入協作行駛模式並識別彼此的位置資訊時,第一機器人100a可以行駛於第二機器人100b的行駛之前,以吸入待清掃區Z4中的污染物。此處,污染物可以包括存在於待清掃區Z4中的所有可吸入物質,如灰塵、異物和碎屑。此外,第二機器人100b可以沿第一機器人100a所行駛的路徑L1行駛,以擦拭待清掃區Z4中的地板。此處,由第二機器人100b擦拭地板可以表示透過拖地擦拭第一機器人100a不能吸入的物質,如液體。然而,在執行協作行駛時,可能存在第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b中的至少一個發生錯誤以停止協作行駛的情況。在這種情況下,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b可以回應在執行協作行駛時發生的錯誤而執行預設場景。The first robot 100a and the second robot 100b can enter the cooperative driving mode using the network 50 . Referring to FIG. 23 , when the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b enter the cooperative driving mode and recognize each other's position information, the first robot 100a can drive before the second robot 100b to inhale the pollution in the to-be-cleaned zone Z4 thing. Here, the contamination may include all inhalable substances present in the zone Z4 to be cleaned, such as dust, foreign objects and debris. In addition, the second robot 100b may travel along the path L1 traveled by the first robot 100a to wipe the floor in the zone Z4 to be cleaned. Here, wiping the floor by the second robot 100b may mean wiping a substance that cannot be inhaled by the first robot 100a, such as liquid, by mopping the floor. However, when the cooperative driving is performed, there may be a case where at least one of the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b makes an error to stop the cooperative driving. In this case, the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b may execute a preset scene in response to an error that occurs when performing cooperative driving.

表1示出由第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b回應在執行協作行駛時發生的錯誤而執行預設場景的第一實施方式至第七實施方式的表格。在表1中,「錯誤」表示第一機器人100a或第二機器人100b無法連續執行協作行駛的狀態,例如被障礙物卡住、從滾輪上脫落、或使滾輪旋轉的馬達發生故障等。此外,「OK」表示第一機器人100a或第二機器人100b能夠連續執行協作行駛而不產生錯誤的狀態。Table 1 shows a table of the first to seventh embodiments in which the preset scene is executed by the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b in response to an error that occurs when the cooperative driving is executed. In Table 1, "error" indicates a state in which the first robot 100a or the second robot 100b cannot continuously perform cooperative driving, such as being caught by an obstacle, falling off a roller, or a motor that rotates the roller malfunctioning. In addition, "OK" represents a state in which the first robot 100a or the second robot 100b can continuously perform cooperative driving without causing an error.

在表1中,為了便於說明,在第一實施方式至第七實施方式中分別為錯誤分配了不同的附圖標記。另外,應當理解,以下將說明的每一個實施方式都是獨立的。同時,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b可以包括用於接收來自使用者的恢復指令的按鈕。第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b可以在接收到恢復命令時再次執行協作行駛,並在解決錯誤之後識別彼此的位置資訊。恢復指令涉及稍後將說明的第二實施方式、第三實施方式、第六實施方式和第七實施方式。在下文中,將參照表1詳細說明第一實施方式至第七實施方式。In Table 1, for convenience of description, different reference numerals are assigned to errors in the first to seventh embodiments, respectively. In addition, it should be understood that each embodiment to be described below is independent. Meanwhile, the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b may include a button for receiving a recovery instruction from a user. The first robot 100a and the second robot 100b may perform cooperative driving again upon receiving the recovery command, and recognize each other's position information after resolving the error. The restoration instruction relates to the second embodiment, the third embodiment, the sixth embodiment and the seventh embodiment which will be described later. Hereinafter, the first to seventh embodiments will be described in detail with reference to Table 1. FIG.

[表1] 實施方式 第一機器人100a的狀態 第二機器人100b的狀態 1 錯誤(a) OK 2 錯誤(b) OK 3 錯誤(c) OK 4 錯誤(a) 錯誤(a) 5 OK 錯誤(b) 6 OK 錯誤(c) 7 OK 錯誤(a) [Table 1] Implementation Status of the first robot 100a Status of the second robot 100b 1 error (a) OK 2 error (b) OK 3 error (c) OK 4 error (a) error (a) 5 OK error (b) 6 OK error (c) 7 OK error (a)

第一實施方式表示在執行協作行駛時,第一機器人100a發生錯誤(a)並且已過預設待機時間段的情況下的場景。在這種情況下,第一機器人100a可以在預設待機時間段之後關閉電源。此處,預設待機時間段可以是10分鐘。另一方面,參照圖24A,在第一實施方式中,第二機器人100b可以解除協作行駛模式並行駛至第一機器人100a已行駛過的點P1(L2),然後返回充電座400b(L3)。此處,第一機器人100a已行駛過的點P1是當錯誤(a)發生時第一機器人100a的位置。換言之,第二機器人100b可以行駛到第一機器人100a已吸入污染物的點P1(L2),擦拭地板,然後返回到第二充電座400b(L3)。另一方面,作為第一實施方式的另一實施方式,可以考慮第二機器人100b解除協作行駛模式,然後執行獨立行駛而不返回第二充電座400b。第二實施方式表示在執行協作行駛的同時,第一機器人100a發生錯誤(b),但錯誤(b)被解決,並且第一機器人100a接收到恢復指令,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b在預設待機時段內識別彼此的位置資訊的情況下的場景。在這種情況下,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b可以再次執行協作行駛。此處,預設待機時段可以是10分鐘。另一方面,參考圖24B,在第二實施方式中,第二機器人100b可以從發生錯誤(b)到再次執行協作行駛的時間內,在其已行駛過的待清掃區中再次行駛(L4)。換言之,當第二機器人100b在待機時段期間留在原地時,由於待機點的地板可能被水弄濕,因此第二機器人100b可以再次擦拭已擦拭過的待清掃區域的地板。另一方面,作為第二實施方式的另一實施方式,可以考慮第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b解除協作行駛模式而不執行協作行駛,然後分別執行獨立行駛。第三實施方式表示在執行協作行駛的同時,第一機器人100a發生錯誤(c),並且錯誤(c)被解決,第一機器人100a接收到恢復指令,但第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b在預設待機時段內未識別彼此的位置資訊的情況下的場景。此處,預設待機時段可以是10分鐘。參照圖24C,第一機器人100a可以解除協作行駛模式,然後執行獨立行駛(L5)。此外,第二機器人100b可以解除協作行駛模式並行駛至第一機器人100a已行駛過的點P2(L6),然後返回第二充電座400b(L7)。此處,第一機器人100a已行駛過的點P2是當錯誤(c)發生時第一機器人100a的位置。換言之,第二機器人100b可以行駛到第一機器人100a已吸入污染物的點P2(L6),擦拭地板,然後返回到第二充電座400b(L7)。另一方面,作為第三實施方式的另一實施方式,可以考慮第二機器人100b解除協作行駛模式,然後執行獨立行駛而不返回第二充電座400b。此外,作為第三實施方式的另一實施方式,可以考慮第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b解除協作行駛模式,然後分別返回充電座400a、400b。另外,作為第三實施方式的另一實施方式,在第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b解除協作行駛模式後,可以考慮第一機器人100a返回第一充電座400a,並且第二機器人100b執行獨立行駛。The first embodiment shows a scenario in which an error (a) occurs in the first robot 100 a and a preset standby time period has elapsed when the cooperative driving is performed. In this case, the first robot 100a may turn off the power after a preset standby time period. Here, the preset standby time period may be 10 minutes. On the other hand, referring to FIG. 24A , in the first embodiment, the second robot 100b may cancel the cooperative travel mode and travel to the point P1 ( L2 ) where the first robot 100 a has traveled, and then return to the charging stand 400 b ( L3 ). Here, the point P1 that the first robot 100a has traveled is the position of the first robot 100a when the error (a) occurs. In other words, the second robot 100b may travel to the point P1 ( L2 ) where the first robot 100 a has inhaled pollutants, wipe the floor, and then return to the second charging stand 400 b ( L3 ). On the other hand, as another embodiment of the first embodiment, it is conceivable that the second robot 100b releases the cooperative travel mode and then performs independent travel without returning to the second charging stand 400b. The second embodiment shows that the first robot 100a has an error (b) while performing cooperative driving, but the error (b) is resolved, and the first robot 100a receives a recovery instruction, and the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b are in A scenario in which the location information of each other is recognized within a preset standby period. In this case, the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b can perform cooperative driving again. Here, the preset standby period may be 10 minutes. On the other hand, referring to FIG. 24B , in the second embodiment, the second robot 100 b can drive again ( L4 ) in the to-be-cleaned area that it has traveled through within the time period from the occurrence of the error (b) to the execution of cooperative travel again. . In other words, when the second robot 100b remains in place during the standby period, since the floor of the standby point may be wet with water, the second robot 100b may wipe the floor of the area to be cleaned which has been wiped again. On the other hand, as another embodiment of the second embodiment, it is conceivable that the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b release the cooperative travel mode without performing cooperative travel, and then perform independent travel, respectively. The third embodiment shows that while performing cooperative driving, an error (c) occurs in the first robot 100a, and the error (c) is resolved, the first robot 100a receives a recovery instruction, but the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b are in A scenario in which the location information of each other is not recognized within the preset standby period. Here, the preset standby period may be 10 minutes. Referring to FIG. 24C , the first robot 100 a may release the cooperative travel mode, and then perform independent travel ( L5 ). Also, the second robot 100b may release the cooperative travel mode and travel to the point P2 ( L6 ) where the first robot 100 a has traveled, and then return to the second charging stand 400 b ( L7 ). Here, the point P2 that the first robot 100a has traveled is the position of the first robot 100a when the error (c) occurs. In other words, the second robot 100b may travel to the point P2 ( L6 ) where the first robot 100 a has inhaled pollutants, wipe the floor, and then return to the second charging stand 400 b ( L7 ). On the other hand, as another embodiment of the third embodiment, it can be considered that the second robot 100b releases the cooperative travel mode and then performs independent travel without returning to the second charging stand 400b. In addition, as another embodiment of the third embodiment, it is conceivable that the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b cancel the cooperative driving mode and then return to the charging bases 400a and 400b, respectively. In addition, as another embodiment of the third embodiment, after the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b release the cooperative travel mode, it may be considered that the first robot 100a returns to the first charging stand 400a and the second robot 100b performs independent travel .

第四實施方式表示第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b均發生錯誤,並且在執行協作行駛時已經過了預設待機時段的情況下的場景。換言之,在第四實施方式中,第一機器人100a發生錯誤(d),並且第二機器人發生錯誤(e)。參照圖25,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b可以在預設待機時段之後分別關閉它們的電源。此處,預設待機時段可以是10分鐘。The fourth embodiment represents a scenario in which an error occurs in both the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b, and a preset standby period has elapsed when cooperative driving is performed. In other words, in the fourth embodiment, the first robot 100a has an error (d), and the second robot has an error (e). Referring to FIG. 25 , the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b may respectively turn off their power sources after a preset standby period. Here, the preset standby period may be 10 minutes.

第五實施方式表示第二機器人100b發生錯誤(f)並且在執行協作行駛時已經過了預設待機時間段的情況下的場景。在這種情況下,第二機器人100b可以在預設待機時段之後關閉電源。此處,預設待機時段可以是10分鐘。同時,參照圖26A,在第五實施方式中,第一機器人100a可以解除協作行駛模式,然後執行獨立行駛(L8)。另一方面,作為第五實施方式的另一實施方式,可以考慮第一機器人100a解除協作行駛模式,然後返回充電座400a而不執行獨立行駛。The fifth embodiment represents a scenario in which an error (f) occurs in the second robot 100 b and a preset standby time period has elapsed when cooperative driving is performed. In this case, the second robot 100b may turn off the power after a preset standby period. Here, the preset standby period may be 10 minutes. Meanwhile, referring to FIG. 26A , in the fifth embodiment, the first robot 100 a may release the cooperative travel mode and then perform independent travel ( L8 ). On the other hand, as another embodiment of the fifth embodiment, it is conceivable that the first robot 100a releases the cooperative travel mode and then returns to the charging stand 400a without performing independent travel.

第六實施方式表示在執行協作行駛的同時,第二機器人100b發生錯誤(g),但錯誤(g)被解決,並且第二機器人100b接收到恢復指令,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b在預設待機時段內識別彼此的位置資訊的情況下的場景。在這種情況下,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b可以再次執行協作行駛。此處,預設待機時段可以是10分鐘。另一方面,參照圖26B,在第六實施方式中,第一機器人100a可以從發生錯誤(g)到再次執行協作行駛的時間內,在其已行駛過的待清掃區中再次行駛(L9)。另一方面,作為第六實施方式的另一實施方式,可以考慮第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b解除協作行駛模式而不執行協作行駛,然後分別執行獨立行駛。The sixth embodiment indicates that while the cooperative driving is being performed, an error (g) occurs in the second robot 100b, but the error (g) is resolved, and the second robot 100b receives a recovery instruction, and the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b are A scenario in which the location information of each other is recognized within a preset standby period. In this case, the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b can perform cooperative driving again. Here, the preset standby period may be 10 minutes. On the other hand, referring to FIG. 26B , in the sixth embodiment, the first robot 100 a can drive again ( L9 ) in the to-be-cleaned area where it has traveled within the time period from the occurrence of the error (g) to the execution of cooperative travel again. . On the other hand, as another embodiment of the sixth embodiment, it is conceivable that the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b release the cooperative travel mode without performing cooperative travel, and then perform independent travel, respectively.

第七實施方式表示在執行協作行駛的同時,第二機器人100b發生錯誤(h),並且錯誤(h)被解決,第二機器人100b接收到恢復指令,但第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b在預設待機時段內未識別彼此的位置資訊的情況下的場景。此處,預設待機時段可以是10分鐘。參照圖26C,第一機器人100a可以解除協作行駛模式,然後執行獨立行駛(L10)。另外,第二機器人100b可以解除協作行駛模式並行駛至第一機器人100a已行駛過的點P3,然後返回第二充電座400b。此處,第一機器人100a已行駛過的點P3是當錯誤(h)發生時第一機器人100a的位置。換言之,第二機器人100b可以行駛到第一機器人100a已吸入污染物的點P3(L11),擦拭地板,然後返回到第二充電座400b(L12)。另一方面,作為第七實施方式的另一實施方式,可以考慮第一機器人100a解除協作行駛模式,然後返回第一充電座400a而不進行獨立行駛。另外,作為第七實施方式的另一實施方式,可以考慮第二機器人100b解除協作行駛模式,然後執行獨立行駛而不返回第二充電座400b,並且第一機器人100a解除協作行駛模式,然後執行獨立行駛或返回充電座400a。The seventh embodiment shows that while the cooperative driving is being performed, an error (h) occurs in the second robot 100b, and the error (h) is resolved, and the second robot 100b receives a recovery instruction, but the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b are in the same state. A scenario in which the location information of each other is not recognized within the preset standby period. Here, the preset standby period may be 10 minutes. Referring to FIG. 26C , the first robot 100a may release the cooperative travel mode, and then perform independent travel ( L10 ). In addition, the second robot 100b may release the cooperative travel mode and travel to the point P3 where the first robot 100a has traveled, and then return to the second charging stand 400b. Here, the point P3 that the first robot 100a has traveled is the position of the first robot 100a when the error (h) occurs. In other words, the second robot 100b may travel to the point P3 ( L11 ) where the first robot 100a has inhaled pollutants, wipe the floor, and then return to the second charging stand 400b ( L12 ). On the other hand, as another embodiment of the seventh embodiment, it is conceivable that the first robot 100a releases the cooperative travel mode and then returns to the first charging stand 400a without performing independent travel. In addition, as another embodiment of the seventh embodiment, it can be considered that the second robot 100b releases the cooperative travel mode and then performs independent travel without returning to the second charging stand 400b, and the first robot 100a releases the cooperative travel mode and then performs independent travel Drive or return to the charging stand 400a.

在下文中,將參照圖27A至圖28C說明回應在執行協作行駛時發生的受困而執行預設場景的移動式機器人系統1。Hereinafter, the mobile robot system 1 that executes a preset scene in response to a trap that occurs when performing cooperative driving will be described with reference to FIGS. 27A to 28C .

第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b可以利用網路50進入協作行駛模式。返回參照圖23,當第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b進入協作行駛模式並識別彼此的位置資訊時,第一機器人100a可以行駛於第二機器人100b的行駛之前,以吸入待清掃區Z4中的污染物。此處,污染物可以包括存在於待清掃區Z4中的所有可吸入物質,如灰塵、異物和碎屑。此外,第二機器人100b可以沿第一機器人100a所行駛的路徑L1行駛,以擦拭待清掃區Z4中的地板。此處,由第二機器人100b擦拭地板可以表示透過拖地擦拭第一機器人100a不能吸入的物質,如液體。然而,在執行協作行駛時,可能存在第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b中的至少一個發生受困以停止協作行駛的情況。在這種情況下,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b可以回應在執行協作行駛時發生的受困而執行預設場景。The first robot 100a and the second robot 100b can enter the cooperative driving mode using the network 50 . Referring back to FIG. 23 , when the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b enter the cooperative travel mode and recognize each other's position information, the first robot 100a may travel before the travel of the second robot 100b to inhale the air in the to-be-cleaned zone Z4 pollutants. Here, the contamination may include all inhalable substances present in the zone Z4 to be cleaned, such as dust, foreign objects and debris. In addition, the second robot 100b may travel along the path L1 traveled by the first robot 100a to wipe the floor in the zone Z4 to be cleaned. Here, wiping the floor by the second robot 100b may mean wiping a substance that cannot be inhaled by the first robot 100a, such as liquid, by mopping the floor. However, when the cooperative driving is performed, there may be a case where at least one of the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b becomes trapped to stop the cooperative driving. In this case, the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b may execute a preset scene in response to the trapping that occurs when performing cooperative driving.

表2示出由第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b回應在執行協作行駛時發生的受困而執行預設場景的第一實施方式至第七實施方式的表格。在表2中,「受困」表示使用者拿起行駛中的第一機器人100a或第二機器人100b,並將其放置在不同的位置。此外,「OK」表示第一機器人100a或第二機器人100b能夠連續執行協作行駛而不產生受困的狀態。Table 2 shows a table of the first to seventh embodiments in which a preset scene is executed by the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b in response to the trapping that occurs when the cooperative driving is executed. In Table 2, "trapped" means that the user picks up the traveling first robot 100a or the second robot 100b and places them in different positions. In addition, "OK" indicates a state in which the first robot 100a or the second robot 100b can continuously perform cooperative driving without being trapped.

在表2中,為了便於說明,在第一實施方式至第七實施方式中分別為受困分配了不同的附圖標記。另外,應當理解,以下將說明的每一個實施方式都是獨立的。同時,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b可以包括用於接收來自使用者的恢復指令的按鈕。第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b可以在接收到恢復指令時再次執行協作行駛,並識別彼此的位置資訊。恢復指令涉及稍後將說明的第二實施方式、第三實施方式、第四實施方式、第六實施方式和第七實施方式。在下文中,將參照表2詳細說明第一實施方式至第七實施方式。In Table 2, for convenience of explanation, different reference numerals are assigned to traps in the first to seventh embodiments, respectively. In addition, it should be understood that each embodiment to be described below is independent. Meanwhile, the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b may include a button for receiving a recovery instruction from a user. The first robot 100a and the second robot 100b can perform cooperative driving again when receiving the recovery instruction, and recognize each other's position information. The restoration instruction relates to the second embodiment, the third embodiment, the fourth embodiment, the sixth embodiment and the seventh embodiment which will be described later. Hereinafter, the first to seventh embodiments will be described in detail with reference to Table 2. FIG.

[表2] 實施方式 第一機器人100a的狀態 第二機器人100b的狀態 1 受困(i) OK 2 受困(j) OK 3 受困(k) OK 4 受困(l) 受困(m) 5 OK 受困(n) 6 OK 受困(o) 7 OK 受困(p) [Table 2] Implementation Status of the first robot 100a Status of the second robot 100b 1 Trapped (i) OK 2 Trapped (j) OK 3 Trapped (k) OK 4 Trapped (l) Trapped (m) 5 OK Trapped (n) 6 OK Trapped (o) 7 OK Trapped (p)

第一實施方式表示在執行協作行駛時,第一機器人100a發生受困(i)並且已過預設待機時段的情況下的場景。在這種情況下,第一機器人100a可以在預設待機時段之後關閉電源。此處,預設待機時段可以是10分鐘。另一方面,參照圖27A,在第一實施方式中,第二機器人100b可以解除協作行駛模式並行駛至第一機器人100a已行駛過的點Q1(L13),然後返回充電座400b(L14)。此處,第一機器人100a已行駛過的點Q1是當發生受困(i)時第一機器人100a的位置。換言之,第二機器人100b可以行駛到第一機器人100a已吸入污染物的點Q1(L13),擦拭地板,然後返回到第二充電座400b(L14)。另一方面,作為第一實施方式的另一實施方式,也可以考慮第二機器人100b解除協作行駛模式,然後執行獨立行駛而不返回第二充電座400b。第二實施方式表示在執行協作行駛的同時,第一機器人100a發生受困(i),並且第一機器人100a接收到恢復指令,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b在預設待機時段內識別彼此的位置資訊的情況下的場景。在這種情況下,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b可以再次執行協作行駛。此處,預設待機時段可以是10分鐘。另一方面,參考圖27B,在第二實施方式中,第二機器人100b可以從發生受困(j)到再次執行協作行駛的時間內,在其已行駛過的待清掃區中再次行駛(L15)。換言之,當第二機器人100b在待機時段期間留在原地時,由於待機點的地板可能被水弄濕,因此第二機器人100b可以再次擦拭已擦拭過的待清掃區域的地板。另一方面,作為第二實施方式的另一實施方式,可以考慮第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b解除協作行駛模式而不執行協作行駛,然後分別執行獨立行駛。第三實施方式表示在執行協作行駛的同時,第一機器人100a發生受困(k),第一機器人100a接收到恢復指令,但第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b在預設待機時段內未識別彼此的位置資訊的情況下的場景。此處,預設待機時段可以是10分鐘。參照圖27C,第一機器人100a可以解除協作行駛模式,然後執行獨立行駛(L16)。此外,第二機器人100b可以解除協作行駛模式並行駛至第一機器人100a已行駛過的點Q2(L17),然後返回第二充電座400b(L18)。此處,第一機器人100a已行駛過的點Q2是當發生受困(i)時第一機器人100a的位置。換言之,第二機器人100b可以行駛到第一機器人100a已吸入污染物的點Q2(L17),擦拭地板,然後返回到第二充電座400b(L18)。另一方面,作為第三實施方式的另一實施方式,可以考慮第二機器人100b解除協作行駛模式,然後執行獨立行駛而不返回第二充電座400b。此外,作為第三實施方式的另一實施方式,可以考慮第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b解除協作行駛模式,然後分別返回充電座400a、400b。另外,作為第三實施方式的另一實施方式,在第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b解除協作行駛模式後,可以考慮第一機器人100a返回第一充電座400a,並且第二機器人100b執行獨立行駛。The first embodiment shows a scenario in which the first robot 100 a is trapped (i) and a preset standby period has elapsed when the cooperative driving is performed. In this case, the first robot 100a may turn off the power after a preset standby period. Here, the preset standby period may be 10 minutes. On the other hand, referring to FIG. 27A , in the first embodiment, the second robot 100b may cancel the cooperative travel mode and travel to point Q1 ( L13 ) where the first robot 100 a has traveled, and then return to the charging stand 400 b ( L14 ). Here, the point Q1 that the first robot 100a has traveled is the position of the first robot 100a when the trapping (i) occurs. In other words, the second robot 100b may travel to the point Q1 ( L13 ) where the first robot 100a has inhaled pollutants, wipe the floor, and then return to the second charging stand 400b ( L14 ). On the other hand, as another embodiment of the first embodiment, it is also conceivable that the second robot 100b releases the cooperative travel mode and then executes independent travel without returning to the second charging stand 400b. The second embodiment indicates that the first robot 100a is trapped (i) while performing cooperative driving, and the first robot 100a receives a recovery instruction, and the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b recognize each other within a preset standby period The scene in the case of location information. In this case, the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b can perform cooperative driving again. Here, the preset standby period may be 10 minutes. On the other hand, referring to FIG. 27B , in the second embodiment, the second robot 100b may drive again in the to-be-cleaned area that it has traveled through within the time from the occurrence of being trapped (j) to the time when the cooperative travel is performed again ( L15 ). ). In other words, when the second robot 100b remains in place during the standby period, since the floor of the standby point may be wet with water, the second robot 100b may wipe the floor of the area to be cleaned which has been wiped again. On the other hand, as another embodiment of the second embodiment, it is conceivable that the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b release the cooperative travel mode without performing cooperative travel, and then perform independent travel, respectively. The third embodiment shows that the first robot 100a is trapped (k) while performing cooperative driving, the first robot 100a receives a recovery instruction, but the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b are not recognized within the preset standby period The scene in the case of each other's location information. Here, the preset standby period may be 10 minutes. Referring to FIG. 27C , the first robot 100 a may release the cooperative travel mode and then perform independent travel ( L16 ). In addition, the second robot 100b may release the cooperative travel mode and travel to the point Q2 ( L17 ) where the first robot 100 a has traveled, and then return to the second charging stand 400 b ( L18 ). Here, the point Q2 that the first robot 100a has traveled is the position of the first robot 100a when the trapping (i) occurs. In other words, the second robot 100b may travel to the point Q2 where the first robot 100a has inhaled pollutants ( L17 ), wipe the floor, and then return to the second charging stand 400 b ( L18 ). On the other hand, as another embodiment of the third embodiment, it can be considered that the second robot 100b releases the cooperative travel mode and then performs independent travel without returning to the second charging stand 400b. In addition, as another embodiment of the third embodiment, it is conceivable that the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b cancel the cooperative driving mode and then return to the charging bases 400a and 400b, respectively. In addition, as another embodiment of the third embodiment, after the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b release the cooperative travel mode, it may be considered that the first robot 100a returns to the first charging stand 400a and the second robot 100b performs independent travel .

第四實施方式表示第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b均發生受困,並且在執行協作行駛時已過預設待機時段的情況下的場景。換言之,在第四實施方式中,第一機器人100a發生受困(l),並且第二機器人發生受困(m)。在這種情況下,當在第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b處接收到恢復指令,並且第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b在預設待機時段內識別彼此的位置時,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b可以再次執行協作行駛。此處,預設待機時段可以是10分鐘。另一方面,作為第四實施方式的另一實施方式,當僅第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b中的一個接收到恢復指令時,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b可以根據情況,遵循上述第一實施方式至第三實施方式和稍後將說明的第五實施方式至第七實施方式中的任何一種場景。The fourth embodiment shows a scenario in which both the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b are trapped, and a preset standby period has elapsed when cooperative driving is performed. In other words, in the fourth embodiment, the first robot 100a is trapped (l), and the second robot is trapped (m). In this case, when a recovery instruction is received at the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b, and the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b recognize each other's positions within a preset standby period, the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b The second robot 100b can perform cooperative driving again. Here, the preset standby period may be 10 minutes. On the other hand, as another implementation of the fourth embodiment, when only one of the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b receives the recovery instruction, the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b may follow the above-mentioned according to the situation Any one of the first to third embodiments and the fifth to seventh embodiments to be described later.

第五實施方式表示第二機器人100b發生受困(n)並且在執行協作行駛時已過預設待機時段的情況下的場景。在這種情況下,第二機器人100b可以在預設待機時段之後關閉電源。此處,預設待機時段可以是10分鐘。同時,參照圖28A,在第五實施方式中,第一機器人100a可以解除協作行駛模式,然後執行獨立行駛(L19)。另一方面,作為第五實施方式的另一實施方式,可以考慮第一機器人100a解除協作行駛模式,然後返回充電座400a而不執行獨立行駛。The fifth embodiment represents a scenario in which the second robot 100b is trapped (n) and a preset standby period has elapsed when cooperative driving is performed. In this case, the second robot 100b may turn off the power after a preset standby period. Here, the preset standby period may be 10 minutes. Meanwhile, referring to FIG. 28A , in the fifth embodiment, the first robot 100 a may release the cooperative travel mode and then perform independent travel ( L19 ). On the other hand, as another embodiment of the fifth embodiment, it is conceivable that the first robot 100a releases the cooperative travel mode and then returns to the charging stand 400a without performing independent travel.

第六實施方式表示在執行協作行駛的同時,第二機器人100b發生受困(o),並在第二機器人100b處接收到恢復指令,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b在預設待機時段內識別彼此的位置資訊的情況下的場景。在這種情況下,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b可以再次執行協作行駛。此處,預設待機時段可以是10分鐘。另一方面,參照圖28B,在第六實施方式中,第一機器人100a可以在發生受困(o)到再次執行協作行駛的時間內,在其已行駛過的待清掃區中再次行駛(L20)。另一方面,作為第六實施方式的另一實施方式,可以考慮第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b解除協作行駛模式而不執行協作行駛,然後分別執行獨立行駛。The sixth embodiment indicates that while the cooperative driving is performed, the second robot 100b is trapped (o), and a recovery instruction is received at the second robot 100b, and the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b are within a preset standby period Scenarios in the case of identifying each other's location information. In this case, the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b can perform cooperative driving again. Here, the preset standby period may be 10 minutes. On the other hand, referring to FIG. 28B , in the sixth embodiment, the first robot 100 a may drive again in the to-be-cleaned area that it has traveled through within the time period from the occurrence of being trapped (o) until the cooperative travel is performed again ( L20 ). ). On the other hand, as another embodiment of the sixth embodiment, it is conceivable that the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b release the cooperative travel mode without performing cooperative travel, and then perform independent travel, respectively.

第七實施方式表示在執行協作行駛的同時,第一機器人100a發生受困(p),在第一機器人100a處接收到恢復指令,但第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b在預設待機時段內未識別彼此的位置資訊的情況下的場景。此處,預設待機時段可以是10分鐘。參照圖28C,第一機器人100a可以解除協作行駛模式,然後執行獨立行駛(L21)。另外,第二機器人100b可以解除協作行駛模式並行駛至第一機器人100a已行駛過的點Q3,然後返回第二充電座400b。此處,第一機器人100a已行駛過的點Q3是當發生受困(p)時第一機器人100a的位置。換言之,第二機器人100b可以行駛到第一機器人100a已吸入污染物的點Q3(L22),擦拭地板,然後返回到第二充電座400b(L23)。另一方面,作為第七實施方式的另一實施方式,可以考慮第一機器人100a解除協作行駛模式,然後返回第一充電座400a而不進行獨立行駛。另外,作為第七實施方式的另一實施方式,可以考慮第二機器人100b解除協作行駛模式,然後執行獨立行駛而不返回第二充電座400b,並且第一機器人100a解除協作行駛模式,然後執行獨立行駛或返回充電座400a。The seventh embodiment shows that the first robot 100a is trapped (p) while performing cooperative driving, and a recovery instruction is received at the first robot 100a, but the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b are within the preset standby period Scenarios where the location information of each other is not recognized. Here, the preset standby period may be 10 minutes. Referring to FIG. 28C , the first robot 100 a may release the cooperative travel mode, and then perform independent travel ( L21 ). In addition, the second robot 100b may cancel the cooperative travel mode and travel to the point Q3 where the first robot 100a has traveled, and then return to the second charging stand 400b. Here, the point Q3 that the first robot 100 a has traveled is the position of the first robot 100 a when the trapping (p) occurs. In other words, the second robot 100b may travel to the point Q3 ( L22 ) where the first robot 100 a has inhaled pollutants, wipe the floor, and then return to the second charging stand 400 b ( L23 ). On the other hand, as another embodiment of the seventh embodiment, it is conceivable that the first robot 100a releases the cooperative travel mode and then returns to the first charging stand 400a without performing independent travel. In addition, as another embodiment of the seventh embodiment, it can be considered that the second robot 100b releases the cooperative travel mode and then performs independent travel without returning to the second charging stand 400b, and the first robot 100a releases the cooperative travel mode and then performs independent travel Drive or return to the charging stand 400a.

在下文中,將說明回應在執行協作行駛時發生的通訊故障而執行預設場景的移動式機器人系統1。Hereinafter, a mobile robot system 1 that executes a preset scene in response to a communication failure that occurs while executing cooperative driving will be described.

第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b可以利用網路50進入協作行駛模式。返回參照圖23,當第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b進入協作行駛模式並識別彼此的位置資訊時,第一機器人100a可以行駛於第二機器人100b的行駛之前,以吸入待清掃區Z4中的污染物。此處,污染物可以包括存在於待清掃區Z4中的所有可吸入物質,如灰塵、異物和碎屑。此外,第二機器人100b可以沿第一機器人100a所行駛的路徑L1行駛,以擦拭待清掃區Z4中的地板。此處,由第二機器人100b擦拭地板可以表示透過拖地擦拭第一機器人100a不能吸入的物質,如液體。然而,在執行協作行駛的同時,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b中的至少一個可能發生通訊故障。此處,通訊故障是指第一機器人100a或第二機器人100b不能使用網路與其他移動式機器人傳送或接收資料的任何類型的故障。在這種情況下,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b可以回應在執行協作行駛時發生的通訊故障而執行預設場景。The first robot 100a and the second robot 100b can enter the cooperative driving mode using the network 50 . Referring back to FIG. 23 , when the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b enter the cooperative travel mode and recognize each other's position information, the first robot 100a may travel before the travel of the second robot 100b to inhale the air in the to-be-cleaned zone Z4 pollutants. Here, the contamination may include all inhalable substances present in the zone Z4 to be cleaned, such as dust, foreign objects and debris. In addition, the second robot 100b may travel along the path L1 traveled by the first robot 100a to wipe the floor in the zone Z4 to be cleaned. Here, wiping the floor by the second robot 100b may mean wiping a substance that cannot be inhaled by the first robot 100a, such as liquid, by mopping the floor. However, while the cooperative driving is performed, at least one of the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b may have a communication failure. Here, the communication failure refers to any type of failure in which the first robot 100a or the second robot 100b cannot transmit or receive data with other mobile robots using a network. In this case, the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b may execute a preset scene in response to a communication failure that occurs when performing cooperative driving.

將第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b彼此連接的網路50可以包括第一網路和第二網路。第一網路可以是第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b共享待清潔掃區Z4的地圖資訊的網路。此處,第一網路可以是Wi-Fi。此外,第二網路可以是用於第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b確定第一機器人100a與第二機器人100b之間的分隔距離的網路。此處,第二網路可以是UWB。在第一機器人100a與第二機器人100b之間使用Wi-Fi共享地圖資訊的方法、以及使用UWB確定第一機器人100a與第二機器人100b之間的分隔距離的方法已在上文說明,並將省略對其的說明。在下文中,將詳細說明第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b回應在執行協作行駛時發生的通訊故障而執行的預設場景的第一實施方式和第二實施方式。The network 50 connecting the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b to each other may include a first network and a second network. The first network may be a network where the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b share the map information of the area Z4 to be cleaned. Here, the first network may be Wi-Fi. Furthermore, the second network may be a network for the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b to determine the separation distance between the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b. Here, the second network may be UWB. The method of sharing map information between the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b using Wi-Fi and the method of determining the separation distance between the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b using UWB have been described above, and will be described above. A description thereof is omitted. Hereinafter, the first and second embodiments of the preset scenario executed by the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b in response to a communication failure that occurs while executing cooperative driving will be described in detail.

第一實施方式表示在執行協作行駛時第一機器人100a與第二機器人100b之間的第一網路或第二網路斷開的情況下的場景。在這種情況下,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b可以連續地執行協作行駛。換言之,第一網路或第二網路在第一機器人100a與第二機器人100b之間被斷開,表示將第一網路與第二網路中的任一個在第一機器人100a與第二機器人100b之間進行連接。The first embodiment shows a scenario in which the first network or the second network between the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b is disconnected when cooperative driving is performed. In this case, the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b can continuously perform cooperative travel. In other words, the first network or the second network is disconnected between the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b, which means that either the first network or the second network is connected between the first robot 100a and the second robot. The robots 100b are connected.

第二實施方式表示在執行協作行駛時第一機器人100a與第二機器人100b之間的第一網路或第二網路均斷開的情況下的場景。在這種情況下,第一機器人100a可以解除協作行駛模式,然後執行獨立行駛。此外,第二機器人100b可以解除協作行駛模式,然後返回第二充電座400b。The second embodiment shows a scenario in which both the first network or the second network between the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b are disconnected when cooperative driving is performed. In this case, the first robot 100a may release the cooperative travel mode and then perform independent travel. In addition, the second robot 100b may release the cooperative driving mode, and then return to the second charging stand 400b.

在下文中,將參照圖29說明移動式機器人系統1回應在執行協作行駛時發生的錯誤、受困或通訊故障而執行預設場景的方法。Hereinafter, a method in which the mobile robot system 1 executes a preset scene in response to an error, trapping, or a communication failure occurring while executing cooperative driving will be described with reference to FIG. 29 .

參照圖29,在步驟S2100中,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b可以使用網路50進入協作行駛模式。第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b進入協作行駛模式的過程如上所述,因此將省略其具體說明。Referring to FIG. 29 , in step S2100, the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b may use the network 50 to enter a cooperative driving mode. The process of entering the cooperative travel mode by the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b is as described above, and thus a detailed description thereof will be omitted.

在步驟S2200中,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b可以透過識別彼此的位置來執行協作行駛。返回參照圖23,第一機器人100a可以行駛於第二機器人100b的行駛之前,以吸入待清掃區Z4中的污染物。此處,污染物可以包括存在於待清掃區Z4中的所有可吸入物質,如灰塵、異物和碎屑。此外,第二機器人100b可以沿第一機器人100a所行駛的路徑L1行駛,以擦拭待清掃區Z4中的地板。此處,由第二機器人100b擦拭地板可以表示透過拖地擦拭第一機器人100a不能吸入的物質,如液體。In step S2200, the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b may perform cooperative driving by recognizing each other's positions. Referring back to FIG. 23 , the first robot 100a may travel before the travel of the second robot 100b to inhale the pollutants in the zone Z4 to be cleaned. Here, the contamination may include all inhalable substances present in the zone Z4 to be cleaned, such as dust, foreign objects and debris. In addition, the second robot 100b may travel along the path L1 traveled by the first robot 100a to wipe the floor in the zone Z4 to be cleaned. Here, wiping the floor by the second robot 100b may mean wiping a substance that cannot be inhaled by the first robot 100a, such as liquid, by mopping the floor.

在步驟S2300中,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b可以回應在執行協作行駛時發生的錯誤、受困或通訊故障來確認是否解除協作行駛模式。換言之,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b中的至少一個在執行協作行駛時可能發生錯誤、受困或通訊故障。在這種情況下,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b可以回應在執行協作行駛時發生的錯誤、受困或通訊故障而執行預設場景。回應在執行協作行駛時發生的錯誤、受困或通訊故障的預設場景已在上文說明,因此將省略其詳細說明。In step S2300, the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b may confirm whether to release the cooperative driving mode in response to an error, a trap or a communication failure that occurs when the cooperative driving is performed. In other words, at least one of the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b may have an error, be trapped, or a communication failure when performing cooperative driving. In this case, the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b may execute a preset scene in response to an error, trapping, or communication failure that occurs when performing cooperative driving. The preset scenarios for responding to errors, traps, or communication failures that occur when performing cooperative driving have been described above, and thus detailed descriptions thereof will be omitted.

同時,移動式機器人系統1可以包括第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b。第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b各自可以包括主體110、以及設置在主體110內部使用網路50以與另一個移動式機器人交換資料的通訊單元1100。此外,第一機器人100a可以包括安裝在主體110的一側上的清掃單元120,以吸入待清掃區域中的污染物。此外,第二機器人100b可以包括安裝在主體110的一側上的拖把單元(圖未顯示),以擦拭待清掃區域中的地板。另一方面,將第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b彼此連接的網路50可以包括第一網路和第二網路。第一網路可以是第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b共享待清掃區域的地圖資訊的網路。此處,第一網路可以是Wi-Fi。此外,第二網路可以是用於第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b確定第一機器人100a與第二機器人100b之間的分隔距離的網路。此處,第二網路可以是UWB。透過這樣的配置,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b可以執行獨立行駛或協作行駛。此外,根據配置,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b可以回應在執行協作行駛時發生的錯誤、受困或通訊故障而執行預設場景。與第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b在協作行駛期間發生的錯誤、受困或通訊故障對應的預設場景已在上文說明,因此將省略其詳細說明。Meanwhile, the mobile robot system 1 may include a first robot 100a and a second robot 100b. The first robot 100a and the second robot 100b may each include a main body 110, and a communication unit 1100 disposed inside the main body 110 to exchange data with another mobile robot using the network 50. Also, the first robot 100a may include a cleaning unit 120 installed on one side of the main body 110 to suck in contaminants in the area to be cleaned. In addition, the second robot 100b may include a mop unit (not shown) installed on one side of the main body 110 to wipe the floor in the area to be cleaned. On the other hand, the network 50 connecting the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b to each other may include a first network and a second network. The first network may be a network in which the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b share map information of the area to be cleaned. Here, the first network may be Wi-Fi. Furthermore, the second network may be a network for the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b to determine the separation distance between the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b. Here, the second network may be UWB. With such a configuration, the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b can perform independent travel or cooperative travel. Furthermore, depending on the configuration, the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b may execute a preset scene in response to an error, trapping, or communication failure that occurs when performing cooperative driving. The preset scenarios corresponding to errors, traps, or communication failures that occur during cooperative driving of the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b have been described above, and thus detailed descriptions thereof will be omitted.

在下文中,將參照圖30至圖34說明移動式機器人系統1的實施方式3,該系統回應在協作行駛期間感測到的障礙物而執行預設場景。Hereinafter, Embodiment 3 of the mobile robot system 1 that executes a preset scenario in response to an obstacle sensed during cooperative driving will be described with reference to FIGS. 30 to 34 .

第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b可以利用網路50進入協作行駛模式。參照圖30,當第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b進入協作行駛模式時,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b可以將待清掃區X1劃分為複數個單元區(例如,將待清掃區X1劃分為第一單元區A1和第二單元區A2),以在每個單元區執行協作行駛。當第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b執行協作行駛時,第一機器人100a可以行駛於第二機器人100b的行駛之前,以吸入複數個單元區中的任何一個(例如,第一單元區A1)的污染物。此處,污染物可以包括存在於每個單元區域中的所有可吸入物質,如灰塵、異物和碎屑。此外,第二機器人100b可以沿第一機器人100a已行駛過的路徑L1行駛,以擦拭複數個單元區中的任何一個(第一單元區A1,由第一機器人100a吸入污染物的單元區)的地板。此處,由第二機器人100b擦拭地板可以表示透過拖地擦拭第一機器人100a不能吸入的物質,如液體。已在上文說明第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b針對每個劃分的單元區執行協作行駛的方法,因此將省略其詳細說明。The first robot 100a and the second robot 100b can enter the cooperative driving mode using the network 50 . 30 , when the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b enter the cooperative driving mode, the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b may divide the to-be-cleaned area X1 into a plurality of unit areas (for example, divide the to-be-cleaned area X1 into for the first unit area A1 and the second unit area A2) to perform cooperative driving in each unit area. When the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b perform cooperative travel, the first robot 100a may travel before the travel of the second robot 100b to suck in any one of the plurality of unit areas (eg, the first unit area A1 ) pollutants. Here, contaminants may include all inhalable substances such as dust, foreign objects and debris present in each unit area. In addition, the second robot 100b may travel along the path L1 that the first robot 100a has traveled to wipe any one of the plurality of unit areas (the first unit area A1, the unit area where the pollutants are sucked by the first robot 100a) of the floor. Here, wiping the floor by the second robot 100b may mean wiping a substance that cannot be inhaled by the first robot 100a, such as liquid, by mopping the floor. The method in which the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b perform cooperative driving for each divided unit area has been described above, and thus a detailed description thereof will be omitted.

第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b中的至少一個可以在協作行駛期間在複數個單元區中的任何一個感測障礙物。具體而言,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b中的至少一個可以感測存在於劃分區之間(例如,第一單元區A1與第二單元區A2之間)或劃分區內部(例如,第一單元區A1的內部)的障礙物。此處,將存在於劃分區之間的障礙物界定為第一障礙物OB1,存在於劃分區內的障礙物界定為第二障礙物OB2。第一障礙物OB1或第二障礙物OB2可以是門檻、地毯或懸崖。具體而言,第一障礙物OB1或第二障礙物OB2作為第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b能夠攀爬的障礙物,可以是設置在預設範圍內的高度或深度的障礙物。例如,第一機器人100a可以將設置在高度為5 mm或更高的障礙物識別為可攀爬障礙物。另外,第二機器人100b可以將設置在高度為4 mm或更高的障礙物識別為可攀爬障礙物。此外,在獨立行駛的情況下,第一機器人100a可以將設置在深度為30 mm或更深的障礙物識別為可攀爬障礙物。另外,在協作行駛的情況下,第一機器人100a可以將設置在高度為10 mm或更高的障礙物識別為可攀爬障礙物。此外,第二機器人100b可以將深度為10 mm或更深的障礙物識別為可攀爬障礙物。此處,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b攀爬障礙物是指越過門檻、越過地毯、通過懸崖上的縫隙、或者從懸崖的斜面下去再上來。At least one of the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b may sense an obstacle in any one of a plurality of unit areas during cooperative driving. Specifically, at least one of the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b may sense presence between divided areas (eg, between the first unit area A1 and the second unit area A2 ) or inside the divided areas (eg, obstacles inside the first unit area A1). Here, the obstacles existing between the divided areas are defined as the first obstacle OB1, and the obstacles existing in the divided areas are defined as the second obstacle OB2. The first obstacle OB1 or the second obstacle OB2 may be a threshold, a carpet or a cliff. Specifically, the first obstacle OB1 or the second obstacle OB2, as an obstacle that the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b can climb, may be an obstacle set at a height or depth within a preset range. For example, the first robot 100a may recognize an obstacle provided at a height of 5 mm or more as a climbable obstacle. In addition, the second robot 100b may recognize an obstacle provided at a height of 4 mm or more as a climbable obstacle. Also, in the case of traveling independently, the first robot 100a can recognize an obstacle provided at a depth of 30 mm or more as a climbable obstacle. In addition, in the case of cooperative driving, the first robot 100a may recognize an obstacle provided at a height of 10 mm or more as a climbable obstacle. In addition, the second robot 100b can recognize an obstacle having a depth of 10 mm or more as a climbable obstacle. Here, the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b to climb the obstacle refer to crossing the threshold, crossing the carpet, passing through the gap on the cliff, or going down and up from the slope of the cliff.

在下文中,將詳細說明第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b中的至少一個在感測到第一障礙物OB1或第二障礙物OB2時執行的預設場景的第一實施方式至第四實施方式。參照圖31至圖34,符號M1至M17表示第一機器人100a的行駛路徑,並且符號N1至N13表示第二機器人100b的行駛路徑。Hereinafter, the first to fourth embodiments of the preset scene executed when at least one of the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b senses the first obstacle OB1 or the second obstacle OB2 will be described in detail . 31 to 34 , symbols M1 to M17 denote a travel path of the first robot 100a, and symbols N1 to N13 denote a travel path of the second robot 100b.

參照圖31,第一實施方式表示第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b在第一單元區A1中協作行駛期間(M1,N1)感測第一障礙物OB1的情況下的場景。在這種情況下,第一機器人100a可以藉由避開第一障礙物OB1(M2)在第一單元區A1中完成協作行駛(M3),然後進入第二單元區A2(M4)執行獨立行駛(M5)。在第一實施方式中,第二機器人100b可以藉由避開第一障礙物OB1(M2)在第一單元區A1中完成協作行駛(M3),然後返回到第二充電座400b(N4)。同時,作為第一實施方式的另一實施方式,可以考慮第一機器人100a在不避開第一障礙物OB1的情況下進入第二單元區A2,且第二機器人100b完成第一單元區A1的地板的擦拭,並待機直到第一機器人100a完成第二單元區A2的污染物的吸入。31 , the first embodiment represents a scenario in which the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b sense the first obstacle OB1 during cooperative travel (M1, N1) in the first unit area A1. In this case, the first robot 100a may complete cooperative driving (M3) in the first unit area A1 by avoiding the first obstacle OB1 (M2), and then enter the second unit area A2 (M4) to perform independent driving (M5). In the first embodiment, the second robot 100b may complete cooperative driving (M3) in the first unit area A1 by avoiding the first obstacle OB1 (M2), and then return to the second charging stand 400b (N4). Meanwhile, as another implementation of the first embodiment, it can be considered that the first robot 100a enters the second unit area A2 without avoiding the first obstacle OB1, and the second robot 100b completes the first unit area A1 Wipe the floor, and stand by until the first robot 100a completes the inhalation of the contaminants in the second unit area A2.

參照圖32,第二實施方式表示第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b在第一單元區A1中執行協作行駛時(M6,N5),第一機器人100a在沒有感測到第一障礙物OB1的情況下進入第二單元區A2(M7),而第二機器人100b藉由感測第一障礙物OB1來避開第一障礙物OB1(N6)。在這種情況下,第二機器人100b可以向第一機器人100a傳送通知,即,第二機器人100b在完成第一單元區A1的地板的擦拭之後不能進入第二單元區A2(N7)。此外,第一機器人100a可以完成第二單元區A2的污染物的吸入(M8),然後移動到第二機器人100b已傳送通知的位置P1(M9)。在第二實施方式中,即使當第一機器人100a進入第二單元區A2而沒有完成第一單元區A1的污染物的吸入時,第二機器人100b也可以完成第一單元區A1的地板的擦拭。另外,在第二實施方式中,第二機器人100b可以不在第一機器人100a已完成污染物吸入的第二單元區A2中擦拭地板。上述第二實施方式中第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b的行駛應理解為以獨立行駛以外的協作行駛模式進行行駛。同時,在第二實施方式中,第二機器人100b可以感測第一障礙物OB1,以將第一障礙物OB1的資訊傳送給第一機器人100a。此外,第一機器人100a可以從第二機器人100b接收第一障礙物OB1的資訊,以將第一障礙物OB1合併到儲存在記憶體1700中的地圖。換言之,第二機器人100b可以與第一機器人100a共享第一障礙物OB1的資訊。32 , the second embodiment shows that when the first robot 100 a and the second robot 100 b perform cooperative driving in the first unit area A1 ( M6 , N5 ), the first robot 100 a does not sense the first obstacle OB1 when the first robot 100 a In the case of entering the second unit area A2 (M7), the second robot 100b avoids the first obstacle OB1 (N6) by sensing the first obstacle OB1. In this case, the second robot 100b may transmit a notification to the first robot 100a that the second robot 100b cannot enter the second unit area A2 (N7) after completing the wiping of the floor of the first unit area A1. In addition, the first robot 100a may complete the inhalation of the contaminants in the second unit area A2 ( M8 ), and then move to the position P1 ( M9 ) where the second robot 100 b has transmitted the notification. In the second embodiment, even when the first robot 100a enters the second unit area A2 without completing the suction of the contaminants of the first unit area A1, the second robot 100b can complete the wiping of the floor of the first unit area A1 . In addition, in the second embodiment, the second robot 100b may not wipe the floor in the second unit area A2 where the first robot 100a has completed the inhalation of pollutants. The driving of the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b in the above-described second embodiment should be understood as driving in a cooperative driving mode other than independent driving. Meanwhile, in the second embodiment, the second robot 100b can sense the first obstacle OB1 to transmit the information of the first obstacle OB1 to the first robot 100a. In addition, the first robot 100a may receive the information of the first obstacle OB1 from the second robot 100b to merge the first obstacle OB1 into the map stored in the memory 1700 . In other words, the second robot 100b can share the information of the first obstacle OB1 with the first robot 100a.

參照圖33,第三實施方式表示第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b在第一單元區A1中協作行駛時在沒有感測到第一障礙物OB1的情況下進入第二單元區A2的場景(M10,N8)。在這種情況下,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b可以在第二單元區A2中執行協作行駛(M12,N10)。33 , the third embodiment represents a scenario in which the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b enter the second unit area A2 without sensing the first obstacle OB1 when the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b are cooperatively traveling in the first unit area A1 ( M10, N8). In this case, the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b may perform cooperative driving in the second unit area A2 ( M12 , N10 ).

參照圖34,第四實施方式表示第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b在第一單元區A1中執行協作行駛時(M13,N11),第一機器人100a藉由感測第二障礙物OB2來避開第二障礙物(M14),然後移動到第二單元區A2(M15),並且第二機器人100b在沒有感測到第二障礙物OB2的情況下無法避開第二障礙物OB2(N12)。在這種情況下,第二機器人100b可以向第一機器人100a傳送通知,即,第二機器人100b在完成第一單元區A1的地板的擦拭之後不能進入第二單元區A2(N13)。此外,第一機器人100a可以完成第二單元區A2的污染物的吸入(M16),然後移動到第二機器人100b已傳送通知的位置(M17)。在第四實施方式中,即使當第一機器人100a移動到第二單元區A2而沒有完成第一單元區A1的污染物的吸入時,第二機器人100b也可以完成第一單元區A1的地板的擦拭。另外,第二機器人100b可以不在第一機器人100a已完成污染物吸入的第二單元區A2中擦拭地板。上述第四實施方式中第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b的行駛應理解為以獨立行駛以外的協作行駛模式進行行駛。同時,在第四實施方式中,第一機器人100a可以感測第二障礙物OB2,以將第二障礙物OB2的資訊傳送給第二機器人100b。此外,第二機器人100b可以從第一機器人100a接收第二障礙物OB2的資訊,以將第二障礙物OB2合併到儲存在記憶體1700中的地圖。換言之,第一機器人100a可以與第二機器人100b共享第二障礙物OB2的資訊。34 , the fourth embodiment shows that when the first robot 100 a and the second robot 100 b perform cooperative driving in the first unit area A1 ( M13 , N11 ), the first robot 100 a avoids by sensing the second obstacle OB2 Open the second obstacle (M14), then move to the second unit area A2 (M15), and the second robot 100b cannot avoid the second obstacle OB2 without sensing the second obstacle OB2 (N12) . In this case, the second robot 100b may transmit a notification to the first robot 100a that the second robot 100b cannot enter the second unit area A2 ( N13 ) after completing the wiping of the floor of the first unit area A1 . In addition, the first robot 100a may complete the inhalation of the contaminants in the second unit area A2 ( M16 ), and then move to the position where the second robot 100 b has transmitted the notification ( M17 ). In the fourth embodiment, even when the first robot 100a moves to the second unit area A2 without completing the inhalation of the contaminants of the first unit area A1, the second robot 100b can complete the cleaning of the floor of the first unit area A1 wipe. In addition, the second robot 100b may not wipe the floor in the second unit area A2 where the first robot 100a has completed the inhalation of pollutants. The driving of the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b in the above-described fourth embodiment should be understood as driving in a cooperative driving mode other than independent driving. Meanwhile, in the fourth embodiment, the first robot 100a can sense the second obstacle OB2 to transmit the information of the second obstacle OB2 to the second robot 100b. In addition, the second robot 100b may receive the information of the second obstacle OB2 from the first robot 100a to incorporate the second obstacle OB2 into the map stored in the memory 1700 . In other words, the first robot 100a can share the information of the second obstacle OB2 with the second robot 100b.

在下文中,將參照圖35說明移動式機器人系統1回應在協作行駛期間感測到的障礙物而執行預設場景的方法。Hereinafter, a method in which the mobile robot system 1 executes a preset scene in response to an obstacle sensed during cooperative driving will be explained with reference to FIG. 35 .

參照圖35,在步驟S3100中,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b可以使用網路50進入協作行駛模式。第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b進入協作行駛模式的過程如上所述,因此將省略其具體說明。Referring to FIG. 35 , in step S3100, the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b may use the network 50 to enter a cooperative driving mode. The process of entering the cooperative travel mode by the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b is as described above, and thus a detailed description thereof will be omitted.

在步驟S3200中,返回參照圖30,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b可以將待清掃區X1劃分為複數個單元區(例如,將待清掃區X1劃分為第一單元區A1和第二單元區A2),以在每個單元區執行協作行駛。當第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b執行協作行駛時,第一機器人100a可以行駛於第二機器人100b的行駛之前,以吸入複數個單元區中的任何一個(例如,第一單元區A1)的污染物。此處,污染物可以包括存在於每個單元區域中的所有可吸入物質,如灰塵、異物和碎屑。此外,第二機器人100b可以沿第一機器人100a已行駛過的路徑L1行駛,以擦拭複數個單元區中的任何一個(第一單元區A1,由第一機器人100a吸入污染物的單元區)的地板。此處,由第二機器人100b擦拭地板可以表示透過拖地擦拭第一機器人100a不能吸入的物質,如液體。已在上文說明第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b針對每個劃分的單元區執行協作行駛的方法,因此將省略其詳細說明。In step S3200, referring back to FIG. 30, the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b may divide the to-be-cleaned area X1 into a plurality of unit areas (for example, divide the to-be-cleaned area X1 into a first unit area A1 and a second unit area Zone A2) to perform cooperative driving in each unit zone. When the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b perform cooperative travel, the first robot 100a may travel before the travel of the second robot 100b to suck in any one of the plurality of unit areas (eg, the first unit area A1 ) pollutants. Here, contaminants may include all inhalable substances such as dust, foreign objects and debris present in each unit area. In addition, the second robot 100b may travel along the path L1 that the first robot 100a has traveled to wipe any one of the plurality of unit areas (the first unit area A1, the unit area where the pollutants are sucked by the first robot 100a) of the floor. Here, wiping the floor by the second robot 100b may mean wiping a substance that cannot be inhaled by the first robot 100a, such as liquid, by mopping the floor. The method in which the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b perform cooperative driving for each divided unit area has been described above, and thus a detailed description thereof will be omitted.

在步驟S3300中,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b中的至少一個可以在協作行駛期間在複數個單元區中的任一個感測障礙物。具體而言,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b中的至少一個可以感測存在於劃分區之間(例如,第一單元區A1與第二單元區A2之間)或劃分區內部(例如,第一單元區A1的內部)的障礙物。此處,將存在於劃分區之間的障礙物界定為第一障礙物OB1,存在於劃分區內的障礙物界定為第二障礙物OB2。第一障礙物OB1或第二障礙物OB2可以是門檻、地毯或懸崖。具體而言,第一障礙物OB1或第二障礙物OB2作為第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b能夠攀爬的障礙物,可以是設置在預設範圍內的高度或深度的障礙物。例如,第一機器人100a可以將設置在高度為5 mm或更高的障礙物識別為可攀爬障礙物。另外,第二機器人100b可以將設置在高度為4 mm或更高的障礙物識別為可攀爬障礙物。此外,在獨立行駛的情況下,第一機器人100a可以將設置在深度為30 mm或更深的障礙物識別為可攀爬障礙物。另外,在協作行駛的情況下,第一機器人100a可以將設置在高度為10 mm或更高的障礙物識別為可攀爬障礙物。此外,第二機器人100b可以將深度為10 mm或更深的障礙物識別為可攀爬障礙物。此處,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b攀爬障礙物是指越過門檻、越過地毯、通過懸崖上的縫隙、或者從懸崖的斜面下去再上來。在下文中,對於第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b,在步驟S3300中,將詳細說明第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b中的至少一個在感測到第一障礙物OB1或第二障礙物OB2時執行的預設場景的第一實施方式至第四實施方式。In step S3300, at least one of the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b may sense an obstacle in any one of a plurality of unit areas during cooperative driving. Specifically, at least one of the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b may sense presence between divided areas (eg, between the first unit area A1 and the second unit area A2 ) or inside the divided areas (eg, obstacles inside the first unit area A1). Here, the obstacles existing between the divided areas are defined as the first obstacle OB1, and the obstacles existing in the divided areas are defined as the second obstacle OB2. The first obstacle OB1 or the second obstacle OB2 may be a threshold, a carpet or a cliff. Specifically, the first obstacle OB1 or the second obstacle OB2, as an obstacle that the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b can climb, may be an obstacle set at a height or depth within a preset range. For example, the first robot 100a may recognize an obstacle provided at a height of 5 mm or more as a climbable obstacle. In addition, the second robot 100b may recognize an obstacle provided at a height of 4 mm or more as a climbable obstacle. Also, in the case of traveling independently, the first robot 100a can recognize an obstacle provided at a depth of 30 mm or more as a climbable obstacle. In addition, in the case of cooperative driving, the first robot 100a may recognize an obstacle provided at a height of 10 mm or more as a climbable obstacle. In addition, the second robot 100b can recognize an obstacle having a depth of 10 mm or more as a climbable obstacle. Here, the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b to climb the obstacle refer to crossing the threshold, crossing the carpet, passing through the gap on the cliff, or going down and up from the slope of the cliff. Hereinafter, for the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b, in step S3300, it will be explained in detail that at least one of the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b senses the first obstacle OB1 or the second obstacle OB2 The first embodiment to the fourth embodiment of the preset scene executed at the time.

參照圖31,第一實施方式表示第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b在第一單元區A1中協作行駛期間(M1,N1)感測第一障礙物OB1的情況下的場景。在這種情況下,第一機器人100a可以藉由避開第一障礙物OB1(M2)在第一單元區A1中完成協作行駛(M3),然後進入第二單元區A2(M4)執行獨立行駛(M5)。在第一實施方式中,第二機器人100b可以藉由避開第一障礙物OB1(M2)在第一單元區A1中完成協作行駛(M3),然後返回到第二充電座100b(N4)。同時,作為第一實施方式的另一實施方式,可以考慮第一機器人100a在不避開第一障礙物OB1的情況下進入第二單元區A2,且第二機器人100b完成第一單元區A1的地板的擦拭,並待機直到第一機器人100a完成第二單元區A2的污染物的吸入。31 , the first embodiment represents a scenario in which the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b sense the first obstacle OB1 during cooperative travel (M1, N1) in the first unit area A1. In this case, the first robot 100a may complete cooperative driving (M3) in the first unit area A1 by avoiding the first obstacle OB1 (M2), and then enter the second unit area A2 (M4) to perform independent driving (M5). In the first embodiment, the second robot 100b can complete cooperative driving ( M3 ) in the first unit area A1 by avoiding the first obstacle OB1 ( M2 ), and then return to the second charging stand 100 b ( N4 ). Meanwhile, as another implementation of the first embodiment, it can be considered that the first robot 100a enters the second unit area A2 without avoiding the first obstacle OB1, and the second robot 100b completes the first unit area A1 Wipe the floor, and stand by until the first robot 100a completes the inhalation of the contaminants in the second unit area A2.

參照圖32,第二實施方式表示第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b在第一單元區A1中執行協作行駛時(M6,N5),第一機器人100a在沒有感測到第一障礙物OB1的情況下進入第二單元區A2(M7),而第二機器人100b藉由感測第一障礙物OB1來避開第一障礙物OB1(N6)。在這種情況下,第二機器人100b可以向第一機器人100a傳送通知,即,第二機器人100b在完成第一單元區A1的地板的擦拭之後不能進入第二單元區A2(N7)。此外,第一機器人100a可以完成第二單元區A2的污染物的吸入(M8),然後移動到第二機器人100b已傳送通知的位置P1(M9)。在第二實施方式中,即使當第一機器人100a進入第二單元區A2而沒有完成第一單元區A1的污染物的吸入時,第二機器人100b也可以完成第一單元區A1的地板的擦拭。另外,在第二實施方式中,第二機器人100b可以不在第一機器人100a已完成污染物吸入的第二單元區A2中擦拭地板。上述第二實施方式中第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b的行駛應理解為以獨立行駛以外的協作行駛模式進行行駛。同時,在第二實施方式中,第二機器人100b可以感測第一障礙物OB1,以將第一障礙物OB1的資訊傳送給第一機器人100a。此外,第一機器人100a可以從第二機器人100b接收第一障礙物OB1的資訊,以將第一障礙物OB1合併到儲存在記憶體1700中的地圖。換言之,第二機器人100b可以與第一機器人100a共享第一障礙物OB1的資訊。32 , the second embodiment shows that when the first robot 100 a and the second robot 100 b perform cooperative driving in the first unit area A1 ( M6 , N5 ), the first robot 100 a does not sense the first obstacle OB1 when the first robot 100 a In the case of entering the second unit area A2 (M7), the second robot 100b avoids the first obstacle OB1 (N6) by sensing the first obstacle OB1. In this case, the second robot 100b may transmit a notification to the first robot 100a that the second robot 100b cannot enter the second unit area A2 (N7) after completing the wiping of the floor of the first unit area A1. In addition, the first robot 100a may complete the inhalation of the contaminants in the second unit area A2 ( M8 ), and then move to the position P1 ( M9 ) where the second robot 100 b has transmitted the notification. In the second embodiment, even when the first robot 100a enters the second unit area A2 without completing the suction of the contaminants of the first unit area A1, the second robot 100b can complete the wiping of the floor of the first unit area A1 . In addition, in the second embodiment, the second robot 100b may not wipe the floor in the second unit area A2 where the first robot 100a has completed the inhalation of pollutants. The driving of the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b in the above-described second embodiment should be understood as driving in a cooperative driving mode other than independent driving. Meanwhile, in the second embodiment, the second robot 100b can sense the first obstacle OB1 to transmit the information of the first obstacle OB1 to the first robot 100a. In addition, the first robot 100a may receive the information of the first obstacle OB1 from the second robot 100b to merge the first obstacle OB1 into the map stored in the memory 1700 . In other words, the second robot 100b can share the information of the first obstacle OB1 with the first robot 100a.

參照圖33,第三實施方式表示第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b在第一單元區A1中協作行駛時在沒有感測到第一障礙物OB1的情況下進入第二單元區A2的場景(M10,N8)。在這種情況下,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b可以在第二單元區A2中執行協作行駛(M12,N10)。33 , the third embodiment represents a scenario in which the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b enter the second unit area A2 without sensing the first obstacle OB1 when the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b are cooperatively traveling in the first unit area A1 ( M10, N8). In this case, the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b may perform cooperative driving in the second unit area A2 ( M12 , N10 ).

參照圖34,第四實施方式表示第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b在第一單元區A1中執行協作行駛時(M13,N11),第一機器人100a藉由感測第二障礙物OB2來避開第二障礙物(M14),然後移動到第二單元區A2(M15),並且第二機器人100b在沒有感測到第二障礙物OB2的情況下無法避開第二障礙物OB2(N12)。在這種情況下,第二機器人100b可以向第一機器人100a傳送通知,即,第二機器人100b在完成第一單元區A1的地板的擦拭之後不能進入第二單元區A2(N13)。此外,第一機器人100a可以完成第二單元區A2的污染物的吸入(M16),然後移動到第二機器人100b已傳送通知的位置(M17)。在第四實施方式中,即使當第一機器人100a移動到第二單元區A2而沒有完成第一單元區A1的污染物的吸入時,第二機器人100b也可以完成第一單元區A1的地板的擦拭。另外,第二機器人100b可以不在第一機器人100a已完成污染物吸入的第二單元區A2中擦拭地板。上述第四實施方式中第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b的行駛應理解為以獨立行駛以外的協作行駛模式進行行駛。同時,在第四實施方式中,第一機器人100a可以感測第二障礙物OB2,以將第二障礙物OB2的資訊傳送給第二機器人100b。此外,第二機器人100b可以從第一機器人100a接收第二障礙物OB2的資訊,以將第二障礙物OB2合併到儲存在記憶體1700中的地圖。換言之,第一機器人100a可以與第二機器人100b共享第二障礙物OB2的資訊。34 , the fourth embodiment shows that when the first robot 100 a and the second robot 100 b perform cooperative driving in the first unit area A1 ( M13 , N11 ), the first robot 100 a avoids by sensing the second obstacle OB2 Open the second obstacle (M14), then move to the second unit area A2 (M15), and the second robot 100b cannot avoid the second obstacle OB2 without sensing the second obstacle OB2 (N12) . In this case, the second robot 100b may transmit a notification to the first robot 100a that the second robot 100b cannot enter the second unit area A2 ( N13 ) after completing the wiping of the floor of the first unit area A1 . In addition, the first robot 100a may complete the inhalation of the contaminants in the second unit area A2 ( M16 ), and then move to the position where the second robot 100 b has transmitted the notification ( M17 ). In the fourth embodiment, even when the first robot 100a moves to the second unit area A2 without completing the inhalation of the contaminants of the first unit area A1, the second robot 100b can complete the cleaning of the floor of the first unit area A1 wipe. In addition, the second robot 100b may not wipe the floor in the second unit area A2 where the first robot 100a has completed the inhalation of pollutants. The driving of the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b in the above-described fourth embodiment should be understood as driving in a cooperative driving mode other than independent driving. Meanwhile, in the fourth embodiment, the first robot 100a can sense the second obstacle OB2 to transmit the information of the second obstacle OB2 to the second robot 100b. In addition, the second robot 100b may receive the information of the second obstacle OB2 from the first robot 100a to incorporate the second obstacle OB2 into the map stored in the memory 1700 . In other words, the first robot 100a can share the information of the second obstacle OB2 with the second robot 100b.

同時,移動式機器人系統1可以包括第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b。第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b各自可以包括主體110、以及設置在主體110內部使用網路50以與另一個移動式機器人交換資料的通訊單元1100。此外,第一機器人100a可以包括安裝在主體110的一側上的清掃單元120,以吸入待清掃區域中的污染物。此外,第二機器人100b可以包括安裝在主體110的一側上的拖把單元(圖未顯示),以擦拭待清掃區域中的地板。第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b可以在獨立行駛模式下執行獨立行駛,或可以使用網路50進入協作行駛模式,以執行協作行駛。當第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b進入協作行駛模式時,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b可以將待清掃區劃分為複數個單元區,以在每個單元區執行協作行駛。另一方面,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b中的至少一個可以在協作行駛期間在複數個單元區中的任何一個感測障礙物。具體而言,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b中的至少一個可以感測存在於劃分區之間(例如,第一單元區A1與第二單元區A2之間)或劃分區內部(例如,第一單元區A1的內部)的障礙物。此處,將存在於劃分區之間的障礙物界定為第一障礙物OB1,存在於劃分區內的障礙物界定為第二障礙物OB2。第一障礙物OB1或第二障礙物OB2可以是門檻、地毯或懸崖。具體而言,第一障礙物OB1或第二障礙物OB2作為第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b能夠攀爬的障礙物,可以是設置在預設範圍內的高度或深度的障礙物。此處,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b攀爬障礙物是指越過門檻、越過地毯、通過懸崖上的縫隙、或者從懸崖的斜面下去再上來。第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b可以回應在協作行駛期間感測到的第一障礙物OB1或第二障礙物OB2而執行預設場景。與由第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b在執行協作行駛期間感測的第一障礙物OB1或第二障礙物OB2對應的預設場景已在上文說明,因此將省略其詳細說明。Meanwhile, the mobile robot system 1 may include a first robot 100a and a second robot 100b. The first robot 100a and the second robot 100b may each include a main body 110, and a communication unit 1100 disposed inside the main body 110 to exchange data with another mobile robot using the network 50. Also, the first robot 100a may include a cleaning unit 120 installed on one side of the main body 110 to suck in contaminants in the area to be cleaned. In addition, the second robot 100b may include a mop unit (not shown) installed on one side of the main body 110 to wipe the floor in the area to be cleaned. The first robot 100a and the second robot 100b may perform independent driving in the independent driving mode, or may enter the cooperative driving mode using the network 50 to perform cooperative driving. When the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b enter the cooperative driving mode, the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b may divide the area to be cleaned into a plurality of unit areas to perform cooperative driving in each unit area. On the other hand, at least one of the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b may sense an obstacle in any one of a plurality of unit areas during cooperative driving. Specifically, at least one of the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b may sense presence between divided areas (eg, between the first unit area A1 and the second unit area A2 ) or inside the divided areas (eg, obstacles inside the first unit area A1). Here, the obstacles existing between the divided areas are defined as the first obstacle OB1, and the obstacles existing in the divided areas are defined as the second obstacle OB2. The first obstacle OB1 or the second obstacle OB2 may be a threshold, a carpet or a cliff. Specifically, the first obstacle OB1 or the second obstacle OB2, as an obstacle that the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b can climb, may be an obstacle set at a height or depth within a preset range. Here, the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b to climb the obstacle refer to crossing the threshold, crossing the carpet, passing through the gap on the cliff, or going down and up from the slope of the cliff. The first robot 100a and the second robot 100b may execute a preset scene in response to the first obstacle OB1 or the second obstacle OB2 sensed during cooperative driving. The preset scene corresponding to the first obstacle OB1 or the second obstacle OB2 sensed by the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b during the execution of cooperative driving has been described above, and thus a detailed description thereof will be omitted.

另一方面,當如上述在系統1中執行協作行駛,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b的每個電池中的充電容量低於預定值時,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b可能由於充電容量不足而無法執行協作行駛。On the other hand, when the cooperative driving is performed in the system 1 as described above, and the charging capacity in each battery of the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b is lower than the predetermined value, the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b may be charged due to charging Insufficient capacity to perform cooperative driving.

例如,當第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b中的任一個的充電容量不足時,由於難以向前或向後行駛,因此必須停止執行協作行駛。當協作行駛在沒有特定動作的情況下停止時,存在以下擔憂:造成第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b的後行駛問題,或造成使用者的不便。For example, when the charging capacity of any one of the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b is insufficient, since it is difficult to travel forward or backward, it is necessary to stop performing cooperative travel. When the cooperative traveling is stopped without a specific action, there is a concern of causing a problem of rear traveling of the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b, or causing user inconvenience.

因此,本說明書提供移動式機器人系統1的實施方式4,其中,可以在這樣的協作行駛期間根據電池的充電容量的變化作出適當回應。Therefore, the present specification provides Embodiment 4 of the mobile robot system 1 in which an appropriate response can be made according to changes in the charging capacity of the battery during such cooperative driving.

如圖11所示,在系統1的實施方式中,複數個移動式機器人100a和100b協作地行駛,包括:第一機器人100a,其基於由第一充電座400a所充的電力運行,以在待清掃區中行駛;以及第二機器人100b,其基於由第二充電座400b所充的電力運行,以沿第一機器人已行駛過的路徑行駛。As shown in FIG. 11 , in the embodiment of the system 1, a plurality of mobile robots 100a and 100b cooperatively travel, including: a first robot 100a that operates based on the electric power charged by the first charging stand 400a to and a second robot 100b that operates based on the electric power charged by the second charging stand 400b to travel along the path that the first robot has traveled.

換言之,在系統1中,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b各自在各自的第一充電座400a和第二充電座400b對電池進行充電。In other words, in the system 1, the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b each charge the battery at the respective first charging stand 400a and the second charging stand 400b.

第一機器人100a可以是在進行協作行駛的區域內向前行駛的同時吸入灰塵的機器人,而第二機器人100b可以是在第一機器人100a已行駛區域的後方行駛的同時擦拭灰塵的機器人。The first robot 100a may be a robot that sucks dust while driving forward in an area where cooperative driving is performed, and the second robot 100b may be a robot that wipes dust while driving behind an area where the first robot 100a has traveled.

換言之,對於協作行駛,第一機器人100a可以在向前行駛的同時吸入灰塵,而第二機器人100b可以在第一機器人100a向前行駛時吸入灰塵的路徑上進行清掃以擦拭灰塵。In other words, for cooperative driving, the first robot 100a may inhale dust while driving forward, and the second robot 100b may sweep to wipe the dust on a path where the first robot 100a inhales dust while driving forward.

在系統1中,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b藉由在執行協作行駛模式時感測每個電池的充電容量,來根據電池的充電容量值來解除協作行駛模式,並各自回應充電容量值而執行獨立行駛模式和電池充電模式中的至少一個。In the system 1, the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b detect the charging capacity of each battery when executing the cooperative driving mode, release the cooperative driving mode according to the charging capacity value of the battery, and respond to the charging capacity value respectively Instead, at least one of the independent travel mode and the battery charging mode is performed.

具體而言,當電池的充電容量值低於參考容量值時,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b各自解除協作行駛模式,並移動到每個充電座400a、400b對電池進行充電或執行獨立行駛模式。Specifically, when the charging capacity value of the battery is lower than the reference capacity value, the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b each release the cooperative driving mode, and move to each charging stand 400a, 400b to charge the battery or perform independent driving model.

換言之,當第一機器人100a的充電容量值低於參考容量值時,第一機器人100a可以移動至第一充電座400a以對電池進行充電,而當第二機器人100b的充電容量值低於參考容量值時,第二機器人100b可以移動至第二充電座400b以對電池進行充電,或執行獨立行駛模式。In other words, when the charging capacity value of the first robot 100a is lower than the reference capacity value, the first robot 100a can move to the first charging stand 400a to charge the battery, and when the charging capacity value of the second robot 100b is lower than the reference capacity The second robot 100b may move to the second charging stand 400b to charge the battery, or perform an independent driving mode when the value is reached.

例如,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b可以解除正在執行的協作行駛模式,並且第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b中的至少一個可以移動到相關的充電座400a及/或400b以對電池進行充電,或者第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b中的至少一個可以執行獨立行駛模式。For example, the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b may release the cooperative driving mode being performed, and at least one of the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b may move to the associated charging stand 400a and/or 400b to recharge the battery charging, or at least one of the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b may perform an independent travel mode.

此處,獨立行駛模式可以在解除協作行駛模式後立即執行,或者可以在移動到相關充電座400a及/或400b對電池進行充電後執行。Here, the independent travel mode may be executed immediately after releasing the cooperative travel mode, or may be executed after moving to the relevant charging stand 400a and/or 400b to charge the battery.

第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b各自可以在行駛的同時感測電池的充電容量。Each of the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b may sense the charging capacity of the battery while traveling.

例如,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b各自可以在執行協作行駛模式的同時感測電池的充電容量。For example, each of the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b may sense the charging capacity of the battery while performing the cooperative driving mode.

此外,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b各自可以在執行協作行駛模式以外的另一模式時感測電池的充電容量。In addition, each of the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b may sense the charging capacity of the battery when another mode other than the cooperative travel mode is performed.

第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b各自可以在行駛的同時實時感測電池的充電容量。Each of the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b may sense the charging capacity of the battery in real time while traveling.

換言之,第一機器人100a可以在行駛時實時感測內置在第一機器人100a中的電池的充電容量,而第二機器人100b可以在行駛時實時感測內置在第二機器人100b中的電池的充電容量。In other words, the first robot 100a can sense the charging capacity of the battery built in the first robot 100a in real time while traveling, and the second robot 100b can sense the charging capacity of the battery built in the second robot 100b in real time while traveling .

第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b各自可以在行駛時感測電池的充電容量,並將感測結果量化為充電容量值。因此,可以將電池的充電容量的感測結果與參考容量值進行比較。Each of the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b may sense the charging capacity of the battery while driving, and quantify the sensing result into a charging capacity value. Therefore, the sensing result of the charging capacity of the battery can be compared with the reference capacity value.

當各自的充電容量值低於參考容量值時,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b各自可以解除協作行駛模式,然後移動到充電座400a、400b對電池進行充電。When the respective charging capacity values are lower than the reference capacity value, the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b can each release the cooperative driving mode, and then move to the charging bases 400a and 400b to charge the batteries.

此處,協作行駛模式的解除可以表示停止正在執行的協作行駛模式。Here, the release of the cooperative travel mode may mean that the cooperative travel mode that is being executed is stopped.

換言之,作為在第一機器人100a執行協作行駛模式時感測電池的充電容量的結果,當第一機器人100a的充電容量值低於參考容量值時,第一機器人100a可以停止執行協作行駛模式,然後移動到第一充電座400a以對電池進行充電,而作為在第二機器人100b執行協作行駛模式時感測電池的充電容量的結果,當第二機器人100b的充電容量值低於參考容量值時,第二機器人100b可以停止執行協作行駛模式,然後移動到第二充電座400b以對電池進行充電。In other words, as a result of sensing the charging capacity of the battery when the first robot 100a performs the cooperative driving mode, when the charging capacity value of the first robot 100a is lower than the reference capacity value, the first robot 100a may stop performing the cooperative driving mode, and then moves to the first charging stand 400a to charge the battery, and as a result of sensing the charging capacity of the battery when the second robot 100b performs the cooperative driving mode, when the charging capacity value of the second robot 100b is lower than the reference capacity value, The second robot 100b may stop performing the cooperative driving mode, and then move to the second charging stand 400b to charge the battery.

在這種情況下,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b各自可以與另一個機器人共享關於解除協作行駛模式的資訊。In this case, each of the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b can share information on releasing the cooperative driving mode with the other robot.

換言之,當協作行駛模式被解除時,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b各自可以將協作行駛模式的解除資訊傳送給另一個機器人,以通知另一個機器人協作行駛模式的解除。In other words, when the cooperative travel mode is released, each of the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b may transmit the release information of the cooperative travel mode to the other robot to notify the other robot of the release of the cooperative travel mode.

例如,第一機器人100a可以由於充電容量值低於參考容量值而將協作行駛模式的解除資訊傳送給第二機器人100b,以允許第二機器人100b在第一機器人100a解除協作行駛模式時識別到協作行駛模式的解除,而第二機器人100b可以由於充電容量值低於參考容量值而將協作行駛模式的解除資訊傳送給第一機器人100a,以允許第一機器人100a在第二機器人解除協作行駛模式時識別到協作行駛模式的解除。For example, the first robot 100a may transmit the release information of the cooperative driving mode to the second robot 100b because the charging capacity value is lower than the reference capacity value, so as to allow the second robot 100b to recognize the cooperative driving mode when the first robot 100a releases the cooperative driving mode The travel mode is released, and the second robot 100b can transmit the release information of the cooperative travel mode to the first robot 100a because the charging capacity value is lower than the reference capacity value, so as to allow the first robot 100a to release the cooperative travel mode when the second robot cancels the cooperative travel mode. The release of the cooperative driving mode is recognized.

因此,當第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b中的至少一個的充電容量值低於參考容量值時,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b均可以停止協作行駛模式的執行。Therefore, when the charging capacity value of at least one of the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b is lower than the reference capacity value, both the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b may stop the execution of the cooperative driving mode.

第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b各自可以移動到充電座400a、400b,然後對電池進行充電,直到將電池的充電容量充至預定參考容量以上。The first robot 100a and the second robot 100b can each move to the charging bases 400a, 400b, and then charge the battery until the charging capacity of the battery is charged above a predetermined reference capacity.

換言之,當第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b各自由於充電容量值低於參考容量而移動到充電座400a、400b時,可以對電池進行充電直到將電池的充電容量充至預定參考容量以上。In other words, when the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b each move to the charging bases 400a, 400b because the charging capacity value is lower than the reference capacity, the battery can be charged until the charging capacity of the battery is charged above the predetermined reference capacity.

此處,預定參考容量可以表示電池的充電容量的位準。可以將預定參考容量設定為與電池總容量的比率[%],或者可以設定為電池的容量單位[Ah]。Here, the predetermined reference capacity may represent the level of the charging capacity of the battery. The predetermined reference capacity may be set as a ratio [%] to the total capacity of the battery, or may be set as a capacity unit [Ah] of the battery.

第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b各自較佳可以移動到充電座400a、400b,然後對電池進行充電,直到電池的充電完成。The first robot 100a and the second robot 100b can each preferably move to the charging bases 400a, 400b, and then charge the battery until the charging of the battery is completed.

第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b由於各自的充電容量值低於參考容量值,因此各自可以在移動到充電座400a、400b之前識別當前位置以儲存位置資訊值,並且在充電站400a、400b將電池的充電容量充至高於預定參考容量之後使用該位置資訊值開始行駛。Since the respective charging capacity values of the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b are lower than the reference capacity value, each of them can recognize the current position to store the position information value before moving to the charging stand 400a, 400b, and store the position information value at the charging station 400a, 400b. After the charging capacity of the battery is higher than the predetermined reference capacity, the vehicle starts driving using the position information value.

換言之,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b各自可以儲存與移動到充電座400a、400b之前的位置相應的位置資訊值,並且當在充電座400a、400b對電池進行充電後而恢復行駛時,使用該位置資訊值開始行駛。In other words, each of the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b can store the position information value corresponding to the position before moving to the charging stand 400a, 400b, and use it when driving resumes after charging the battery in the charging stand 400a, 400b. This location information value starts driving.

例如,在充電座400a、400b完成電池的充電後,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b各自可以移動到根據位置資訊值的位置,以開始行駛或者在開始行駛時輸出用於移動到根據位置資訊值的位置的通知。For example, after the charging bases 400a, 400b complete the charging of the batteries, the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b can each move to a position according to the position information value to start driving or output for moving to a position according to the position information when starting to travel Notification of the location of the value.

在系統1中,可以如圖36A所示的表格執行與第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b各自的充電容量對應的行駛。 {回應1(a)} In the system 1, travel corresponding to the respective charging capacities of the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b can be performed as shown in the table shown in FIG. 36A . {response 1(a)}

當第一機器人100a的充電容量值低於參考容量值,而第二機器人100b的充電容量值高於參考容量值時,第一機器人100a可以解除協作行駛模式,然後移動到第一充電座400a以對電池進行充電,並且當電池的充電容量超過預定(容量)參考位準時,則移動到在移至第一充電座400a之前的位置以執行獨立行駛模式。在這種情況下,第二機器人100b可以解除協作行駛模式,然後根據是否有剩餘清掃區而移動到第二充電座400b以對電池進行充電。如果剩餘清掃區的面積與預定(面積)參考值對應,則第二機器人100b可以完成剩餘清掃區的行駛,然後移動到第二充電座400b。此外,如果剩餘清掃區的面積與預定參考面積不對應,則第二機器人100b可以移動到第二充電座400b。When the charging capacity value of the first robot 100a is lower than the reference capacity value and the charging capacity value of the second robot 100b is higher than the reference capacity value, the first robot 100a may cancel the cooperative driving mode, and then move to the first charging stand 400a to The battery is charged, and when the charging capacity of the battery exceeds a predetermined (capacity) reference level, it is moved to the position before moving to the first charging stand 400a to perform the independent travel mode. In this case, the second robot 100b may release the cooperative driving mode, and then move to the second charging stand 400b to charge the battery according to whether there is a remaining cleaning area. If the area of the remaining cleaning area corresponds to a predetermined (area) reference value, the second robot 100b can complete the driving of the remaining cleaning area, and then move to the second charging stand 400b. Also, if the area of the remaining cleaning area does not correspond to the predetermined reference area, the second robot 100b may move to the second charging stand 400b.

換言之,當僅第一機器人100a的充電容量值低於參考容量值時,如圖37所示,第一機器人100a可以在執行協作行駛模式的同時解除協作行駛模式(P10),然後移動至第一充電座400a(P11或P12),但第二機器人100b在剩餘清掃區的面積與預定參考值對應時,可以完成剩餘清掃區的行駛(P11),然後移動至第二充電座400b(P12),並且當剩餘清掃區的面積與預定參考面積不對應時,立即移動至第二充電座400b(P12),並且第一機器人100a可以在第一充電座400a處將電池的充電容量充至預定參考值以上,然後移動到移至第一充電座400a之前的位置XX1,以執行第一機器人100a的獨立行駛模式(P13)。 {回應2(b)} In other words, when only the charging capacity value of the first robot 100 a is lower than the reference capacity value, as shown in FIG. 37 , the first robot 100 a may release the cooperative travel mode ( P10 ) while executing the cooperative travel mode, and then move to the first robot 100 a The charging stand 400a (P11 or P12), but when the area of the remaining cleaning area corresponds to the predetermined reference value, the second robot 100b can complete the driving of the remaining cleaning area (P11), and then move to the second charging stand 400b (P12), And when the area of the remaining cleaning area does not correspond to the predetermined reference area, immediately move to the second charging stand 400b (P12), and the first robot 100a can charge the battery's charging capacity at the first charging stand 400a to the predetermined reference value The above, and then move to the position XX1 before moving to the first charging stand 400a to execute the independent travel mode of the first robot 100a (P13). {response 2(b)}

另外,當第一機器人100a的充電容量值低於參考容量值而第二機器人100b的充電容量值高於參考容量值時,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b各自可以解除協作行駛模式,然後移動到各自的充電座400a、400b以對電池進行充電,並且在電池的充電容量被充至參考容量位準以上時,移動到移至各自的充電座400a、400b之前的位置,以執行獨立行駛模式。In addition, when the charging capacity value of the first robot 100a is lower than the reference capacity value and the charging capacity value of the second robot 100b is higher than the reference capacity value, the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b may each release the cooperative travel mode, and then move to the respective charging stand 400a, 400b to charge the battery, and when the charging capacity of the battery is charged above the reference capacity level, move to the position before moving to the respective charging stand 400a, 400b to perform the independent driving mode .

換言之,當僅第一機器人100a的充電容量值低於參考容量值時,如圖38所示,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b各自可以在執行協作行駛的同時解除協作行駛模式(P20),然後第一機器人100a可以移動到第一充電座400a並且第二機器人100b可以移動到第二充電座400b(P21),然後第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b各自可以在各自的第一充電座400a和第二充電座400b將電池的充電容量充至預定參考容量以上,然後第一機器人100a可以移動到移至第一充電座400a之前的位置XX1,以執行第一機器人100a的獨立行駛模式,而第二機器人100b可以移動到移至第二充電座400b之前的位置XX2,以執行第二機器人100b的獨立行駛模式(P22)。 {回應3(c)} In other words, when only the charging capacity value of the first robot 100a is lower than the reference capacity value, as shown in FIG. 38, the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b can each release the cooperative travel mode (P20) while performing cooperative travel, Then the first robot 100a can move to the first charging stand 400a and the second robot 100b can move to the second charging stand 400b (P21), and then the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b can each be at their respective first charging stand 400a and the second charging base 400b to charge the charging capacity of the battery above the predetermined reference capacity, and then the first robot 100a can move to the position XX1 before moving to the first charging base 400a to execute the independent driving mode of the first robot 100a, while The second robot 100b may be moved to the position XX2 before moving to the second charging stand 400b to perform the independent travel mode (P22) of the second robot 100b. {response 3(c)}

當第一機器人100a的充電容量值高於參考容量值而第二機器人100b的充電容量值低於參考容量值時,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b各自可以解除協作行駛模式,然後移動到各自的充電座400a、400b以對電池進行充電,並且當第一機器人100a在電池的充電容量被充至預定參考容量以上時,可以移動到移至第一充電座400a之前的位置以執行獨立行駛模式。When the charging capacity value of the first robot 100a is higher than the reference capacity value and the charging capacity value of the second robot 100b is lower than the reference capacity value, each of the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b may release the cooperative driving mode, and then move to their respective The charging cradles 400a, 400b to charge the battery, and when the charging capacity of the battery is charged above a predetermined reference capacity, the first robot 100a can move to the position before moving to the first charging cradle 400a to perform the independent driving mode .

換言之,當第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b的充電容量值均低於參考容量值時,如圖37所示,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b各自可以在執行協作行駛的同時解除協作行駛模式(P10),然後第一機器人100a可以移動到第一充電座400a並且第二機器人100b可以移動到第二充電座400b(P12),但第一機器人100a可以在第一充電座400a將電池的充電容量充至預定參考容量以上,然後移動到移至第一充電座400a之前的位置XX1,以執行第一機器人100a的獨立行駛模式(P13)。 {回應4(d)} In other words, when the charging capacity values of the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b are both lower than the reference capacity value, as shown in FIG. 37 , the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b can each cancel the cooperative travel while performing cooperative travel mode (P10), then the first robot 100a can move to the first charging stand 400a and the second robot 100b can move to the second charging stand 400b (P12), but the first robot 100a can transfer the battery's battery at the first charging stand 400a The charging capacity is charged above the predetermined reference capacity, and then moved to the position XX1 before moving to the first charging stand 400a to execute the independent travel mode of the first robot 100a (P13). {response 4(d)}

另外,當第一機器人100a的充電容量值高於參考容量值而第二機器人100b的充電容量值低於參考容量值時,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b各自可以解除協作行駛模式,然後移動到各自的充電座400a、400b以對電池進行充電,並且在電池的充電容量被充至參考容量位準以上時,移動到移至各自的充電座400a、400b之前的位置,以執行獨立行駛模式。In addition, when the charging capacity value of the first robot 100a is higher than the reference capacity value and the charging capacity value of the second robot 100b is lower than the reference capacity value, the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b may each release the cooperative travel mode, and then move to the respective charging stand 400a, 400b to charge the battery, and when the charging capacity of the battery is charged above the reference capacity level, move to the position before moving to the respective charging stand 400a, 400b to perform the independent driving mode .

換言之,當僅第一機器人100a的充電容量值低於參考容量值時,如圖38所示,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b各自可以在執行協作行駛的同時解除協作行駛模式(P20),然後第一機器人100a可以移動到第一充電座400a並且第二機器人100b可以移動到第二充電座400b(P21),然後第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b各自可以在各自的第一充電座400a和第二充電座400b將電池的充電容量充至預定參考容量以上,然後第一機器人100a可以移動到移至第一充電座400a之前的位置XX1,以執行第一機器人100a的獨立行駛模式,而第二機器人100b可以移動到移至第二充電座400b之前的位置XX2,以執行第二機器人100b的獨立行駛模式(P22)。 {回應5(e)} In other words, when only the charging capacity value of the first robot 100a is lower than the reference capacity value, as shown in FIG. 38, the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b can each release the cooperative travel mode (P20) while performing cooperative travel, Then the first robot 100a can move to the first charging stand 400a and the second robot 100b can move to the second charging stand 400b (P21), and then the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b can each be at their respective first charging stand 400a and the second charging base 400b to charge the charging capacity of the battery above the predetermined reference capacity, and then the first robot 100a can move to the position XX1 before moving to the first charging base 400a to execute the independent driving mode of the first robot 100a, while The second robot 100b may be moved to the position XX2 before moving to the second charging stand 400b to perform the independent travel mode (P22) of the second robot 100b. {response 5(e)}

當該第一機器人100a的充電容量值和第二機器人100b的充電容量值均低於參考容量值時,第一機器人和第二機器人各自可以解除協作行駛模式,然後移動到各自的充電座400a、400b對電池進行充電,並且當將電池的充電容量充至預定參考容量以上時,第一機器人可以移動到移至第一充電座400a之前的位置,以執行獨立行駛模式。When the charging capacity value of the first robot 100a and the charging capacity value of the second robot 100b are both lower than the reference capacity value, the first robot and the second robot can each cancel the cooperative driving mode, and then move to their respective charging bases 400a, 400b charges the battery, and when the charging capacity of the battery is charged above a predetermined reference capacity, the first robot may move to a position before moving to the first charging stand 400a to perform the independent travel mode.

換言之,當第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b的充電容量值均低於參考容量值時,如圖37所示,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b各自可以在執行協作行駛的同時解除協作行駛模式(P10),然後第一機器人100a可以移動到第一充電座400a並且第二機器人100b可以移動到第二充電座400b(P12),但第一機器人100a可以在第一充電座400a將電池的充電容量充至預定參考容量以上,然後移動到移至第一充電座400a之前的位置XX1,以執行第一機器人100a的獨立行駛模式(P13)。 {回應6(f)} In other words, when the charging capacity values of the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b are both lower than the reference capacity value, as shown in FIG. 37 , the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b can each cancel the cooperative travel while performing cooperative travel mode (P10), then the first robot 100a can move to the first charging stand 400a and the second robot 100b can move to the second charging stand 400b (P12), but the first robot 100a can transfer the battery's battery at the first charging stand 400a The charging capacity is charged above the predetermined reference capacity, and then moved to the position XX1 before moving to the first charging stand 400a to execute the independent travel mode of the first robot 100a (P13). {response 6(f)}

另外,當第一機器人100a的充電容量值和第二機器人100b的充電容量值均低於參考容量值時,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b各自可以解除協作行駛模式,然後移動到各自的充電座400a、400b以對電池進行充電,並且在電池的充電容量被充至參考容量位準以上時,移動到移至各自的充電座400a、400b之前的位置,以執行獨立行駛模式。In addition, when the charging capacity value of the first robot 100a and the charging capacity value of the second robot 100b are both lower than the reference capacity value, the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b can each release the cooperative driving mode and then move to their respective charging The stand 400a, 400b is used to charge the battery, and when the charging capacity of the battery is charged above the reference capacity level, it is moved to the position before moving to the respective charging stand 400a, 400b to perform the independent driving mode.

換言之,當僅第一機器人100a的充電容量值低於參考容量值時,如圖38所示,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b各自可以在執行協作行駛的同時解除協作行駛模式(P20),然後第一機器人100a可以移動到第一充電座400a並且第二機器人100b可以移動到第二充電座400b(P21),然後第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b各自可以在各自的第一充電座400a和第二充電座400b將電池的充電容量充至預定參考容量以上,然後第一機器人100a可以移動到移至第一充電座400a之前的位置XX1,以執行第一機器人100a的獨立行駛模式,而第二機器人100b可以移動到移至第二充電座400b之前的位置XX2,以執行第二機器人100b的獨立行駛模式(P22)。In other words, when only the charging capacity value of the first robot 100a is lower than the reference capacity value, as shown in FIG. 38, the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b can each release the cooperative travel mode (P20) while performing cooperative travel, Then the first robot 100a can move to the first charging stand 400a and the second robot 100b can move to the second charging stand 400b (P21), and then the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b can each be at their respective first charging stand 400a and the second charging base 400b to charge the charging capacity of the battery above the predetermined reference capacity, and then the first robot 100a can move to the position XX1 before moving to the first charging base 400a to execute the independent driving mode of the first robot 100a, while The second robot 100b may be moved to the position XX2 before moving to the second charging stand 400b to perform the independent travel mode (P22) of the second robot 100b.

此外,在系統1中,也可以如圖36B所示的表格執行與第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b各自的充電容量對應的行駛。 {回應7(g)} In addition, in the system 1, travel corresponding to the respective charging capacities of the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b may be performed as shown in the table shown in FIG. 36B . {response 7(g)}

當第一機器人100a的充電容量值低於參考容量值,而第二機器人100b的充電容量值高於參考容量值時,第一機器人100a可以解除協作行駛模式並切換到獨立行駛模式,然後在執行獨立行駛模式的同時行駛,並且第二機器人100b可以解除協作行駛模式,然後根據是否有剩餘的清掃區而移動到充電座400b對電池進行充電。當剩餘清掃區的面積與預定(面積)參考值對應,則第二機器人100b可以完成剩餘清掃區的行駛,然後移動到第二充電座400b。此外,如果剩餘清掃區的面積與預定參考面積不對應,則第二機器人100b可以移動到第二充電座400b。When the charging capacity value of the first robot 100a is lower than the reference capacity value and the charging capacity value of the second robot 100b is higher than the reference capacity value, the first robot 100a may cancel the cooperative driving mode and switch to the independent driving mode, and then execute the The second robot 100b can move to the charging stand 400b to charge the battery according to whether there is a remaining cleaning area or not while traveling in the independent traveling mode, and the second robot 100b can cancel the cooperative traveling mode. When the area of the remaining cleaning area corresponds to a predetermined (area) reference value, the second robot 100b can complete the driving of the remaining cleaning area, and then move to the second charging stand 400b. Also, if the area of the remaining cleaning area does not correspond to the predetermined reference area, the second robot 100b may move to the second charging stand 400b.

換言之,在執行協作行駛模式的同時,當僅第一機器人100a的充電容量值低於參考容量值,第一機器人100a可以解除協作行駛模式,然後切換到獨立行駛模式以執行獨立行駛模式,但當剩餘清掃區的面積與預定參考面積對應時,第二機器人100b可以完成剩餘清掃區的行駛,然後移動到第二充電座400b,但當剩餘清掃區的面積不與預定參考面積對應時,第二機器人100b立即移動到第二充電座400b,並且第一機器人100a可以在第一充電座400a將電池的充電容量充至預定容量以上,然後移動到移至第一充電座400a之前的位置XX1,以執行第一機器人100a的獨立行駛模式。 {回應8(h)} In other words, while executing the cooperative travel mode, when only the charging capacity value of the first robot 100a is lower than the reference capacity value, the first robot 100a may release the cooperative travel mode and then switch to the independent travel mode to execute the independent travel mode, but when When the area of the remaining cleaning area corresponds to the predetermined reference area, the second robot 100b can complete the driving of the remaining cleaning area and then move to the second charging stand 400b, but when the area of the remaining cleaning area does not correspond to the predetermined reference area, the second robot 100b The robot 100b immediately moves to the second charging base 400b, and the first robot 100a can charge the battery's charging capacity above the predetermined capacity at the first charging base 400a, and then move to the position XX1 before moving to the first charging base 400a to The independent travel mode of the first robot 100a is executed. {response 8(h)}

另外,當第一機器人100a的充電容量值低於參考容量值,而第二機器人100b的充電容量值高於參考容量值時,第一機器人100a可以解除協作行駛模式並切換到獨立行駛模式,然後在執行獨立行駛模式的同時行駛,並且第二機器人100b可以解除協作行駛模式,然後移動到充電座400b對電池進行充電,並且當電池的充電容量被充至預定(容量)參考位準以上時,移動到移至第二充電座400b之前的位置,以執行獨立行駛模式。In addition, when the charging capacity value of the first robot 100a is lower than the reference capacity value and the charging capacity value of the second robot 100b is higher than the reference capacity value, the first robot 100a may release the cooperative driving mode and switch to the independent driving mode, and then The second robot 100b travels while executing the independent travel mode, and the second robot 100b can release the cooperative travel mode, then moves to the charging stand 400b to charge the battery, and when the charging capacity of the battery is charged above a predetermined (capacity) reference level, Move to the position before moving to the second charging stand 400b to execute the independent travel mode.

換言之,在執行協作行駛模式的同時,當僅第一機器人100a的充電容量值低於參考容量值時,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b可以各自解除協作執行模式,然後第一機器人100a可以切換至獨立行駛模式以執行獨立行駛模式,但第二機器人100b可以移動到第二充電座400b,並在第二充電座400b將電池的充電容量充至預定參考容量以上,然後移動到移至第二充電座400b之前的位置XX2,以執行第二機器人100b的獨立行駛模式。 {回應9(i)} In other words, while executing the cooperative travel mode, when only the charging capacity value of the first robot 100a is lower than the reference capacity value, the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b may each release the cooperative execution mode, and then the first robot 100a may switch to the independent travel mode to execute the independent travel mode, but the second robot 100b may move to the second charging stand 400b, charge the battery's charging capacity above the predetermined reference capacity at the second charging stand 400b, and then move to the second charging stand 400b The position XX2 before the charging stand 400b to execute the independent driving mode of the second robot 100b. {response 9(i)}

當第一機器人100a的充電容量值高於參考容量值,而第二機器人100b的充電容量值低於參考容量值時,第一機器人100a可以解除協作行駛模式並切換至獨立行駛模式,然後在執行獨立行駛模式的同時行駛,並且第二機器人100b可以解除協作行駛模式,然後移動到充電座400b以對電池進行充電。When the charging capacity value of the first robot 100a is higher than the reference capacity value and the charging capacity value of the second robot 100b is lower than the reference capacity value, the first robot 100a can cancel the cooperative driving mode and switch to the independent driving mode, and then execute the while traveling in the independent traveling mode, and the second robot 100b may release the cooperative traveling mode, and then move to the charging stand 400b to charge the battery.

換言之,如圖39所示,在執行協作行駛模式(P30)的同時,當僅第二機器人100b的充電容量值低於參考容量值時,第二機器人100b可以解除協作行駛模式,然後移動到第二充電座400b(P31),但第一機器人100a可以解除協作行駛模式,然後切換至獨立行駛模式,以執行獨立行駛模式(P32)。 {回應10(j)} In other words, as shown in FIG. 39 , when only the charging capacity value of the second robot 100b is lower than the reference capacity value while the cooperative travel mode (P30) is being performed, the second robot 100b may release the cooperative travel mode, and then move to the first robot 100b. The second charging stand 400b (P31), but the first robot 100a can release the cooperative driving mode and then switch to the independent driving mode to execute the independent driving mode (P32). {response 10(j)}

此外,當第一機器人100a的充電容量值高於參考容量值,而第二機器人100b的充電容量值低於參考容量值時,第一機器人100a可以解除協作行駛模式並切換到獨立行駛模式,然後在執行獨立行駛模式的同時行駛,並且第二機器人100b可以解除協作行駛模式,然後移動到充電座400b以對電池進行充電,並且當電池的充電容量被充至預定(容量)參考位準以上時,移動到移至第二充電座400b之前的位置,以執行獨立行駛模式。In addition, when the charging capacity value of the first robot 100a is higher than the reference capacity value and the charging capacity value of the second robot 100b is lower than the reference capacity value, the first robot 100a may release the cooperative driving mode and switch to the independent driving mode, and then The second robot 100b travels while executing the independent travel mode, and the second robot 100b can release the cooperative travel mode, and then moves to the charging stand 400b to charge the battery, and when the charging capacity of the battery is charged above a predetermined (capacity) reference level , move to the position before moving to the second charging stand 400b to execute the independent driving mode.

換言之,在執行協作行駛模式的同時,當僅第二機器人100b的充電容量值低於參考容量值時,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b各自可以解除協作行駛模式,然後第一機器人100a可以切換至獨立行駛模式以執行獨立行駛模式,但第二機器人100b可以移動到第二充電座400b,以在第二充電座400b將電池的充電容量充至預定參考容量以上,然後移動到移至第二充電座400b之前的位置XX2,以執行第二機器人100b的獨立行駛模式。 {回應11(k)} In other words, while executing the cooperative travel mode, when only the charging capacity value of the second robot 100b is lower than the reference capacity value, each of the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b may release the cooperative travel mode, and then the first robot 100a may switch to the independent travel mode to perform the independent travel mode, but the second robot 100b may move to the second charging stand 400b to charge the battery's charging capacity above the predetermined reference capacity at the second charging stand 400b, and then move to the second charging stand 400b The position XX2 before the charging stand 400b to execute the independent driving mode of the second robot 100b. {response to 11(k)}

當第一機器人100a的充電容量值和第二機器人100b的充電容量值均低於參考容量值時,第一機器人100a可以解除協作行駛模式並切換至獨立行駛模式,然後在執行獨立行駛模式的同時行駛,並且第二機器人100b可以解除協作行駛模式,然後移動到充電座400b以對電池進行充電。When both the charging capacity value of the first robot 100a and the charging capacity value of the second robot 100b are lower than the reference capacity value, the first robot 100a may cancel the cooperative driving mode and switch to the independent driving mode, and then execute the independent driving mode while executing the independent driving mode. travel, and the second robot 100b may release the cooperative travel mode, and then move to the charging stand 400b to charge the battery.

換言之,如圖39所示,在執行協作行駛模式(P30)的同時,當僅第二機器人100b的充電容量值低於參考容量值時,第二機器人100b可以解除協作行駛模式,然後移動到第二充電座400b(P31),但第一機器人100a可以解除協作行駛模式,然後切換至獨立行駛模式,以執行獨立行駛模式(P32)。 {回應12(l)} In other words, as shown in FIG. 39 , when only the charging capacity value of the second robot 100b is lower than the reference capacity value while the cooperative travel mode (P30) is being performed, the second robot 100b may release the cooperative travel mode, and then move to the first robot 100b. The second charging stand 400b (P31), but the first robot 100a can release the cooperative driving mode and then switch to the independent driving mode to execute the independent driving mode (P32). {response 12(l)}

此外,當第一機器人100a的充電容量值和第二機器人100b的充電容量值均低於參考容量值時,第一機器人100a可以解除協作行駛模式並切換到獨立行駛模式,然後在執行獨立行駛模式的同時行駛,並且第二機器人100b可以解除協作行駛模式,然後移動到充電座400b以對電池進行充電,並且當電池的充電容量被充至預定(容量)參考位準以上時,移動到移至第二充電座400b之前的位置,以執行獨立行駛模式。In addition, when the charging capacity value of the first robot 100a and the charging capacity value of the second robot 100b are both lower than the reference capacity value, the first robot 100a may cancel the cooperative driving mode and switch to the independent driving mode, and then execute the independent driving mode while driving, and the second robot 100b can release the cooperative driving mode, then move to the charging stand 400b to charge the battery, and when the charging capacity of the battery is charged above a predetermined (capacity) reference level, move to The position before the second charging stand 400b to perform the independent driving mode.

換言之,在執行協作行駛模式的同時,當僅有第二機器人100b的充電容量值低於參考容量值時,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b各自可以解除協作行駛模式,然後第一機器人100a可以切換至獨立行駛模式以執行獨立行駛模式,但第二機器人100b可以移動到第二充電座400b,以在第二充電座400b將電池的充電容量充至預定參考容量以上,然後移動到移至第二充電座400b之前的位置XX2,以執行第二機器人100b的獨立行駛模式。In other words, while the cooperative travel mode is being performed, when only the charging capacity value of the second robot 100b is lower than the reference capacity value, the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b may each release the cooperative travel mode, and then the first robot 100a may release the cooperative travel mode. Switch to the independent travel mode to perform the independent travel mode, but the second robot 100b may move to the second charging stand 400b to charge the battery's charging capacity above the predetermined reference capacity at the second charging stand 400b, and then move to the second charging stand 400b. The second position XX2 before the charging stand 400b, so as to execute the independent driving mode of the second robot 100b.

另一方面,在根據對如上所述的電池的充電容量的狀態作出回應的系統1中,可以透過如圖40中所示的執行協作行駛的方法來執行協作行駛。On the other hand, in the system 1 according to the response to the state of the charging capacity of the battery as described above, cooperative driving can be performed by the method of performing cooperative driving as shown in FIG. 40 .

執行協作行駛的方法(以下稱為實施方法)是在系統1中執行協作行駛的方法,該系統1包括:第一機器人100a,其基於由第一充電座400a所充的電力運行,以在待清掃區中行駛;以及第二機器人100b,其基於由第二充電座400b所充的電力運行,以沿第一機器人100a已行駛過的路徑行駛,該方法可以包括由第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b各自開始協作行駛模式的執行(S4100);由第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b各自感測電池的充電容量(S4200);以及由第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b各自對充電容量值和預設參考容量值進行比較(S4300),並根據比較結果,由第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b中的至少一個執行獨立行駛模式或移動到充電座400a、400b以對電池進行充電(S4400)。A method of performing cooperative driving (hereinafter referred to as an implementation method) is a method of performing cooperative driving in a system 1 including: a first robot 100a that operates based on electric power charged by the first charging stand 400a to and a second robot 100b that operates based on the power charged by the second charging stand 400b to travel along a path that the first robot 100a has traveled, the method may include driving the first robot 100a and the second robot The robots 100b each start the execution of the cooperative driving mode (S4100); the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b each sense the charging capacity of the battery (S4200); and the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b each determine the charging capacity value Comparing with a preset reference capacity value (S4300), and according to the comparison result, at least one of the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b executes an independent driving mode or moves to the charging stand 400a, 400b to charge the battery (S4400 ).

此處,第一機器人100a可以在進行協作行駛的區域內向前行駛的同時吸入灰塵,而第二機器人100b可以在第一機器人100a所行駛區域的後方行駛的同時擦拭灰塵。Here, the first robot 100a may inhale dust while driving forward in an area where cooperative driving is performed, and the second robot 100b may wipe dust while driving behind the area where the first robot 100a is driving.

啟動步驟(S4100)可以是第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b根據協作行駛模式開始行駛的步驟。The starting step ( S4100 ) may be a step in which the first robot 100 a and the second robot 100 b start traveling according to the cooperative traveling mode.

感測步驟(S4200)可以是第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b中的每一個在根據協同駕駛模式駕駛的同時實時感測電池中充電的容量的步驟。The sensing step ( S4200 ) may be a step in which each of the first robot 100 a and the second robot 100 b senses the capacity charged in the battery in real time while driving according to the cooperative driving mode.

在感測步驟(S4200)中,第一機器人100a可以感測內置在第一機器人100a中的電池的充電容量,以將感測結果量化為充電容量值,而第二機器人100b可以感測內置在第二機器人100b中的電池的充電容量,以將感測結果量化為充電容量值。In the sensing step (S4200), the first robot 100a may sense the charging capacity of the battery built in the first robot 100a to quantify the sensing result as a charging capacity value, and the second robot 100b may sense the charging capacity of the battery built in the first robot 100a. The charging capacity of the battery in the second robot 100b to quantify the sensing result as a charging capacity value.

比較步驟(S4300)可以是第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b各自將透過在感測步驟(S4200)中量化感測結果而獲得的充電容量值與參考容量值進行比較的步驟。The comparing step ( S4300 ) may be a step in which the first robot 100 a and the second robot 100 b each compare the charging capacity value obtained by quantifying the sensing result in the sensing step ( S4200 ) with a reference capacity value.

在比較步驟(S4300)中,第一機器人100a可以將第一機器人100a的充電容量值與參考容量值進行比較,而第二機器人100b可以將第二機器人100b的充電容量值與參考容量值進行比較。In the comparing step (S4300), the first robot 100a may compare the charging capacity value of the first robot 100a with the reference capacity value, and the second robot 100b may compare the charging capacity value of the second robot 100b with the reference capacity value .

在比較步驟(S4300)中,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b各自可以傳送和共享充電容量值與參考容量值的比較結果。In the comparing step ( S4300 ), each of the first robot 100 a and the second robot 100 b may transmit and share a comparison result of the charging capacity value and the reference capacity value.

充電步驟(S4400)可以是充電容量值低於第一機器人100a與第二機器人100b之間的參考容量值的機器人移動到充電座400a、400b以對電池充電的步驟。The charging step (S4400) may be a step in which the robot whose charging capacity value is lower than the reference capacity value between the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b moves to the charging bases 400a, 400b to charge the battery.

在充電步驟(S4400)中,當第一機器人100a的充電容量值低於參考容量值,而第二機器人100b的充電容量值高於參考容量值時,如圖36A的(a)所示,第一機器人100a可以解除協作行駛模式,然後移動到第一充電座400a以對電池進行充電,並且當將電池的充電容量充至預定參考容量以上時,移動到移至第一充電座400a之前的位置以執行獨立行駛模式,並且第二機器人100b可以解除協作行駛模式,然後根據是否有剩餘的清掃區而移動到第二充電座400b以對電池進行充電。In the charging step (S4400), when the charging capacity value of the first robot 100a is lower than the reference capacity value and the charging capacity value of the second robot 100b is higher than the reference capacity value, as shown in (a) of FIG. 36A, the first A robot 100a can release the cooperative driving mode, then move to the first charging stand 400a to charge the battery, and when the charging capacity of the battery is charged above a predetermined reference capacity, move to the position before moving to the first charging stand 400a to perform the independent travel mode, and the second robot 100b may release the cooperative travel mode, and then move to the second charging stand 400b to charge the battery according to whether there is a remaining cleaning area.

因此,當僅第一機器人100a的充電容量值低於參考容量值時,在充電步驟(S4400)中,如圖37所示,第一機器人100a可以在執行協作行駛模式的同時解除協作行駛模式(P10),然後移動至第一充電座400a(P11或P12),但第二機器人100b在剩餘清掃區的面積與預定參考面積對應時,可以完成剩餘清掃區的行駛(P11),然後移動至第二充電座400b(P12),並且當剩餘清掃區的面積不與預定參考面積對應時,第二機器人100b立即移動至第二充電座400b(P12),並且第一機器人100a可以在第一充電座400a將電池的充電容量充至預定參考值以上,然後移動到移至第一充電座400a之前的位置XX1,以執行第一機器人100a的獨立行駛移動(P13)。Therefore, when only the charging capacity value of the first robot 100a is lower than the reference capacity value, in the charging step ( S4400 ), as shown in FIG. 37 , the first robot 100a may release the cooperative driving mode ( P10), and then move to the first charging stand 400a (P11 or P12), but when the area of the remaining cleaning area corresponds to the predetermined reference area, the second robot 100b can complete the driving of the remaining cleaning area (P11), and then move to the first cleaning area. Two charging bases 400b (P12), and when the area of the remaining cleaning area does not correspond to the predetermined reference area, the second robot 100b immediately moves to the second charging base 400b (P12), and the first robot 100a can be in the first charging base 400a charges the charging capacity of the battery to a predetermined reference value or more, and then moves to the position XX1 before moving to the first charging stand 400a to perform the independent travel movement of the first robot 100a (P13).

在充電步驟(S4400)中,當第一機器人100a的充電容量值低於參考容量值,而第二機器人100b的充電容量值高於參考容量值時,如圖36A的(b)所示,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b各自可以解除協作行駛模式,然後移動到各自的充電座400a、400b以對電池進行充電,並且當將電池的充電容量充至預定參考容量以上時,移動到移至各自的充電座400a、400b之前的位置,以執行獨立行駛模式。In the charging step (S4400), when the charging capacity value of the first robot 100a is lower than the reference capacity value and the charging capacity value of the second robot 100b is higher than the reference capacity value, as shown in (b) of FIG. 36A, the first The first robot 100a and the second robot 100b can each release the cooperative travel mode, then move to the respective charging bases 400a, 400b to charge the battery, and when the charging capacity of the battery is charged above a predetermined reference capacity, move to The position in front of the respective charging stand 400a, 400b to perform the independent driving mode.

因此,當僅第一機器人100a的充電容量值低於參考容量值時,在充電步驟(S4400)中,如圖38所示,在執行協作行駛模式(P20)的同時,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b各自可以解除協作行駛模式,然後第一機器人100a可以移動到第一充電座400a並且第二機器人100b可以移動到第二充電座400b(P21),然後第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b各自可以在各自的第一充電座400a和第二充電座400b將電池的充電容量充至預定參考容量以上,並且第一機器人100a可以移動到移至第一充電座400a之前的位置XX1,以執行第一機器人100a的獨立行駛模式,而第二機器人100b可以移動到移至第二充電座400b之前的位置XX2,以執行第二機器人100b的獨立行駛模式(P22)。Therefore, when only the charging capacity value of the first robot 100a is lower than the reference capacity value, in the charging step ( S4400 ), as shown in FIG. 38 , the first robot 100 a and the first robot 100 a and the The two robots 100b can each release the cooperative driving mode, then the first robot 100a can move to the first charging stand 400a and the second robot 100b can move to the second charging stand 400b (P21), then the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b Each may charge the charging capacity of the battery above a predetermined reference capacity at the respective first charging stand 400a and the second charging stand 400b, and the first robot 100a may move to the position XX1 before moving to the first charging stand 400a to perform The independent travel mode of the first robot 100a, and the second robot 100b may be moved to the position XX2 before moving to the second charging stand 400b to execute the independent travel mode of the second robot 100b (P22).

在充電步驟(S4400)中,當第一機器人100a的充電容量值高於參考容量值,而第二機器人100b的充電容量值低於參考容量值時,如圖36A的(c)所示,第一機器人100a可以解除協作行駛模式並切換至獨立行駛模式,然後在執行獨立行駛模式的同時行駛,並且第二機器人100b可以解除協作行駛模式,然後移動到充電座400b以對電池進行充電。In the charging step (S4400), when the charging capacity value of the first robot 100a is higher than the reference capacity value and the charging capacity value of the second robot 100b is lower than the reference capacity value, as shown in (c) of FIG. 36A, the first One robot 100a may release the cooperative travel mode and switch to the independent travel mode, and then travel while executing the independent travel mode, and the second robot 100b may release the cooperative travel mode and then move to the charging stand 400b to charge the battery.

因此,當僅第二機器人100b的充電容量值低於參考容量值,在充電步驟(S4400)中,如圖39所示,在執行協作行駛模式(P30)的同時,第二機器人100b可以解除協作行駛模式,然後移動到第二充電座400b(P31),但第一機器人100a可以解除協作行駛模式,然後切換至獨立行駛模式,以執行獨立行駛模式(P32)。Therefore, when only the charging capacity value of the second robot 100b is lower than the reference capacity value, in the charging step ( S4400 ), as shown in FIG. 39 , the second robot 100 b can release the cooperation while executing the cooperative travel mode ( P30 ). The travel mode is then moved to the second charging stand 400b (P31), but the first robot 100a may release the cooperative travel mode and then switch to the independent travel mode to execute the independent travel mode (P32).

在充電步驟(S4400)中,如圖36A的(e)所示,當第一機器人100a的充電容量值和第二機器人100b的充電容量值均低於參考容量值時,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b各自可以解除協作行駛模式,然後移動到各自的充電座400a、400b對電池進行充電,並且當電池的充電容量被充至預定參考位準以上時,第一機器人可以移動到移至第一充電座400a之前的位置,以執行獨立行駛模式。In the charging step ( S4400 ), as shown in (e) of FIG. 36A , when both the charging capacity value of the first robot 100 a and the charging capacity value of the second robot 100 b are lower than the reference capacity value, the first robot 100 a and the second robot 100 b are both lower than the reference capacity value. Each of the two robots 100b can release the cooperative driving mode, and then move to the respective charging bases 400a and 400b to charge the battery, and when the charging capacity of the battery is charged above the predetermined reference level, the first robot can move to the second A position before the charging stand 400a to perform the independent driving mode.

因此,當第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b的充電容量值均低於參考容量值時,在充電步驟(S4400)中,如圖37所示,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b各自可以在執行協作行駛的同時解除協作行駛模式(P10),然後第一機器人100a可以移動到第一充電座400a並且第二機器人100b可以移動到第二充電座400b(P12),但第一機器人100a可以在第一充電座400a將電池的充電容量充至預定參考容量以上,然後移動到移至第一充電座400a之前的位置XX1,以執行第一機器人100a的獨立行駛模式(P13)。Therefore, when the charging capacity values of the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b are both lower than the reference capacity value, in the charging step (S4400), as shown in FIG. 37, the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b can each be The cooperative driving mode is released while performing cooperative driving (P10), then the first robot 100a may move to the first charging stand 400a and the second robot 100b may move to the second charging stand 400b (P12), but the first robot 100a may The first charging stand 400a charges the charging capacity of the battery above a predetermined reference capacity, and then moves to the position XX1 before moving to the first charging stand 400a to execute the independent travel mode of the first robot 100a (P13).

在充電步驟(S4400)中,當第一機器人100a的充電容量值和第二機器人100b的充電容量值均低於參考容量值時,如圖36A的(f)所示,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b各自可以解除協作行駛模式,然後移動到各自的充電座400a、400b以對電池進行充電,並且當將電池的充電容量充至預定參考容量以上時,移動到移至各自的充電座400a、400b之前的位置,以執行獨立行駛模式。In the charging step (S4400), when both the charging capacity value of the first robot 100a and the charging capacity value of the second robot 100b are lower than the reference capacity value, as shown in (f) of FIG. 36A, the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b The two robots 100b can each release the cooperative driving mode, then move to the respective charging bases 400a, 400b to charge the batteries, and when the charging capacity of the batteries is charged above a predetermined reference capacity, move to the respective charging bases 400a , before 400b to perform independent driving mode.

因此,當第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b的充電容量值均低於參考容量值時,在充電步驟(S4400)中,如圖38所示,在執行協作行駛(P20)的同時,第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b各自可以解除協作執行模式,然後第一機器人100a可以移動到第一充電座400a並且第二機器人100b可以移動到第二充電座400b(P21),然後第一機器人100a和第二機器人100b各自可以在各自的第一充電座400a和第二充電座400b將電池的充電容量充至預定參考容量以上,然後第一機器人100a可以移動到移至第一充電座400a之前的位置XX1,以執行第一機器人100a的獨立行駛模式,而第二機器人100b可以移動到移至第二充電座400b之前的位置XX2,以執行第二機器人100b的獨立行駛模式(P22)。Therefore, when the charging capacity values of the first robot 100a and the second robot 100b are both lower than the reference capacity value, in the charging step ( S4400 ), as shown in FIG. 38 , while the cooperative driving ( P20 ) is performed, the first The robot 100a and the second robot 100b may each release the cooperative execution mode, then the first robot 100a may move to the first charging stand 400a and the second robot 100b may move to the second charging stand 400b (P21), and then the first robot 100a and Each of the second robots 100b may charge the charging capacity of the battery above a predetermined reference capacity at the respective first charging stand 400a and the second charging stand 400b, and then the first robot 100a may move to the position before moving to the first charging stand 400a XX1 to execute the independent travel mode of the first robot 100a, and the second robot 100b may move to the position XX2 before moving to the second charging stand 400b to execute the independent travel mode of the second robot 100b (P22).

可以將包含啟動步驟(S4100)、感測步驟(S4200)、比較步驟(S4300)、以及充電步驟(S4400)的執行方法作為電腦可讀代碼實施在程式記錄介質上。電腦可讀介質包括所有類型的記錄裝置,其中儲存電腦系統可讀的資料。電腦可讀介質的示例包括硬碟驅動器(HDD)、固態硬碟(SSD)、矽碟驅動器 (silicon disk drive, SDD)、ROM、RAM、CD-ROM、磁帶、軟碟、光資料儲存裝置等,也可以以載波的形式實現(例如,透過網際網路傳送)。此外,電腦可以包括控制單元1800。The execution method including the activation step ( S4100 ), the sensing step ( S4200 ), the comparison step ( S4300 ), and the charging step ( S4400 ) can be implemented on a program recording medium as computer-readable codes. The computer-readable medium includes all types of recording devices in which data readable by a computer system are stored. Examples of computer readable media include hard disk drives (HDDs), solid state drives (SSDs), silicon disk drives (SDDs), ROM, RAM, CD-ROMs, magnetic tapes, floppy disks, optical data storage devices, etc. , can also be implemented in the form of a carrier wave (eg, transmitted over the Internet). Also, the computer may include the control unit 1800 .

儘管到目前為止已經說明根據本發明的具體實施方式,但在不脫離本發明的範圍的情況下可以對其進行各種修改。因此,本發明的範圍不應限於上述實施方式,而應由稍後將說明的請求項及其均等物來界定。Although specific embodiments according to the present invention have been described so far, various modifications may be made thereto without departing from the scope of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the present invention should not be limited to the above-described embodiments, but should be defined by the claims to be described later and their equivalents.

儘管已透過具體實施方式和圖式說明本發明,但是本發明不限於那些實施方式,並且對於所屬技術領域中具有通常知識者來說,顯然可以從此處揭露的描述中進行各種改變和修改。因此,本發明的概念應根據所附請求項來解釋,所有相同和等同的變化都將落入本發明的範圍內。Although the present invention has been described with reference to specific embodiments and drawings, the present invention is not limited to those embodiments and it will be apparent to those skilled in the art that various changes and modifications can be made from the description disclosed herein. Therefore, the concept of the present invention should be construed in light of the appended claims and all the same and equivalent changes will fall within the scope of the present invention.

1:移動式機器人系統、系統 10:建築物 100:機器人 100a:第一機器人、機器人 100b:第二機器人、機器人 110:主體 111:滾輪單元 120:清掃單元 130:感測單元 131:相機 300,300a,300b:終端 400a:充電座、第一充電座 400b:充電座、第二充電座 50:網路 500:伺服器 600:控制器 1100:通訊單元 1200:輸入單元 1300:驅動單元 1400:感測單元 1500:輸出單元 1600:電源單元 1700:記憶體 1800:控制單元 1900:清掃單元 a1,a2,a3,a4:特徵點 D1:入口、第一入口 D2:入口、第二入口 F:前進方向 Va,Vb:行駛速度 L1:第一行駛路徑 L2:第二行駛路徑 L3~L23:行駛路徑 M1~M17:第一機器人的行駛路徑 N1~N13:第二機器人的行駛路徑 OB1:第一障礙物 OB2:第二障礙物 P1,P2,P3:行駛點 P10~P13:行駛模式 P20~P22:行駛模式 P30~P32:行駛模式 Q1,Q2,Q3:行駛點 X1:待清掃區 A1:第一單元區 A2:第二單元區 XX1,XX2:位置 Z1:第一區 Z2:第二區 Z3:第三區 Z4:第四區、待清掃區 Z5:第五區 Z6:第六區 S1~S6:步驟 S10~S80:步驟 R1~R4:步驟 S100~S300:步驟 S200~S220:步驟 S1100~S1700:步驟 S2100~S2300:步驟 S3100~S3300:步驟 S4100~S4400:步驟 1: Mobile robot systems, systems 10: Buildings 100: Robot 100a: First Robot, Robot 100b: Second Robot, Robot 110: Subject 111: Roller unit 120: Cleaning unit 130: Sensing unit 131: Camera 300, 300a, 300b: Terminal 400a: charging stand, first charging stand 400b: charging stand, second charging stand 50: Internet 500: Server 600: Controller 1100: Communication unit 1200: Input unit 1300: Drive unit 1400: Sensing unit 1500: Output unit 1600: Power Unit 1700: Memory 1800: Control Unit 1900: Sweeping unit a1,a2,a3,a4: feature points D1: entrance, first entrance D2: entrance, second entrance F: Forward direction Va, Vb: travel speed L1: The first driving path L2: Second driving path L3~L23: driving path M1~M17: The driving path of the first robot N1~N13: The driving path of the second robot OB1: first obstacle OB2: Second Obstacle P1, P2, P3: travel point P10~P13: Driving mode P20~P22: Driving mode P30~P32: Driving mode Q1, Q2, Q3: driving point X1: Area to be cleaned A1: The first unit area A2: Second unit area XX1,XX2: Location Z1: Zone 1 Z2: Zone 2 Z3: The third zone Z4: The fourth area, the area to be cleaned Z5: District 5 Z6: District Six S1~S6: Steps S10~S80: Steps R1~R4: Steps S100~S300: Steps S200~S220: Steps S1100~S1700: Steps S2100~S2300: Steps S3100~S3300: Steps S4100~S4400: Steps

圖1A和圖1B為移動式機器人的配置圖(a)和(b)。 圖2為移動式機器人的詳細結構圖。 圖3為移動式機器人系統的示例圖。 圖4為示出移動式機器人系統中複數個移動式機器人之間的網路通訊的概念圖。 圖5為移動式機器人系統中複數個移動式機器人的行駛的概念圖。 圖6為根據圖5中所示的概念圖的複數個移動式機器人的行駛的詳細示例圖。 圖7為顯示複數個移動式機器人執行協作行駛的順序的流程圖。 圖8為用於說明透過複數個移動式機器人之間的影像比較來識別位置的概念的示例圖。 圖9為用於說明複數個移動式機器人之間的位置識別的概念的示例圖。 圖10為複數個移動式機器人執行協作行駛的示例圖。 圖11為根據一實施方式的移動式機器人系統的配置圖。 圖12為顯示根據一實施方式在移動式機器人系統中執行協作行駛模式的過程的流程圖。 圖13為顯示根據一實施方式在移動式機器人系統中執行協作行駛模式的示例的圖表。 圖14為根據一實施方式在移動式機器人系統中執行協作行駛的方法的流程圖。 圖15為根據圖14中所示的執行協作行駛的方法的一具體實施方式的流程圖。 圖16為示出根據實施方式1的移動式機器人系統的協作行駛的視圖。 圖17為示出當根據實施方式1的第一機器人處於陷阱狀態時執行預設場景的移動式機器人系統的視圖。 圖18為示出當根據實施方式1的第一機器人處於陷阱狀態時執行預設場景的移動式機器人系統的視圖。 圖19為示出當根據實施方式1的第二機器人處於陷阱狀態時執行預設場景的移動式機器人系統的視圖。 圖20為示出當根據實施方式1的第一機器人處於陷阱狀態時執行預設場景的移動式機器人系統的視圖。 圖21為示出當根據實施方式1的第一機器人和第二機器人處於陷阱狀態時執行預設場景的移動式機器人系統的視圖。 圖22為當根據實施方式1的陷阱狀態發生時移動式機器人系統執行協作行駛的方法的流程圖。 圖23為示出根據實施方式2的移動式機器人系統的協作行駛的視圖。 圖24A為示出根據實施方式2回應在第一機器人中發生的錯誤而執行預設場景的移動式機器人系統的視圖(a)。 圖24B為示出根據實施方式2回應在第一機器人中發生的錯誤而執行預設場景的移動式機器人系統的視圖(b)。 圖24C為示出根據實施方式2回應在第一機器人中發生的錯誤而執行預設場景的移動式機器人系統的視圖(c)。 圖25為示出根據實施方式2回應在第一機器人和第二機器人中發生的錯誤而執行預設場景的移動式機器人系統的視圖。 圖26A為示出根據實施方式2回應在第二機器人中發生的錯誤而執行預設場景的移動式機器人系統的視圖(a)。 圖26B為示出根據實施方式2回應在第二機器人中發生的錯誤而執行預設場景的移動式機器人系統的視圖(b)。 圖26C為示出根據實施方式2回應在第二機器人中發生的錯誤而執行預設場景的移動式機器人系統的視圖(c)。 圖27A為示出根據實施方式2回應在第一機器人中發生的受困而執行預設場景的移動式機器人系統的視圖(a)。 圖27B為示出根據實施方式2回應在第一機器人中發生的受困而執行預設場景的移動式機器人系統的視圖(b)。 圖27C為示出根據實施方式2回應在第一機器人中發生的受困而執行預設場景的移動式機器人系統的圖(c)。 圖28A為根據實施方式2回應在第二機器人中發生的受困而執行預設場景的移動式機器人系統的視圖(a)。 圖28B為示出根據實施方式2回應在第二機器人中發生的受困而執行預設場景的移動式機器人系統的視圖(b)。 圖28C為示出根據實施方式2回應在第二機器人中發生的受困而執行預設場景的移動式機器人系統的視圖(c)。 圖29為示出根據實施方式2的移動式機器人系統回應在執行協作行駛的同時發生的錯誤、受困或通訊故障而執行預設場景的方法的流程圖。 圖30為示出根據實施方式3的移動式機器人系統將待清掃區域劃分為複數個單元區,並針對每個單元區協作地行駛的方法的視圖。 圖31為示出根據實施方式3當第一機器人和第二機器人感測到第一障礙物時執行的預設場景的視圖。 圖32為示出根據實施方式3當第一機器人未感測到第一障礙物而第二機器人感測到第一障礙物時執行的預設場景的視圖。 圖33為示出根據實施方式3當第一機器人和第二機器人未感測到第一障礙物時執行的預設場景的視圖。 圖34為示出根據實施方式3當第一機器人感測到第二障礙物而第二機器人未感測到第二障礙物時執行的預設場景的視圖。 圖35為示出根據實施方式3的移動式機器人系統回應在協作行駛期間感測到的障礙物而執行預設場景的方法的流程圖。 圖36A為顯示根據實施方式4在移動式機器人系統中執行協作行駛模式的同時根據電池的充電容量狀態的回應的示例的圖表(a)。 圖36B為顯示根據實施方式4在移動式機器人系統中執行協作行駛模式的同時根據電池的充電容量狀態的回應的示例的圖表(b)。 圖37為示出根據實施方式4在移動式機器人系統中的複數個移動式機器人的回應的示例圖(1)。 圖38為示出根據實施方式4在移動式機器人系統中的複數個移動式機器人的回應的示例圖(2)。 圖39為示出根據實施方式4的移動式機器人系統中的複數個移動式機器人的回應的示例圖(3)。 圖40為根據實施方式4執行移動式機器人系統的協作行駛的方法的流程圖。 1A and 1B are configuration diagrams (a) and (b) of the mobile robot. FIG. 2 is a detailed structural diagram of the mobile robot. FIG. 3 is an example diagram of a mobile robot system. FIG. 4 is a conceptual diagram illustrating network communication among a plurality of mobile robots in the mobile robot system. FIG. 5 is a conceptual diagram of travel of a plurality of mobile robots in the mobile robot system. FIG. 6 is a detailed example diagram of traveling of a plurality of mobile robots according to the conceptual diagram shown in FIG. 5 . FIG. 7 is a flowchart showing a sequence in which a plurality of mobile robots execute cooperative driving. FIG. 8 is an example diagram for explaining the concept of recognizing a position through image comparison between a plurality of mobile robots. FIG. 9 is an example diagram for explaining the concept of position recognition among a plurality of mobile robots. FIG. 10 is a diagram illustrating an example in which a plurality of mobile robots perform cooperative driving. FIG. 11 is a configuration diagram of a mobile robot system according to an embodiment. FIG. 12 is a flowchart showing a process for implementing a cooperative driving mode in a mobile robot system according to an embodiment. FIG. 13 is a diagram showing an example of performing a cooperative driving mode in a mobile robot system according to an embodiment. 14 is a flowchart of a method of performing cooperative driving in a mobile robotic system according to an embodiment. FIG. 15 is a flowchart according to a specific embodiment of the method for performing cooperative driving shown in FIG. 14 . FIG. 16 is a view showing cooperative travel of the mobile robot system according to Embodiment 1. FIG. 17 is a view showing a mobile robot system that executes a preset scene when the first robot according to Embodiment 1 is in a trap state. 18 is a view showing a mobile robot system that executes a preset scene when the first robot according to Embodiment 1 is in a trap state. 19 is a view showing a mobile robot system that executes a preset scene when the second robot according to Embodiment 1 is in a trap state. 20 is a view showing a mobile robot system that executes a preset scene when the first robot according to Embodiment 1 is in a trap state. 21 is a view showing a mobile robot system that executes a preset scene when the first robot and the second robot according to Embodiment 1 are in a trap state. 22 is a flowchart of a method in which the mobile robot system performs cooperative travel when a trap state according to Embodiment 1 occurs. FIG. 23 is a view showing cooperative travel of the mobile robot system according to Embodiment 2. FIG. 24A is a view (a) showing a mobile robot system that executes a preset scene in response to an error occurring in the first robot according to Embodiment 2. FIG. 24B is a view (b) showing a mobile robot system that executes a preset scene in response to an error occurring in the first robot according to Embodiment 2. FIG. 24C is a view (c) showing a mobile robot system that executes a preset scene in response to an error occurring in the first robot according to Embodiment 2. FIG. 25 is a view showing a mobile robot system that executes a preset scene in response to an error occurring in the first robot and the second robot according to Embodiment 2. FIG. 26A is a view (a) showing a mobile robot system that executes a preset scene in response to an error occurring in the second robot according to Embodiment 2. FIG. 26B is a view (b) showing a mobile robot system that executes a preset scene in response to an error occurring in the second robot according to Embodiment 2. FIG. 26C is a view (c) showing a mobile robot system that executes a preset scene in response to an error occurring in the second robot according to Embodiment 2. FIG. 27A is a view (a) illustrating a mobile robot system that executes a preset scene in response to the trapping that occurs in the first robot according to Embodiment 2. FIG. 27B is a view (b) illustrating a mobile robot system that executes a preset scene in response to the trapping that occurs in the first robot according to Embodiment 2. FIG. 27C is a diagram (c) illustrating a mobile robot system that executes a preset scene in response to the trapping that occurs in the first robot according to Embodiment 2. FIG. 28A is a view (a) of a mobile robot system that executes a preset scene in response to the trapping occurring in the second robot according to Embodiment 2. FIG. 28B is a view (b) illustrating a mobile robot system that executes a preset scene in response to the trapping occurring in the second robot according to Embodiment 2. FIG. 28C is a view (c) illustrating a mobile robot system that executes a preset scene in response to the trapping that occurs in the second robot according to Embodiment 2. FIG. FIG. 29 is a flowchart illustrating a method for the mobile robot system according to Embodiment 2 to execute a preset scene in response to an error, a trap, or a communication failure that occurs while executing cooperative driving. 30 is a view showing a method in which the mobile robot system according to Embodiment 3 divides an area to be cleaned into a plurality of unit areas and travels cooperatively for each unit area. 31 is a view showing a preset scene executed when the first robot and the second robot sense the first obstacle according to Embodiment 3. FIG. 32 is a view showing a preset scene executed when the first robot does not sense the first obstacle and the second robot senses the first obstacle according to Embodiment 3. FIG. 33 is a view showing a preset scene executed when the first robot and the second robot do not sense the first obstacle according to Embodiment 3. FIG. 34 is a view showing a preset scene executed when the first robot senses the second obstacle and the second robot does not sense the second obstacle according to Embodiment 3. FIG. 35 is a flowchart illustrating a method in which the mobile robot system according to Embodiment 3 executes a preset scene in response to an obstacle sensed during cooperative driving. 36A is a graph (a) showing an example of the response according to the state of charge capacity of the battery while the cooperative travel mode is executed in the mobile robot system according to Embodiment 4. FIG. 36B is a graph (b) showing an example of the response according to the state of charge capacity of the battery while executing the cooperative travel mode in the mobile robot system according to Embodiment 4. FIG. 37 is an example diagram ( 1 ) showing responses of a plurality of mobile robots in the mobile robot system according to Embodiment 4. FIG. FIG. 38 is an example diagram ( 2 ) showing responses of a plurality of mobile robots in the mobile robot system according to Embodiment 4. FIG. 39 is an example diagram ( 3 ) showing responses of a plurality of mobile robots in the mobile robot system according to Embodiment 4. FIG. 40 is a flowchart of a method for performing cooperative driving of a mobile robot system according to Embodiment 4.

1:移動式機器人系統、系統 1: Mobile robot systems, systems

100a:第一機器人、機器人 100a: First Robot, Robot

100b:第二機器人、機器人 100b: Second Robot, Robot

400a:充電座、第一充電座 400a: charging stand, first charging stand

400b:充電座、第二充電座 400b: charging stand, second charging stand

600:控制器 600: Controller

Claims (18)

一種在待清掃區內行駛的移動式機器人系統,該移動式機器人系統包括:一第一機器人,其用於吸入待清掃區中的污染物;一第二機器人,其用於擦拭待清掃區的地板;一第一充電座,其對該第一機器人進行充電;一第二充電座,其對該第二機器人進行充電;以及一網路,其將該第一機器人與該第二機器人彼此連接, 其中,該第一機器人和該第二機器人使用該網路進入一協作行駛模式,並將該待清掃區劃分為複數個單元區,以對每個單元區協作地行駛,以及 在該第一機器人及/或該第二機器人在該複數個單元區中的任一個執行協作行駛的同時,當感測到在一預設範圍的高度或深度形成的障礙物時,藉由避開或攀爬該障礙物來繼續執行該協作行駛。 A mobile robot system driving in an area to be cleaned, the mobile robot system comprising: a first robot for inhaling pollutants in the area to be cleaned; a second robot for wiping the area to be cleaned a floor; a first charging base that charges the first robot; a second charging base that charges the second robot; and a network that connects the first robot and the second robot to each other , wherein the first robot and the second robot use the network to enter a cooperative driving mode, and divide the area to be cleaned into a plurality of unit areas to drive cooperatively for each unit area, and While the first robot and/or the second robot is performing cooperative driving in any one of the plurality of unit areas, when sensing an obstacle formed at a height or depth of a preset range, avoid Drive or climb the obstacle to continue the cooperative drive. 如請求項1所述之移動式機器人系統,其中,對於該協作行駛, 該第一機器人行駛於該第二機器人的行駛之前,以吸入在該複數個單元區的任一個中的污染物,以及 該第二機器人沿該第一機器人已行駛過的路徑行駛,以擦拭在該複數個單元區的任一個中的地板。 The mobile robot system of claim 1, wherein, for the cooperative driving, The first robot travels before the travel of the second robot to inhale pollutants in any one of the plurality of cell areas, and The second robot travels along a path that the first robot has traveled to wipe the floor in any one of the plurality of unit areas. 如請求項2所述之移動式機器人系統,其中,該複數個單元區包括:一第一單元區;以及一第二單元區,以及 該障礙物包括:一第一障礙物,存在於該第一單元區與該第二單元區之間;以及一第二障礙物,存在於該第一單元區內部。 The mobile robot system of claim 2, wherein the plurality of unit areas include: a first unit area; and a second unit area, and The obstacles include: a first obstacle existing between the first unit area and the second unit area; and a second obstacle existing inside the first unit area. 如請求項3所述之移動式機器人系統,其中,當該第一機器人和該第二機器人在該協作行駛的期間在該第一單元區感測該第一障礙物時, 該第一機器人藉由避開該第一障礙物在該第一單元區中完成該協作行駛,然後進入該第二單元區以執行獨立行駛,以及 該第二機器人藉由避開該第一障礙物在該第一單元區中完成該協作行駛,然後返回該第二充電座。 The mobile robot system of claim 3, wherein when the first robot and the second robot sense the first obstacle in the first unit area during the cooperative driving, The first robot completes the cooperative travel in the first unit area by avoiding the first obstacle, and then enters the second unit area to perform independent travel, and The second robot completes the cooperative driving in the first unit area by avoiding the first obstacle, and then returns to the second charging base. 如請求項3所述之移動式機器人系統,其中,在該第一機器人和該第二機器人在該第一單元區執行該協作行駛的同時,當該第一機器人在未感測到該第一障礙物的情況下進入該第二單元區,而該第二機器人藉由感測該第一障礙物來避開該第一障礙物時, 該第二機器人在該第一單元區完成該地板的擦拭,然後將該第二機器人無法進入該第二單元區的通知傳送給該第一機器人,以及 該第一機器人完成在該第二單元區中的污染物的吸入,然後移動到該第二機器人已傳送該通知的位置。 The mobile robot system of claim 3, wherein, while the first robot and the second robot are performing the cooperative driving in the first unit area, when the first robot does not sense the first robot When entering the second unit area without an obstacle, and the second robot avoids the first obstacle by sensing the first obstacle, The second robot finishes wiping the floor in the first unit area, and then transmits a notification to the first robot that the second robot cannot enter the second unit area, and The first robot completes the inhalation of contaminants in the second unit area, and then moves to the position where the second robot has transmitted the notification. 如請求項3所述之移動式機器人系統,其中,當該第一機器人和該第二機器人在該第一單元區中的該協作行駛期間未感測到該第一障礙物而進入該第二單元區時, 該第一機器人和該第二機器人在該第二單元區中執行該協作行駛。 The mobile robot system of claim 3, wherein the first robot and the second robot enter the second without sensing the first obstacle during the cooperative travel in the first unit area unit area, The first robot and the second robot perform the cooperative travel in the second unit area. 如請求項3所述之移動式機器人系統,其中,在該第一機器人和該第二機器人在該第一單元區執行該協作行駛的同時,當該第一機器人藉由感測該第二障礙物來避開該第二障礙物,然後移動到該第二單元區,而該第二機器人在未感測到該第二障礙物的情況下無法避開該第二障礙物時, 該第二機器人在該第一單元區中完成該地板的擦拭,然後將該第二機器人無法進入該第二單元區的通知傳送給該第一機器人,以及 該第一機器人完成在該第二單元區中的污染物的吸入,然後移動到該第二機器人已傳送該通知的位置。 The mobile robot system of claim 3, wherein, while the first robot and the second robot are performing the cooperative driving in the first unit area, when the first robot senses the second obstacle by when the second robot is unable to avoid the second obstacle without sensing the second obstacle, the second robot finishes wiping the floor in the first unit area, and then transmits to the first robot a notification that the second robot cannot enter the second unit area, and The first robot completes the inhalation of contaminants in the second unit area, and then moves to the position where the second robot has transmitted the notification. 如請求項1所述之移動式機器人系統,其中,該障礙物是一門檻、一地毯、或是一懸崖。The mobile robot system of claim 1, wherein the obstacle is a threshold, a carpet, or a cliff. 一種在待清掃區中行駛的移動式機器人系統執行協作行駛的方法, 其中,該移動式機器人系統包括:一第一機器人,其用於吸入該待清掃區中的污染物;一第二機器人,其用於擦拭該待清掃區的地板;一第一充電座,其對該第一機器人進行充電;一第二充電座,其對該第二機器人進行充電;以及一網路,其將該第一機器人與該第二機器人彼此連接,以及 其中,執行協作行駛的方法包括: 由該第一機器人和該第二機器人使用該網路進入一協作行駛模式; 由該第一機器人和該第二機器人將該待清掃區劃分為複數個單元區,以對每個單元區協作地行駛;以及 在該第一機器人及/或該第二機器人在該複數個單元區的任一個中執行該協作行駛的同時,當感測到在一預設範圍的高度或深度形成的障礙物時,藉由避開或攀爬該障礙物來繼續執行該協作行駛。 A method of performing cooperative driving by a mobile robot system driving in an area to be cleaned, Wherein, the mobile robot system includes: a first robot, which is used to inhale the pollutants in the area to be cleaned; a second robot, which is used to wipe the floor of the area to be cleaned; a first charging base, which charging the first robot; a second charging stand that charges the second robot; and a network that connects the first robot and the second robot to each other, and Wherein, the method for performing cooperative driving includes: entering a cooperative driving mode by the first robot and the second robot using the network; dividing the area to be cleaned into a plurality of unit areas by the first robot and the second robot to drive cooperatively for each unit area; and While the first robot and/or the second robot is performing the cooperative driving in any one of the plurality of unit areas, when an obstacle formed at a height or depth of a preset range is sensed, the Avoid or climb the obstacle to continue the cooperative drive. 如請求項9所述之方法,其中,在對每個單元區執行該協作行駛中,該第一機器人行駛於該第二機器人的行駛之前,以吸入該複數個單元區的任一個中的汙染物,並且該第二機器人沿該第一機器人已行駛過的路徑行駛,以擦拭該複數個單元區的任一個中的地板。The method of claim 9, wherein, in performing the cooperative travel for each unit area, the first robot travels before the travel of the second robot to inhale contamination in any one of the plurality of unit areas object, and the second robot travels along a path that the first robot has traveled to wipe the floor in any one of the plurality of unit areas. 如請求項10所述之方法,其中,該複數個單元區包括:一第一單元區;以及一第二單元區,以及 該障礙物包括:一第一障礙物,存在於該第一單元區與該第二單元區之間;以及一第二障礙物,存在於該第一單元區內部。 The method of claim 10, wherein the plurality of unit areas comprises: a first unit area; and a second unit area, and The obstacles include: a first obstacle existing between the first unit area and the second unit area; and a second obstacle existing inside the first unit area. 如請求項11所述之方法,其中,在連續執行該協作行駛中, 當該第一機器人和該第二機器人在該協作行駛期間在該第一單元區中感測該第一障礙物時, 該第一機器人藉由避開該第一障礙物在該第一單元區中完成該協作行駛,然後進入該第二單元區以執行獨立行駛,以及 該第二機器人藉由避開該第一障礙物在該第一單元區中完成協作行駛,然後返回該第二充電座。 The method of claim 11, wherein, in the continuous execution of the cooperative driving, When the first robot and the second robot sense the first obstacle in the first unit area during the cooperative driving, The first robot completes the cooperative travel in the first unit area by avoiding the first obstacle, and then enters the second unit area to perform independent travel, and The second robot completes cooperative driving in the first unit area by avoiding the first obstacle, and then returns to the second charging base. 如請求項11所述之方法,其中,在連續執行該協作行駛中, 該第一機器人和該第二機器人在該第一單元區中執行該協作行駛的同時,當該第一機器人在未感測到該第一障礙物的情況下進入該第二單元區,而該第二機器人藉由感測該第一障礙物來避開該第一障礙物時, 該第二機器人在該第一單元區中完成該地板的擦拭,然後將該第二機器人無法進入該第二單元區的通知傳送給該第一機器人,以及 該第一機器人完成在該第二單元區中的污染物的吸入,然後移動到該第二機器人已傳送該通知的位置。 The method of claim 11, wherein, in the continuous execution of the cooperative driving, While the first robot and the second robot are performing the cooperative driving in the first unit area, when the first robot enters the second unit area without sensing the first obstacle, the When the second robot avoids the first obstacle by sensing the first obstacle, the second robot finishes wiping the floor in the first unit area, and then transmits to the first robot a notification that the second robot cannot enter the second unit area, and The first robot completes the inhalation of contaminants in the second unit area, and then moves to the position where the second robot has transmitted the notification. 如請求項11所述之方法,其中,在連續執行該協作行駛中, 當該第一機器人和該第二機器人在該第一單元區中該協作行駛期間未感測到該第一障礙物而進入該第二單元區時, 該第一機器人和該第二機器人在該第二單元區中執行該協作行駛。 The method of claim 11, wherein, in the continuous execution of the cooperative driving, When the first robot and the second robot enter the second unit area without sensing the first obstacle during the cooperative driving in the first unit area, The first robot and the second robot perform the cooperative travel in the second unit area. 如請求項11所述之方法,其中,在連續執行該協作行駛中, 該第一機器人和該第二機器人在該第一單元區中執行該協作行駛的同時,當該第一機器人藉由感測該第二障礙物來避開該第二障礙物,然後移動到該第二單元區,而該第二機器人在未感測到該第二障礙物的情況下無法避開該第二障礙物時, 該第二機器人在該第一單元區中完成該地板的擦拭,然後將該第二機器人無法進入該第二單元區的通知傳送給該第一機器人,以及 該第一機器人完成該第二單元區中的污染物的吸入,然後移動到該第二機器人已傳送該通知的位置。 The method of claim 11, wherein, in the continuous execution of the cooperative driving, While the first robot and the second robot are performing the cooperative driving in the first unit area, when the first robot avoids the second obstacle by sensing the second obstacle, and then moves to the the second unit area, and the second robot cannot avoid the second obstacle without sensing the second obstacle, the second robot finishes wiping the floor in the first unit area, and then transmits a notification to the first robot that the second robot cannot enter the second unit area, and The first robot completes the inhalation of contaminants in the second unit area, and then moves to the position where the second robot has transmitted the notification. 如請求項9所述之方法,其中,該障礙物是一門檻、一地毯、或是一懸崖。The method of claim 9, wherein the obstacle is a threshold, a carpet, or a cliff. 一種在待清掃區中行駛的移動式機器人,該移動式機器人包括: 一主體,界定該移動式機器人的外觀; 一清掃單元,安裝在該主體的一側,以吸入待清掃區中的污染物;以及 一通訊單元,設置在該主體內部,以使用一網路與另一個移動式機器人交換資料; 其中,該移動式機器人使用該網路進入一協作行駛模式、將該待清掃區劃分為複數個單元區,以與該另一個移動式機器人對每個單元區執行協作行駛,以及 在該第一機器人及/或該第二機器人在該複數個單元區的任一個中執行該協作行駛的同時,當感測到在一預設範圍的高度或深度形成的障礙物時,該移動式機器人及/或另一個移動式機器人藉由避開或攀爬該障礙物來繼續執該行協作行駛。 A mobile robot driving in an area to be cleaned, the mobile robot comprising: a main body, defining the appearance of the mobile robot; a cleaning unit mounted on one side of the main body to suck in contaminants in the area to be cleaned; and a communication unit arranged inside the main body to exchange data with another mobile robot using a network; wherein the mobile robot uses the network to enter a cooperative driving mode, divides the area to be cleaned into a plurality of unit areas, and performs cooperative driving on each unit area with the other mobile robot, and While the first robot and/or the second robot is performing the cooperative driving in any one of the plurality of unit areas, when an obstacle formed at a height or depth of a preset range is sensed, the movement The mobile robot and/or another mobile robot continues to perform the cooperative driving by avoiding or climbing the obstacle. 一種在待清掃區中行駛的移動式機器人,該移動式機器人包括: 一主體,界定該移動式機器人的外觀; 一拖把單元,安裝在該主體的一側,以擦拭該待清掃區的地板;以及 一通訊單元,設置在該主體內部,以使用一網路與另一個移動式機器人交換資料; 其中,該移動式機器人使用該網路進入一協作行駛模式、將該待清掃區劃分為複數個單元區,以與該另一個移動式機器人對每個單元區執行協作行駛,以及 在該第一機器人及/或該第二機器人在該複數個單元區的任一個中執行該協作行駛的同時,當感測到在一預設範圍的高度或深度形成的障礙物時,該移動式機器人及/或另一個移動式機器人藉由避開或攀爬該障礙物來繼續執行該協作行駛。 A mobile robot driving in an area to be cleaned, the mobile robot comprising: a main body, defining the appearance of the mobile robot; a mop unit mounted on one side of the main body to wipe the floor of the area to be cleaned; and a communication unit arranged inside the main body to exchange data with another mobile robot using a network; wherein the mobile robot uses the network to enter a cooperative driving mode, divides the area to be cleaned into a plurality of unit areas, and performs cooperative driving on each unit area with the other mobile robot, and While the first robot and/or the second robot is performing the cooperative driving in any one of the plurality of unit areas, when an obstacle formed at a height or depth of a preset range is sensed, the movement The mobile robot and/or another mobile robot continues to perform the cooperative driving by avoiding or climbing the obstacle.
TW110133095A 2020-10-08 2021-09-06 Moving robot, moving robot system that drives in a zone to be cleaned and method of performing collaborative driving thereof TWI804973B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
KR10-2020-0130384 2020-10-08
KR1020200130384A KR102490754B1 (en) 2020-10-08 2020-10-08 Moving robot system

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW202214166A true TW202214166A (en) 2022-04-16
TWI804973B TWI804973B (en) 2023-06-11

Family

ID=81126603

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW110133095A TWI804973B (en) 2020-10-08 2021-09-06 Moving robot, moving robot system that drives in a zone to be cleaned and method of performing collaborative driving thereof

Country Status (3)

Country Link
KR (1) KR102490754B1 (en)
TW (1) TWI804973B (en)
WO (1) WO2022075615A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN115969281A (en) * 2023-01-10 2023-04-18 海尔机器人科技(青岛)有限公司 Ground cleaning method, device, electronic equipment and storage medium
KR20240122991A (en) 2023-02-06 2024-08-13 에이치디현대로보틱스 주식회사 Robot and robot system having automatic docking function, and automatic docking nethod of robot
CN117796711B (en) * 2024-02-29 2024-06-07 杭州华橙软件技术有限公司 Method for processing escape of robot, robot and storage medium

Family Cites Families (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2015160022A (en) * 2014-02-28 2015-09-07 東日本旅客鉄道株式会社 Cleaning method with cleaning device
KR20190073140A (en) * 2017-12-18 2019-06-26 엘지전자 주식회사 A plurality of robot cleaner and A controlling method for the same
KR102489806B1 (en) * 2018-01-03 2023-01-19 삼성전자주식회사 Moving apparatus for cleaning, and system and method for cooperative cleaning thereof
KR102067603B1 (en) * 2018-05-04 2020-01-17 엘지전자 주식회사 A plurality of robot cleaner and a controlling method for the same
KR102100476B1 (en) * 2018-05-04 2020-05-26 엘지전자 주식회사 A plurality of robot cleaner and a controlling method for the same
MY199460A (en) * 2018-08-14 2023-10-30 Chiba Institute Of Tech Movement robot
KR102360875B1 (en) * 2019-07-26 2022-02-08 엘지전자 주식회사 A plurality of robot cleaner and A controlling method for the same

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2022075615A1 (en) 2022-04-14
KR20220047002A (en) 2022-04-15
KR102490754B1 (en) 2023-01-20
TWI804973B (en) 2023-06-11

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI837507B (en) Moving robot system
US11906979B2 (en) Plurality of autonomous mobile robots and controlling method for the same
TWI733105B (en) A plurality of mobile robots and a controlling method for the same
TWI739100B (en) A plurality of mobile robots and a controlling method for the same
US12004702B2 (en) Mobile robot and method of controlling mobile robot
TWI804973B (en) Moving robot, moving robot system that drives in a zone to be cleaned and method of performing collaborative driving thereof
TWI789896B (en) Moving robot system and method of performing collaborative driving of moving robots
TWI808480B (en) Moving robot, moving robot system and method of performing collaborative driving in moving robot system
TWI760881B (en) Robot cleaner and method for controlling the same
US12266128B2 (en) Moving robot and controlling method for the moving robot
US20200081456A1 (en) Plurality of autonomous mobile robots and controlling method for the same
TWI803965B (en) Moving robot, moving robot system and method of performing collaborative driving thereof

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
MM4A Annulment or lapse of patent due to non-payment of fees